---
title: "Numbered Discourses: The Sixes · Aṅguttara Nikāya · Chakkanipāta"
author: "The Buddha"
translator: "Bhikkhu Sujato"
languages: [pi, en]
shelf: "Pali Canon"
url: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/
cite: "The Buddha, tr. Bhikkhu Sujato, Numbered Discourses: The Sixes · Aṅguttara Nikāya · Chakkanipāta. Scriptura (scriptura.si), https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/"
---

# Numbered Discourses: The Sixes · Aṅguttara Nikāya · Chakkanipāta

*The Buddha, tr. Bhikkhu Sujato*

Teachings grouped in sixes: six recollections, six things that are unsurpassable.

> Pali: the Mahāsaṅgīti Tipiṭaka (Buddha Jayanti edition, 2500), from SuttaCentral’s bilara-data, dedicated to the public domain (CC0).

> English: Bhikkhu Sujato, from SuttaCentral’s bilara-data, dedicated to the public domain (CC0). Notes are not included.

> Rows follow the segment numbers the two texts share, gathered into paragraphs; verse keeps its lines.

## Contents

1. [Worthy of Offerings · AN 6.1–6.10](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/1.md)
2. [Warm-hearted · AN 6.11–6.18](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/2.md)
3. [Warm-hearted · AN 6.19–6.20](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/3.md)
4. [Unsurpassable · AN 6.21–6.28](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/4.md)
5. [Unsurpassable · AN 6.29–6.30](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/5.md)
6. [Deities · AN 6.31–6.42](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/6.md)
7. [About Dhammika · AN 6.43–6.50](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/7.md)
8. [About Dhammika · AN 6.51–6.54](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/8.md)
9. [The Great Chapter · AN 6.55–6.57](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/9.md)
10. [The Great Chapter · AN 6.58–6.61](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/10.md)
11. [The Great Chapter · AN 6.62–6.63](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/11.md)
12. [The Great Chapter · AN 6.64](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/12.md)
13. [A God · AN 6.65–6.74](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/13.md)
14. [Perfection · AN 6.75–6.84](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/14.md)
15. [Coolness · AN 6.85–6.95](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/15.md)
16. [Benefit · AN 6.96–6.106](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/16.md)
17. [Triads · AN 6.107–6.116](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/17.md)
18. [The Ascetic Life · AN 6.117–6.120–139](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/18.md)
19. [Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Greed · AN 6.140–6.170–649](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/19.md)

## 1. Worthy of Offerings · AN 6.1–6.10

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/1/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/1/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.1 · Worthy of Offerings (1st)

> Pali: AN 6.1 · Paṭhamaāhuneyyasutta

[¶1] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. There the Buddha addressed the mendicants, “Mendicants!”

> Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: “bhikkhavo”ti.

[¶2] “Venerable sir,” they replied. The Buddha said this:

> Pali: “Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca:

[¶3] “Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world. What six?

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Katamehi chahi?

[¶4] It’s a mendicant who, when they see a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware.

> Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.

[¶5] When they hear a sound with their ears …

> Pali: Sotena saddaṁ sutvā …

[¶6] When they smell an odor with their nose …

> Pali: ghānena gandhaṁ ghāyitvā …

[¶7] When they taste a flavor with their tongue …

> Pali: jivhāya rasaṁ sāyitvā …

[¶8] When they feel a touch with their body …

> Pali: kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṁ phusitvā …

[¶9] When they know an idea with their mind, they’re neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware.

> Pali: manasā dhammaṁ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.

[¶10] A mendicant with these six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.”

> Pali: Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.

[¶11] That is what the Buddha said. Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.

> Pali: Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.

[¶12] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶13] AN 6.2 · Worthy of Offerings (2nd)

> Pali: AN 6.2 · Dutiyaāhuneyyasutta

[¶14] “Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world. What six?

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Katamehi chahi?

[¶15] It’s a mendicant who wields the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; materializing and dematerializing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. They control the body as far as the realm of divinity.

> Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhoti—ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṁ tirobhāvaṁ; tirokuṭṭaṁ tiropākāraṁ tiropabbataṁ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṁ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vatteti.

[¶16] With clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, they hear both kinds of sounds, human and heavenly, whether near or far.

> Pali: Dibbāya, sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya ubho sadde suṇāti—dibbe ca mānuse ca, ye dūre santike ca.

[¶17] They understand the minds of other beings and individuals, having encompassed them with their own mind. They understand mind with greed as ‘mind with greed’, and mind without greed as ‘mind without greed’. They understand mind with hate … mind without hate … mind with delusion … mind without delusion … constricted mind … scattered mind … expansive mind … unexpansive mind … mind that is not supreme … mind that is supreme … mind immersed in samādhi … mind not immersed in samādhi … freed mind … They understand unfreed mind as ‘unfreed mind’.

> Pali: Parasattānaṁ parapuggalānaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti. Sarāgaṁ vā cittaṁ sarāgaṁ cittanti pajānāti, vītarāgaṁ vā cittaṁ … sadosaṁ vā cittaṁ … vītadosaṁ vā cittaṁ … samohaṁ vā cittaṁ … vītamohaṁ vā cittaṁ … saṅkhittaṁ vā cittaṁ … vikkhittaṁ vā cittaṁ … mahaggataṁ vā cittaṁ … amahaggataṁ vā cittaṁ … sauttaraṁ vā cittaṁ … anuttaraṁ vā cittaṁ … samāhitaṁ vā cittaṁ … asamāhitaṁ vā cittaṁ … vimuttaṁ vā cittaṁ … avimuttaṁ vā cittaṁ avimuttaṁ cittanti pajānāti.

[¶18] They recollect many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details.

> Pali: Anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe…. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati.

[¶19] With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings pass on according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They denounced the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body broke up, after death, they were reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never denounced the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body broke up, after death, they were reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings pass on according to their deeds.

> Pali: Dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.

[¶20] They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom. And they live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements.

> Pali: Āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.

[¶21] A mendicant with these six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.”

> Pali: Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.

[¶22] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶23] AN 6.3 · Faculties

> Pali: AN 6.3 · Indriyasutta

[¶24] “Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world. What six? The faculties of faith, energy, mindfulness, immersion, and wisdom. And they realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. A mendicant with these six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.”

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Katamehi chahi? Saddhindriyena, vīriyindriyena, satindriyena, samādhindriyena, paññindriyena, āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.

[¶25] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

[¶26] AN 6.4 · Powers

> Pali: AN 6.4 · Balasutta

[¶27] “Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world. What six? The powers of faith, energy, mindfulness, immersion, and wisdom. And they realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. A mendicant with these six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.”

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Katamehi chahi? Saddhābalena, vīriyabalena, satibalena, samādhibalena, paññābalena, āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.

[¶28] > Pali: Catutthaṁ.

[¶29] AN 6.5 · The Thoroughbred (1st)

> Pali: AN 6.5 · Paṭhamaājānīyasutta

[¶30] “Mendicants, a fine royal thoroughbred with six factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and is reckoned a factor of kingship.

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅgantveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati.

[¶31] What six? It’s when a fine royal thoroughbred can endure sights, sounds, smells, tastes, and touches. And it’s beautiful. A fine royal thoroughbred with these six factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and is reckoned a factor of kingship.

> Pali: Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rañño bhadro assājānīyo khamo hoti rūpānaṁ, khamo saddānaṁ, khamo gandhānaṁ, khamo rasānaṁ, khamo phoṭṭhabbānaṁ, vaṇṇasampanno ca hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅgantveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati.

[¶32] In the same way, a mendicant with six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world. What six? It’s when a mendicant can endure sights, sounds, smells, tastes, touches, and ideas. A mendicant with these six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.”

> Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti rūpānaṁ, khamo saddānaṁ, khamo gandhānaṁ, khamo rasānaṁ, khamo phoṭṭhabbānaṁ, khamo dhammānaṁ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.

[¶33] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ.

[¶34] AN 6.6 · The Thoroughbred (2nd)

> Pali: AN 6.6 · Dutiyaājānīyasutta

[¶35] “Mendicants, a fine royal thoroughbred with six factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and is reckoned a factor of kingship. What six? It’s when a fine royal thoroughbred can endure sights, sounds, smells, tastes, and touches. And it’s strong. A fine royal thoroughbred with these six factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and is reckoned a factor of kingship.

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅgantveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rañño bhadro assājānīyo khamo hoti rūpānaṁ, khamo saddānaṁ, khamo gandhānaṁ, khamo rasānaṁ, khamo phoṭṭhabbānaṁ, balasampanno ca hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅgantveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati.

[¶36] In the same way, a mendicant with six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world. What six? It’s when a mendicant can endure sights, sounds, smells, tastes, touches, and ideas. A mendicant with these six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.”

> Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti rūpānaṁ …pe… khamo dhammānaṁ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.

[¶37] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ.

[¶38] AN 6.7 · The Thoroughbred (3rd)

> Pali: AN 6.7 · Tatiyaājānīyasutta

[¶39] “Mendicants, a fine royal thoroughbred with six factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and is reckoned a factor of kingship. What six? It’s when a fine royal thoroughbred can endure sights, sounds, smells, tastes, and touches. And it’s fast. A fine royal thoroughbred with these six factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and is reckoned a factor of kingship.

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅgantveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rañño bhadro assājānīyo khamo hoti rūpānaṁ, khamo saddānaṁ, khamo gandhānaṁ, khamo rasānaṁ, khamo phoṭṭhabbānaṁ, javasampanno ca hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅgantveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati.

[¶40] In the same way, a mendicant with six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world. What six? It’s when a mendicant can endure sights, sounds, smells, tastes, touches, and ideas. A mendicant with these six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.”

> Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti rūpānaṁ …pe… khamo dhammānaṁ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.

[¶41] > Pali: Sattamaṁ.

[¶42] AN 6.8 · Unsurpassable

> Pali: AN 6.8 · Anuttariyasutta

[¶43] “Mendicants, these six things are unsurpassable. What six? The unsurpassable seeing, listening, acquisition, training, service, and recollection. These are the six unsurpassable things.”

> Pali: “Chayimāni, bhikkhave, anuttariyāni. Katamāni cha? Dassanānuttariyaṁ, savanānuttariyaṁ, lābhānuttariyaṁ, sikkhānuttariyaṁ, pāricariyānuttariyaṁ, anussatānuttariyaṁ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cha anuttariyānī”ti.

[¶44] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ.

[¶45] AN 6.9 · Topics for Recollection

> Pali: AN 6.9 · Anussatiṭṭhānasutta

[¶46] “Mendicants, there are these six topics for recollection. What six? The recollection of the Buddha, the teaching, the Saṅgha, ethics, generosity, and the deities. These are the six topics for recollection.”

> Pali: “Chayimāni, bhikkhave, anussatiṭṭhānāni. Katamāni cha? Buddhānussati, dhammānussati, saṅghānussati, sīlānussati, cāgānussati, devatānussati. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cha anussatiṭṭhānānī”ti.

[¶47] > Pali: Navamaṁ.

[¶48] AN 6.10 · With Mahānāma

> Pali: AN 6.10 · Mahānāmasutta

[¶49] At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno, kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶50] “Sir, when a noble disciple has reached the fruit and understood the instructions, what kind of meditation do they frequently practice?”

> Pali: “yo so, bhante, ariyasāvako āgataphalo viññātasāsano, so katamena vihārena bahulaṁ viharatī”ti?

[¶51] “Mahānāma, when a noble disciple has reached the fruit and understood the instructions they frequently practice this kind of meditation.

> Pali: “Yo so, mahānāma, ariyasāvako āgataphalo viññātasāsano, so iminā vihārena bahulaṁ viharati.

[¶52] Firstly, a noble disciple recollects the Realized One: ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those fit for training, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ When a noble disciple recollects the Realized One their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. At that time their mind is quite unswerving, based on the Realized One. A noble disciple whose mind is unswerving finds inspiration in the meaning and the teaching, and finds joy connected with the teaching. When they’re joyful, rapture springs up. When the mind is full of rapture, the body becomes tranquil. When the body is tranquil, they feel bliss. And when they’re blissful, the mind becomes immersed in samādhi. This is called a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and develop the recollection of the Buddha.

> Pali: Idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako tathāgataṁ anussarati: ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti. Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako tathāgataṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ hoti tathāgataṁ ārabbha. Ujugatacitto kho pana, mahānāma, ariyasāvako labhati atthavedaṁ, labhati dhammavedaṁ, labhati dhammūpasaṁhitaṁ pāmojjaṁ. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṁ vediyati, sukhino cittaṁ samādhiyati. Ayaṁ vuccati, mahānāma: ‘ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotaṁ samāpanno buddhānussatiṁ bhāveti’.

[¶53] Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the teaching: ‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’ When a noble disciple recollects the teaching their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … This is called a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and develop the recollection of the teaching.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, mahānāma, ariyasāvako dhammaṁ anussarati: ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako dhammaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ hoti dhammaṁ ārabbha. Ujugatacitto kho pana, mahānāma, ariyasāvako labhati atthavedaṁ, labhati dhammavedaṁ, labhati dhammūpasaṁhitaṁ pāmojjaṁ. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṁ vediyati, sukhino cittaṁ samādhiyati. Ayaṁ vuccati, mahānāma: ‘ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotaṁ samāpanno dhammānussatiṁ bhāveti’.

[¶54] Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the Saṅgha: ‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individual persons. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’ When a noble disciple recollects the Saṅgha their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … This is called a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and develop the recollection of the Saṅgha.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, mahānāma, ariyasāvako saṅghaṁ anussarati: ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti. Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako saṅghaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ hoti saṅghaṁ ārabbha. Ujugatacitto kho pana, mahānāma, ariyasāvako labhati atthavedaṁ, labhati dhammavedaṁ, labhati dhammūpasaṁhitaṁ pāmojjaṁ. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṁ vediyati, sukhino cittaṁ samādhiyati. Ayaṁ vuccati, mahānāma: ‘ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotaṁ samāpanno saṅghānussatiṁ bhāveti’.

[¶55] Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects their own ethical precepts, which are intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. When a noble disciple recollects their ethical precepts their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … This is called a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and develop the recollection of ethics.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, mahānāma, ariyasāvako attano sīlāni anussarati akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṁvattanikāni. Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako sīlaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ hoti sīlaṁ ārabbha. Ujugatacitto kho pana, mahānāma, ariyasāvako labhati atthavedaṁ, labhati dhammavedaṁ, labhati dhammūpasaṁhitaṁ pāmojjaṁ. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṁ vediyati, sukhino cittaṁ samādhiyati. Ayaṁ vuccati, mahānāma: ‘ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotaṁ samāpanno sīlānussatiṁ bhāveti’.

[¶56] Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects their generosity: ‘I’m so fortunate, so very fortunate! Among people full of the stain of stinginess I live at home with heart rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share.’ When a noble disciple recollects their generosity their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. … This is called a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and develop the recollection of generosity.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, mahānāma, ariyasāvako attano cāgaṁ anussarati: ‘lābhā vata me, suladdhaṁ vata me. Yohaṁ maccheramalapariyuṭṭhitāya pajāya vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasāmi muttacāgo payatapāṇi vosaggarato yācayogo dānasaṁvibhāgarato’ti. Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako cāgaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ hoti cāgaṁ ārabbha. Ujugatacitto kho pana, mahānāma, ariyasāvako labhati atthavedaṁ, labhati dhammavedaṁ, labhati dhammūpasaṁhitaṁ pāmojjaṁ. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṁ vediyati, sukhino cittaṁ samādhiyati. Ayaṁ vuccati, mahānāma: ‘ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotaṁ samāpanno cāgānussatiṁ bhāveti’.

[¶57] Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the deities: ‘There are the gods of the four great kings, the gods of the thirty-three, the gods of Yama, the joyful gods, the gods who love to create, the gods who control what is created by others, the gods of the Divinity’s host, and gods even higher than these. When those deities passed away from here, they were reborn there because of their faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom. I, too, have the same kind of faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom.’ When a noble disciple recollects the faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom of both themselves and the deities their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. At that time their mind is quite unswerving, based on the deities. A noble disciple whose mind is unswerving finds inspiration in the meaning and the teaching, and finds joy connected with the teaching. When you’re joyful, rapture springs up. When the mind is full of rapture, the body becomes tranquil. When the body is tranquil, you feel bliss. And when you’re blissful, the mind becomes immersed in samādhi. This is called a noble disciple who lives in balance among people who are unbalanced, and lives untroubled among people who are troubled. They’ve entered the stream of the teaching and develop the recollection of the deities.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, mahānāma, ariyasāvako devatānussatiṁ bhāveti: ‘santi devā cātumahārājikā, santi devā tāvatiṁsā, santi devā yāmā, santi devā tusitā, santi devā nimmānaratino, santi devā paranimmitavasavattino, santi devā brahmakāyikā, santi devā tatuttari. Yathārūpāya saddhāya samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tattha upapannā, mayhampi tathārūpā saddhā saṁvijjati. Yathārūpena sīlena samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tattha upapannā, mayhampi tathārūpaṁ sīlaṁ saṁvijjati. Yathārūpena sutena samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tattha upapannā, mayhampi tathārūpaṁ sutaṁ saṁvijjati. Yathārūpena cāgena samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tattha upapannā, mayhampi tathārūpo cāgo saṁvijjati. Yathārūpāya paññāya samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tattha upapannā, mayhampi tathārūpā paññā saṁvijjatī’ti. Yasmiṁ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako attano ca tāsañca devatānaṁ saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ hoti tā devatā ārabbha. Ujugatacitto kho pana, mahānāma, ariyasāvako labhati atthavedaṁ, labhati dhammavedaṁ, labhati dhammūpasaṁhitaṁ pāmojjaṁ. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṁ vediyati, sukhino cittaṁ samādhiyati. Ayaṁ vuccati, mahānāma: ‘ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotaṁ samāpanno devatānussatiṁ bhāveti’.

[¶58] When a noble disciple has reached the fruit and understood the instructions this is the kind of meditation they frequently practice.”

> Pali: Yo so, mahānāma, ariyasāvako āgataphalo viññātasāsano, so iminā vihārena bahulaṁ viharatī”ti.

[¶59] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶60] > Pali: Āhuneyyavaggo paṭhamo.

[¶61] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ

[¶62] > Pali: Dve āhuneyyā indriya,
balāni tayo ājānīyā;
Anuttariya anussatī,
mahānāmena te dasāti.

## 2. Warm-hearted · AN 6.11–6.18

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/2/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/2/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.11 · Warm-hearted (1st)

> Pali: AN 6.11 · Paṭhamasāraṇīyasutta

[¶1] “Mendicants, there are these six warm-hearted qualities. What six?

> Pali: “Chayime, bhikkhave, dhammā sāraṇīyā. Katame cha?

[¶2] Firstly, a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with bodily kindness, both in public and in private. This is a warm-hearted quality.

> Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno mettaṁ kāyakammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo.

[¶3] Furthermore, a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with verbal kindness, both in public and in private. This too is a warm-hearted quality.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno mettaṁ vacīkammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo.

[¶4] Furthermore, a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with mental kindness …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo.

[¶5] Furthermore, a mendicant shares without reservation any material things they have gained by legitimate means, even the food placed in the alms-bowl, using them in common with their ethical spiritual companions. This too is a warm-hearted quality.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso pattapariyāpannamattampi tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhattabhogī hoti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇabhogī, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo.

[¶6] Furthermore, a mendicant lives according to the precepts shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. Those precepts are intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. This too is a warm-hearted quality.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṁvattanikāni tathārūpehi sīlehi sīlasāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo.

[¶7] Furthermore, a mendicant lives according to the view shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. That view is noble and emancipating, and delivers one who applies it to the complete ending of suffering. This too is a warm-hearted quality.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yāyaṁ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo.

[¶8] These are the six warm-hearted qualities.”

> Pali: Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhammā sāraṇīyā”ti.

[¶9] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶10] AN 6.12 · Warm-hearted (2nd)

> Pali: AN 6.12 · Dutiyasāraṇīyasutta

[¶11] “Mendicants, these six warm-hearted qualities make for fondness and respect, conducing to inclusion, harmony, and unity, without dispute. What six?

> Pali: “Chayime, bhikkhave, dhammā sāraṇīyā piyakaraṇā garukaraṇā saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṁvattanti. Katame cha?

[¶12] Firstly, a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with bodily kindness, both in public and in private. This warm-hearted quality makes for fondness and respect, conducing to inclusion, harmony, and unity, without dispute.

> Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno mettaṁ kāyakammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṁvattati.

[¶13] Furthermore, a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with verbal kindness …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno mettaṁ vacīkammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti …pe….

[¶14] Furthermore, a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with mental kindness …

> Pali: Mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṁvattati.

[¶15] Furthermore, a mendicant shares without reservation any material things they have gained by legitimate means, even the food placed in the alms-bowl, using them in common with their ethical spiritual companions. This too is a warm-hearted quality.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso pattapariyāpannamattampi tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhattabhogī hoti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇabhogī, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṁvattati.

[¶16] Furthermore, a mendicant lives according to the precepts shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. Those precepts are intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. This too is a warm-hearted quality.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṁvattanikāni tathārūpehi sīlehi sīlasāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṁvattati.

[¶17] Furthermore, a mendicant lives according to the view shared with their spiritual companions, both in public and in private. That view is noble and emancipating, and delivers one who applies it to the complete ending of suffering. This warm-hearted quality makes for fondness and respect, conducing to inclusion, harmony, and unity, without dispute.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yāyaṁ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṁvattati.

[¶18] These six warm-hearted qualities make for fondness and respect, conducing to inclusion, harmony, and unity, without quarreling.”

> Pali: Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhammā sāraṇīyā piyakaraṇā garukaraṇā saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṁvattantī”ti.

[¶19] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶20] AN 6.13 · Elements of Escape

> Pali: AN 6.13 · Nissāraṇīyasutta

[¶21] “Mendicants, there are these six elements of escape. What six?

> Pali: “Chayimā, bhikkhave, nissāraṇīyā dhātuyo. Katamā cha?

[¶22] Take a mendicant who says: ‘I’ve developed the heart’s release by love. I’ve cultivated it, made it my vehicle and my basis, kept it up, consolidated it, and properly implemented it. Yet somehow ill will still occupies my mind.’ They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! Don’t say that. Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say that. It’s impossible, reverend, it cannot happen that the heart’s release by love has been developed and properly implemented, yet somehow ill will still occupies the mind. For it is the heart’s release by love that is the escape from ill will.’

> Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya: ‘mettā hi kho me cetovimutti bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā; atha ca pana me byāpādo cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. So ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo: ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca; mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya. Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso yaṁ mettāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya; atha ca panassa byāpādo cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, byāpādassa yadidaṁ mettācetovimuttī’ti.

[¶23] Take another mendicant who says: ‘I’ve developed the heart’s release by compassion. I’ve cultivated it, made it my vehicle and my basis, kept it up, consolidated it, and properly implemented it. Yet somehow the thought of harming still occupies my mind.’ They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! … For it is the heart’s release by compassion that is the escape from thoughts of harming.’

> Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya: ‘karuṇā hi kho me cetovimutti bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā; atha ca pana me vihesā cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. So ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo: ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca; mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya. Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso yaṁ karuṇāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya; atha ca panassa vihesā cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, vihesāya yadidaṁ karuṇācetovimuttī’ti.

[¶24] Take another mendicant who says: ‘I’ve developed the heart’s release by rejoicing. I’ve cultivated it, made it my vehicle and my basis, kept it up, consolidated it, and properly implemented it. Yet somehow discontent still occupies my mind.’ They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! … For it is the heart’s release by rejoicing that is the escape from discontent.’

> Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya: ‘muditā hi kho me cetovimutti bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā; atha ca pana me arati cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. So ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo: ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca; mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya. Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso yaṁ muditāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya; atha ca panassa arati cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, aratiyā yadidaṁ muditācetovimuttī’ti.

[¶25] Take another mendicant who says: ‘I’ve developed the heart’s release by equanimity. I’ve cultivated it, made it my vehicle and my basis, kept it up, consolidated it, and properly implemented it. Yet somehow desire still occupies my mind.’ They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! … For it is the heart’s release by equanimity that is the escape from desire.’

> Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya: ‘upekkhā hi kho me cetovimutti bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā; atha ca pana me rāgo cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. So ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo: ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca; mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya. Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso yaṁ upekkhāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya; atha ca panassa rāgo cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, rāgassa yadidaṁ upekkhācetovimuttī’ti.

[¶26] Take another mendicant who says: ‘I’ve developed the signless release of the heart. I’ve cultivated it, made it my vehicle and my basis, kept it up, consolidated it, and properly implemented it. Yet somehow my consciousness still follows after signs.’ They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! … For it is the signless release of the heart that is the escape from all signs.’

> Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya: ‘animittā hi kho me cetovimutti bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā; atha ca pana me nimittānusāri viññāṇaṁ hotī’ti. So ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo: ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca; mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya. Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso yaṁ animittāya cetovimuttiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya; atha ca panassa nimittānusāri viññāṇaṁ bhavissati, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, sabbanimittānaṁ yadidaṁ animittācetovimuttī’ti.

[¶27] Take another mendicant who says: ‘I’m rid of the conceit “I am”. And I don’t regard anything as “I am this”. Yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupies my mind.’ They should be told, ‘Not so, venerable! Don’t say that. Don’t misrepresent the Buddha, for misrepresentation of the Buddha is not good. And the Buddha would not say that. It’s impossible, reverend, it cannot happen that the conceit “I am” has been done away with, and nothing is regarded as “I am this”, yet somehow the dart of doubt and indecision still occupies the mind. For it is the uprooting of the conceit “I am” that is the escape from the dart of doubt and indecision.’

> Pali: Idha pana bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya: ‘asmīti kho me vigataṁ, ayamahamasmīti ca na samanupassāmi; atha ca pana me vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’ti. So ‘mā hevan’tissa vacanīyo: ‘māyasmā evaṁ avaca; mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ, na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya. Aṭṭhānametaṁ, āvuso, anavakāso yaṁ asmīti vigate ayamahamasmīti ca na samanupassato; atha ca panassa vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallaṁ cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. Nissaraṇañhetaṁ, āvuso, vicikicchākathaṅkathāsallassa yadidaṁ asmīti mānasamugghāto’ti.

[¶28] These are the six elements of escape.”

> Pali: Imā kho, bhikkhave, cha nissāraṇīyā dhātuyo”ti.

[¶29] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

[¶30] AN 6.14 · A Good Death

> Pali: AN 6.14 · Bhaddakasutta

[¶31] There Sāriputta addressed the mendicants: “Reverends, mendicants!”

> Pali: Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi: “āvuso bhikkhave”ti.

[¶32] “Reverend,” they replied. Sāriputta said this:

> Pali: “Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṁ. Āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca:

[¶33] “A mendicant lives life so as to not have a good death. And how do they live life so as to not have a good death?

> Pali: “Tathā tathā, āvuso, bhikkhu vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato na bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, na bhaddikā kālakiriyā. Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu tathā tathā vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato na bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, na bhaddikā kālakiriyā?

[¶34] Take a mendicant who relishes work, talk, sleep, company, closeness, and proliferation. They love these things and like to relish them. A mendicant who lives life like this does not have a good death. This is called a mendicant who enjoys substantial reality, who hasn’t given up substantial reality to rightly make an end of suffering.

> Pali: Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kammārāmo hoti kammarato kammārāmataṁ anuyutto, bhassārāmo hoti bhassarato bhassārāmataṁ anuyutto, niddārāmo hoti niddārato niddārāmataṁ anuyutto, saṅgaṇikārāmo hoti saṅgaṇikarato saṅgaṇikārāmataṁ anuyutto, saṁsaggārāmo hoti saṁsaggarato saṁsaggārāmataṁ anuyutto, papañcārāmo hoti papañcarato papañcārāmataṁ anuyutto. Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu tathā tathā vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato na bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, na bhaddikā kālakiriyā. Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘bhikkhu sakkāyābhirato nappajahāsi sakkāyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāya’.

[¶35] A mendicant lives life so as to have a good death. And how do they live life so as to have a good death?

> Pali: Tathā tathāvuso, bhikkhu vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, bhaddikā kālakiriyā. Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu tathā tathā vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, bhaddikā kālakiriyā?

[¶36] Take a mendicant who doesn’t relish work, talk, sleep, company, closeness, and proliferation. They don’t love these things or like to relish them. A mendicant who lives life like this has a good death. This is called a mendicant who delights in extinguishment, who has given up substantial reality to rightly make an end of suffering.

> Pali: Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na kammārāmo hoti na kammarato na kammārāmataṁ anuyutto, na bhassārāmo hoti na bhassarato na bhassārāmataṁ anuyutto, na niddārāmo hoti na niddārato na niddārāmataṁ anuyutto, na saṅgaṇikārāmo hoti na saṅgaṇikarato na saṅgaṇikārāmataṁ anuyutto, na saṁsaggārāmo hoti na saṁsaggarato na saṁsaggārāmataṁ anuyutto, na papañcārāmo hoti na papañcarato na papañcārāmataṁ anuyutto. Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu tathā tathā vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, bhaddikā kālakiriyā. Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘bhikkhu nibbānābhirato pajahāsi sakkāyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’ti.

[¶37] A beast who likes to proliferate,
enjoying proliferation,
fails to win extinguishment,
the supreme sanctuary from the yoke.

> Pali: Yo papañcamanuyutto,
papañcābhirato mago;
Virādhayī so nibbānaṁ,
yogakkhemaṁ anuttaraṁ.

[¶38] But one who gives up proliferation,
enjoying the state of non-proliferation,
wins extinguishment,
the supreme sanctuary from the yoke.”

> Pali: Yo ca papañcaṁ hitvāna,
nippapañcapade rato;
Ārādhayī so nibbānaṁ,
yogakkhemaṁ anuttaran”ti.

[¶39] > Pali: Catutthaṁ.

[¶40] AN 6.15 · Regret

> Pali: AN 6.15 · Anutappiyasutta

[¶41] There Sāriputta addressed the mendicants:

> Pali: Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi:

[¶42] “As a mendicant makes their bed, so they must lie in it, and die tormented by regrets. And how do they die tormented by regrets?

> Pali: “tathā tathāvuso, bhikkhu vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato kālakiriyā anutappā hoti. Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu tathā tathā vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato kālakiriyā anutappā hoti?

[¶43] Take a mendicant who relishes work, talk, sleep, company, closeness, and proliferation. They love these things and like to relish them. A mendicant who makes their bed like this must lie in it, and die tormented by regrets. This is called a mendicant who enjoys substantial reality, who hasn’t given up substantial reality to rightly make an end of suffering.

> Pali: Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kammārāmo hoti kammarato kammārāmataṁ anuyutto, bhassārāmo hoti … niddārāmo hoti … saṅgaṇikārāmo hoti … saṁsaggārāmo hoti … papañcārāmo hoti papañcarato papañcārāmataṁ anuyutto. Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu tathā tathā vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato kālakiriyā anutappā hoti. Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘bhikkhu sakkāyābhirato nappajahāsi sakkāyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāya’.

[¶44] As a mendicant makes their bed, so they must lie in it, and die free of regrets. And how do they die free of regrets?

> Pali: Tathā tathāvuso, bhikkhu vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato kālakiriyā ananutappā hoti. Kathañcāvuso, bhikkhu tathā tathā vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato kālakiriyā ananutappā hoti?

[¶45] Take a mendicant who doesn’t relish work, talk, sleep, company, closeness, and proliferation. They don’t love these things or like to relish them. A mendicant who makes their bed like this must lie in it, and die free of regrets. This is called a mendicant who delights in extinguishment, who has given up substantial reality to rightly make an end of suffering.

> Pali: Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na kammārāmo hoti na kammarato na kammārāmataṁ anuyutto, na bhassārāmo hoti … na niddārāmo hoti … na saṅgaṇikārāmo hoti … na saṁsaggārāmo hoti … na papañcārāmo hoti na papañcarato na papañcārāmataṁ anuyutto. Evaṁ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu tathā tathā vihāraṁ kappeti yathā yathāssa vihāraṁ kappayato kālakiriyā ananutappā hoti. Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso: ‘bhikkhu nibbānābhirato pajahāsi sakkāyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’ti.

[¶46] A beast who likes to proliferate,
enjoying proliferation,
fails to win extinguishment,
the supreme sanctuary from the yoke.

> Pali: Yo papañcamanuyutto,
papañcābhirato mago;
Virādhayī so nibbānaṁ,
yogakkhemaṁ anuttaraṁ.

[¶47] But one who gives up proliferation,
enjoying the state of non-proliferation,
wins extinguishment,
the supreme sanctuary from the yoke.”

> Pali: Yo ca papañcaṁ hitvāna,
nippapañcapade rato;
Ārādhayī so nibbānaṁ,
yogakkhemaṁ anuttaran”ti.

[¶48] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ.

[¶49] AN 6.16 · Nakula’s Father

> Pali: AN 6.16 · Nakulapitusutta

[¶50] At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile’s Bellow, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. Now at that time the householder Nakula’s father was sick, suffering, gravely ill. Then the housewife Nakula’s mother said to him:

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. Tena kho pana samayena nakulapitā gahapati ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. Atha kho nakulamātā gahapatānī nakulapitaraṁ gahapatiṁ etadavoca:

[¶51] “Householder, don’t pass away with concerns. Such concern is suffering, and it’s criticized by the Buddha. Householder, you might think: ‘When I’ve gone, the housewife Nakula’s mother won’t be able to provide for the children and keep up the household carpets.’ But you should not see it like this. I’m skilled at spinning cotton and carding wool. I’m able to provide for the children and keep up the household carpets. So householder, don’t pass away with concerns …

> Pali: “Mā kho tvaṁ, gahapati, sāpekkho kālamakāsi. Dukkhā, gahapati, sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā; garahitā ca bhagavatā sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā. Siyā kho pana te, gahapati, evamassa: ‘na nakulamātā gahapatānī mamaccayena sakkhissati dārake posetuṁ, gharāvāsaṁ santharitun’ti. Na kho panetaṁ, gahapati, evaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ. Kusalāhaṁ, gahapati, kappāsaṁ kantituṁ veṇiṁ olikhituṁ. Sakkomahaṁ, gahapati, tavaccayena dārake posetuṁ, gharāvāsaṁ santharituṁ. Tasmātiha tvaṁ, gahapati, mā sāpekkho kālamakāsi. Dukkhā, gahapati, sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā; garahitā ca bhagavatā sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā.

[¶52] Householder, you might think: ‘When I’ve gone, the housewife Nakula’s mother will take another husband.’ But you should not see it like this. Both you and I know that we have remained chaste while at home for the past sixteen years. So householder, don’t pass away with concerns …

> Pali: Siyā kho pana te, gahapati, evamassa: ‘nakulamātā gahapatānī mamaccayena aññaṁ gharaṁ gamissatī’ti. Na kho panetaṁ, gahapati, evaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ. Tvañceva kho, gahapati, jānāsi ahañca, yaṁ no soḷasavassāni gahaṭṭhakaṁ brahmacariyaṁ samāciṇṇaṁ. Tasmātiha tvaṁ, gahapati, mā sāpekkho kālamakāsi. Dukkhā, gahapati, sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā; garahitā ca bhagavatā sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā.

[¶53] Householder, you might think: ‘When I’ve gone, the housewife Nakula’s mother won’t want to see the Buddha and his Saṅgha of mendicants.’ But you should not see it like this. When you’ve gone, I’ll want to see the Buddha and his mendicant Saṅgha even more. So householder, don’t pass away with concerns …

> Pali: Siyā kho pana te, gahapati, evamassa: ‘nakulamātā gahapatānī mamaccayena na dassanakāmā bhavissati bhagavato na dassanakāmā bhikkhusaṅghassā’ti. Na kho panetaṁ, gahapati, evaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ. Ahañhi, gahapati, tavaccayena dassanakāmatarā ceva bhavissāmi bhagavato, dassanakāmatarā ca bhikkhusaṅghassa. Tasmātiha tvaṁ, gahapati, mā sāpekkho kālamakāsi. Dukkhā, gahapati, sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā; garahitā ca bhagavatā sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā.

[¶54] Householder, you might think: ‘The housewife Nakula’s mother won’t fulfill ethics.’ But you should not see it like this. I am one of those white-robed disciples of the Buddha who fulfills their ethics. For whoever doubts this, that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha is staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile’s Bellow, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. Let them approach him and ask. So householder, don’t pass away with concerns …

> Pali: Siyā kho pana te, gahapati, evamassa: ‘na nakulamātā gahapatānī mamaccayena sīlesu paripūrakārinī’ti. Na kho panetaṁ, gahapati, evaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ. Yāvatā kho, gahapati, tassa bhagavato sāvikā gihī odātavasanā sīlesu paripūrakāriniyo, ahaṁ tāsaṁ aññatarā. Yassa kho panassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā—ayaṁ so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye—taṁ bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā pucchatu. Tasmātiha tvaṁ, gahapati, mā sāpekkho kālamakāsi. Dukkhā, gahapati, sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā; garahitā ca bhagavatā sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā.

[¶55] Householder, you might think: ‘The housewife Nakula’s mother doesn’t have internal serenity of heart.’ But you should not see it like this. I am one of those white-robed disciples of the Buddha who has internal serenity of heart. For whoever doubts this, that Blessed One is staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile’s Bellow, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. Let them approach him and ask. So householder, don’t pass away with concerns …

> Pali: Siyā kho pana te, gahapati, evamassa: ‘na nakulamātā gahapatānī lābhinī ajjhattaṁ cetosamathassā’ti. Na kho panetaṁ, gahapati, evaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ. Yāvatā kho, gahapati, tassa bhagavato sāvikā gihī odātavasanā lābhiniyo ajjhattaṁ cetosamathassa, ahaṁ tāsaṁ aññatarā. Yassa kho panassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā—ayaṁ so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye—taṁ bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā pucchatu. Tasmātiha tvaṁ, gahapati, mā sāpekkho kālamakāsi. Dukkhā, gahapati, sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā; garahitā ca bhagavatā sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā.

[¶56] Householder, you might think: ‘The housewife Nakula’s mother has not found a footing, a firm footing, and solace in this teaching and training. She has not gone beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and gained assurance. And she’s not independent of others in the Teacher’s instructions.’ But you should not see it like this. I am one of those white-robed disciples of the Buddha who has found a footing, a firm footing, and solace in this teaching and training. I have gone beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and gained assurance. And I am independent of others in the Teacher’s instructions. For whoever doubts this, that Blessed One is staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile’s Bellow, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. Let them approach him and ask. So householder, don’t pass away with concerns. Such concern is suffering, and it’s criticized by the Buddha.”

> Pali: Siyā kho pana te, gahapati, evamassa: ‘na nakulamātā gahapatānī imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ogādhappattā patigādhappattā assāsappattā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane viharatī’ti. Na kho panetaṁ, gahapati, evaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ. Yāvatā kho, gahapati, tassa bhagavato sāvikā gihī odātavasanā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ogādhappattā patigādhappattā assāsappattā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane viharanti, ahaṁ tāsaṁ aññatarā. Yassa kho panassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā—ayaṁ so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye—taṁ bhagavantaṁ upasaṅkamitvā pucchatu. Tasmātiha tvaṁ, gahapati, mā sāpekkho kālamakāsi. Dukkhā, gahapati, sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā; garahitā ca bhagavatā sāpekkhassa kālakiriyā”ti.

[¶57] And then, as Nakula’s mother was giving this advice to Nakula’s father, his illness died down on the spot. And that’s how Nakula’s father recovered from that illness. Soon after recovering, leaning on a staff he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:

> Pali: Atha kho nakulapituno gahapatissa nakulamātarā gahapatāniyā iminā ovādena ovadiyamānassa so ābādho ṭhānaso paṭippassambhi. Vuṭṭhahi ca nakulapitā gahapati tamhā ābādhā; tathā pahīno ca pana nakulapituno gahapatissa so ābādho ahosi. Atha kho nakulapitā gahapati gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā daṇḍamolubbha yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho nakulapitaraṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca:

[¶58] “You’re fortunate, householder, so very fortunate, to have the housewife Nakula’s mother advise and instruct you out of kindness and sympathy.

> Pali: “Lābhā te, gahapati, suladdhaṁ te, gahapati. Yassa te nakulamātā gahapatānī anukampikā atthakāmā ovādikā anusāsikā.

[¶59] She is one of those white-robed disciples of the Buddha who fulfills their ethics.

> Pali: Yāvatā kho, gahapati, mama sāvikā gihī odātavasanā sīlesu paripūrakāriniyo, nakulamātā gahapatānī tāsaṁ aññatarā.

[¶60] She is one of those white-robed disciples of the Buddha who has internal serenity of heart.

> Pali: Yāvatā kho, gahapati, mama sāvikā gihī odātavasanā lābhiniyo ajjhattaṁ cetosamathassa, nakulamātā gahapatānī tāsaṁ aññatarā.

[¶61] She is one of those white-robed disciples of the Buddha who has found a footing, a firm footing, and solace in this teaching and training. She has gone beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and gained assurance. And she is independent of others in the Teacher’s instructions.

> Pali: Yāvatā kho, gahapati, mama sāvikā gihī odātavasanā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ogādhappattā patigādhappattā assāsappattā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane viharanti, nakulamātā gahapatānī tāsaṁ aññatarā.

[¶62] You’re fortunate, householder, so very fortunate, to have the housewife Nakula’s mother advise and instruct you out of kindness and sympathy.”

> Pali: Lābhā te, gahapati, suladdhaṁ te, gahapati. Yassa te nakulamātā gahapatānī anukampikā atthakāmā ovādikā anusāsikā”ti.

[¶63] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ.

[¶64] AN 6.17 · Sleep

> Pali: AN 6.17 · Soppasutta

[¶65] At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.

[¶66] Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, and sat down on the seat spread out. Venerable Sāriputta also came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side. Venerables Mahāmoggallāna, Mahākassapa, Mahākaccāna, Mahākoṭṭhita, Mahācunda, Mahākappina, Anuruddha, Revata, and Ānanda did the same. The Buddha spent much of the night sitting in meditation, then rose from his seat and entered his dwelling. And soon after the Buddha left those venerables each went to their own dwelling.

> Pali: Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Āyasmāpi kho sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Āyasmāpi kho mahāmoggallāno … āyasmāpi kho mahākassapo … āyasmāpi kho mahākaccāno … āyasmāpi kho mahākoṭṭhiko … āyasmāpi kho mahācundo … āyasmāpi kho mahākappino … āyasmāpi kho anuruddho … āyasmāpi kho revato … āyasmāpi kho ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Atha kho bhagavā bahudeva rattiṁ nisajjāya vītināmetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ pāvisi. Tepi kho āyasmanto acirapakkantassa bhagavato uṭṭhāyāsanā yathāvihāraṁ agamaṁsu.

[¶67] But those mendicants who were junior, recently gone forth, newly come to this teaching and training slept until the sun came up, snoring. The Buddha saw them doing this, with his clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman. He went to the assembly hall, sat down on the seat spread out, and addressed the mendicants:

> Pali: Ye pana tattha bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ te yāva sūriyuggamanā kākacchamānā supiṁsu. Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena te bhikkhū yāva sūriyuggamanā kākacchamāne supante. Disvā yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:

[¶68] “Mendicants, where is Sāriputta? Where are Mahāmoggallāna, Mahākassapa, Mahākaccāna, Mahākoṭṭhita, Mahācunda, Mahākappina, Anuruddha, Revata, and Ānanda? Where have these senior disciples gone?”

> Pali: “Kahaṁ nu kho, bhikkhave, sāriputto? Kahaṁ mahāmoggallāno? Kahaṁ mahākassapo? Kahaṁ mahākaccāno? Kahaṁ mahākoṭṭhiko? Kahaṁ mahācundo? Kahaṁ mahākappino? Kahaṁ anuruddho? Kahaṁ revato? Kahaṁ ānando? Kahaṁ nu kho te, bhikkhave, therā sāvakā gatā”ti?

[¶69] “Soon after the Buddha left those venerables each went to their own dwelling.”

> Pali: “Tepi kho, bhante, āyasmanto acirapakkantassa bhagavato uṭṭhāyāsanā yathāvihāraṁ agamaṁsū”ti.

[¶70] “So, mendicants, when the senior mendicants left, why did you sleep until the sun came up, snoring?

> Pali: “Tena no tumhe, bhikkhave, therā bhikkhū nāgatāti yāva sūriyuggamanā kākacchamānā supatha?

[¶71] What do you think, mendicants? Have you ever seen or heard of an anointed aristocratic king who rules his whole life, dear and beloved to the country, while indulging in the pleasures of sleeping, lying down, and drowsing as much as he likes?”

> Pali: Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu tumhehi diṭṭhaṁ vā sutaṁ vā: ‘rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto yāvadatthaṁ seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyutto viharanto yāvajīvaṁ rajjaṁ kārento janapadassa vā piyo manāpo’”ti?

[¶72] “No, sir.”

> Pali: “No hetaṁ, bhante”.

[¶73] “Good, mendicants! I too have never seen or heard of such a thing.

> Pali: “Sādhu, bhikkhave. Mayāpi kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, neva diṭṭhaṁ na sutaṁ: ‘rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto yāvadatthaṁ seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyutto viharanto yāvajīvaṁ rajjaṁ kārento janapadassa vā piyo manāpo’ti.

[¶74] What do you think, mendicants? Have you ever seen or heard of an appointed official … a hereditary official … a general … a village chief … or a guild head who runs the guild his whole life, dear and beloved to the guild, while indulging in the pleasures of sleeping, lying down, and drowsing as much as he likes?”

> Pali: Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu tumhehi diṭṭhaṁ vā sutaṁ vā: ‘raṭṭhiko …pe… pettaṇiko … senāpatiko … gāmagāmaṇiko … pūgagāmaṇiko yāvadatthaṁ seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyutto viharanto yāvajīvaṁ pūgagāmaṇikattaṁ kārento pūgassa vā piyo manāpo’”ti?

[¶75] “No, sir.”

> Pali: “No hetaṁ, bhante”.

[¶76] “Good, mendicants! I too have never seen or heard of such a thing.

> Pali: “Sādhu, bhikkhave. Mayāpi kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, neva diṭṭhaṁ na sutaṁ: ‘pūgagāmaṇiko yāvadatthaṁ seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyutto viharanto yāvajīvaṁ pūgagāmaṇikattaṁ vā kārento pūgassa vā piyo manāpo’ti.

[¶77] What do you think, mendicants? Have you ever seen or heard of an ascetic or brahmin who indulges in the pleasures of sleeping, lying down, and drowsing as much as they like? Their sense doors are unguarded, they eat too much, they’re not dedicated to wakefulness, they’re unable to discern skillful qualities, and they don’t pursue the development of the qualities on the side of awakening in the evening and toward dawn. Yet they realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom. And they live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements.”

> Pali: Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu tumhehi diṭṭhaṁ vā sutaṁ vā: ‘samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā yāvadatthaṁ seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyutto indriyesu aguttadvāro bhojane amattaññū jāgariyaṁ ananuyutto avipassako kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pubbarattāpararattaṁ bodhipakkhiyānaṁ dhammānaṁ bhāvanānuyogaṁ ananuyutto āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanto’”ti?

[¶78] “No, sir.”

> Pali: “No hetaṁ, bhante”.

[¶79] “Good, mendicants! I too have never seen or heard of such a thing.

> Pali: “Sādhu, bhikkhave. Mayāpi kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, neva diṭṭhaṁ na sutaṁ: ‘samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā yāvadatthaṁ seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyutto indriyesu aguttadvāro bhojane amattaññū jāgariyaṁ ananuyutto avipassako kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pubbarattāpararattaṁ bodhipakkhiyānaṁ dhammānaṁ bhāvanānuyogaṁ ananuyutto āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanto’ti.

[¶80] So you should train like this: ‘We will guard our sense doors, eat in moderation, be dedicated to wakefulness, discern skillful qualities, and pursue the development of the qualities on the side of awakening in the evening and toward dawn.’ That’s how you should train.”

> Pali: Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: ‘indriyesu guttadvārā bhavissāma, bhojane mattaññuno, jāgariyaṁ anuyuttā, vipassakā kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ, pubbarattāpararattaṁ bodhipakkhiyānaṁ dhammānaṁ, bhāvanānuyogamanuyuttā viharissāmā’ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti.

[¶81] > Pali: Sattamaṁ.

[¶82] AN 6.18 · A Fish Dealer

> Pali: AN 6.18 · Macchabandhasutta

[¶83] At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants.

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ.

[¶84] While walking along the road he saw a fish dealer in a certain spot selling fish that he had killed himself. Seeing this he left the road, sat at the root of a tree on the seat spread out, and addressed the mendicants: “Mendicants, do you see that fish dealer selling fish that he killed himself?”

> Pali: Addasā kho bhagavā addhānamaggappaṭipanno aññatarasmiṁ padese macchikaṁ macchabandhaṁ macche vadhitvā vadhitvā vikkiṇamānaṁ. Disvā maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: “passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, amuṁ macchikaṁ macchabandhaṁ macche vadhitvā vadhitvā vikkiṇamānan”ti?

[¶85] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶86] “What do you think, mendicants? Have you ever seen or heard of a fish dealer selling fish that he killed himself who, by means of that work and livelihood, got to travel by elephant, horse, chariot, or vehicle, or to enjoy wealth, or to live off a large fortune?”

> Pali: “Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu tumhehi diṭṭhaṁ vā sutaṁ vā: ‘macchiko macchabandho macche vadhitvā vadhitvā vikkiṇamāno tena kammena tena ājīvena hatthiyāyī vā assayāyī vā rathayāyī vā yānayāyī vā bhogabhogī vā mahantaṁ vā bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasanto’”ti?

[¶87] “No, sir.”

> Pali: “No hetaṁ, bhante”.

[¶88] “Good, mendicants! I too have never seen or heard of such a thing. Why is that? Because when the fish are led to the slaughter he regards them with bad intentions.

> Pali: “Sādhu, bhikkhave. Mayāpi kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, neva diṭṭhaṁ na sutaṁ: ‘macchiko macchabandho macche vadhitvā vadhitvā vikkiṇamāno tena kammena tena ājīvena hatthiyāyī vā assayāyī vā rathayāyī vā yānayāyī vā bhogabhogī vā mahantaṁ vā bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasanto’ti. Taṁ kissa hetu? Te hi so, bhikkhave, macche vajjhe vadhāyupanīte pāpakena manasānupekkhati, tasmā so neva hatthiyāyī hoti na assayāyī na rathayāyī na yānayāyī na bhogabhogī, na mahantaṁ bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasati.

[¶89] What do you think, mendicants? Have you ever seen or heard of a butcher of cattle selling cattle that he killed himself who, by means of that work and livelihood, got to travel by elephant, horse, chariot, or vehicle, or to enjoy wealth, or to live off a large fortune?”

> Pali: Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu tumhehi diṭṭhaṁ vā sutaṁ vā: ‘goghātako gāvo vadhitvā vadhitvā vikkiṇamāno tena kammena tena ājīvena hatthiyāyī vā assayāyī vā rathayāyī vā yānayāyī vā bhogabhogī vā mahantaṁ vā bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasanto’”ti?

[¶90] “No, sir.”

> Pali: “No hetaṁ, bhante”.

[¶91] “Good, mendicants! I too have never seen or heard of such a thing. Why is that? Because when the cattle are led to the slaughter he regards them with bad intentions.

> Pali: “Sādhu, bhikkhave. Mayāpi kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, neva diṭṭhaṁ na sutaṁ: ‘goghātako gāvo vadhitvā vadhitvā vikkiṇamāno tena kammena tena ājīvena hatthiyāyī vā assayāyī vā rathayāyī vā yānayāyī vā bhogabhogī vā mahantaṁ vā bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasanto’ti. Taṁ kissa hetu? Te hi so, bhikkhave, gāvo vajjhe vadhāyupanīte pāpakena manasānupekkhati, tasmā so neva hatthiyāyī hoti na assayāyī na rathayāyī na yānayāyī na bhogabhogī, na mahantaṁ bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasati.

[¶92] What do you think, mendicants? Have you ever seen or heard of a butcher of sheep … a butcher of pigs … a butcher of poultry … or a deer-hunter selling deer which he killed himself who, by means of that work and livelihood, got to travel by elephant, horse, chariot, or vehicle, or to enjoy wealth, or to live off a large fortune?”

> Pali: Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu tumhehi diṭṭhaṁ vā sutaṁ vā: ‘orabbhiko …pe… sūkariko …pe… sākuṇiko …pe… māgaviko mage vadhitvā vadhitvā vikkiṇamāno tena kammena tena ājīvena hatthiyāyī vā assayāyī vā rathayāyī vā yānayāyī vā bhogabhogī vā mahantaṁ vā bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasanto’”ti?

[¶93] “No, sir.”

> Pali: “No hetaṁ, bhante”.

[¶94] “Good, mendicants! I too have never seen or heard of such a thing. Why is that? Because when the deer are led to the slaughter he regards them with bad intentions.

> Pali: “Sādhu, bhikkhave. Mayāpi kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, neva diṭṭhaṁ na sutaṁ: ‘māgaviko mage vadhitvā vadhitvā vikkiṇamāno tena kammena tena ājīvena hatthiyāyī vā assayāyī vā rathayāyī vā yānayāyī vā bhogabhogī vā mahantaṁ vā bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasanto’ti. Taṁ kissa hetu? Te hi so, bhikkhave, mage vajjhe vadhāyupanīte pāpakena manasānupekkhati, tasmā so neva hatthiyāyī hoti na assayāyī na rathayāyī na yānayāyī na bhogabhogī, na mahantaṁ bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasati.

[¶95] By regarding even animals led to the slaughter with bad intentions he did not get to travel by elephant, horse, chariot, or vehicle, or to enjoy wealth, or to live off a large fortune. How much worse is someone who regards human beings brought to the slaughter with bad intentions! This will be for their lasting harm and suffering. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.”

> Pali: Te hi nāma so, bhikkhave, tiracchānagate pāṇe vajjhe vadhāyupanīte pāpakena manasānupekkhamāno neva hatthiyāyī bhavissati na assayāyī na rathayāyī na yānayāyī na bhogabhogī, na mahantaṁ bhogakkhandhaṁ ajjhāvasissati. Ko pana vādo yaṁ manussabhūtaṁ vajjhaṁ vadhāyupanītaṁ pāpakena manasānupekkhati. Tañhi tassa, bhikkhave, hoti dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya. Kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjatī”ti.

[¶96] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ.

## 3. Warm-hearted · AN 6.19–6.20

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/3/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/3/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.19 · Mindfulness of Death (1st)

> Pali: AN 6.19 · Paṭhamamaraṇassatisutta

[¶1] At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. There the Buddha addressed the mendicants, “Mendicants!”

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: “bhikkhavo”ti.

[¶2] “Venerable sir,” they replied. The Buddha said this:

> Pali: “Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca:

[¶3] “Mendicants, when mindfulness of death is developed and cultivated it’s very fruitful and beneficial. It has freedom from death as its objective and culmination. But do you develop mindfulness of death?”

> Pali: “maraṇassati, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā. Bhāvetha no tumhe, bhikkhave, maraṇassatin”ti?

[¶4] When he said this, one of the mendicants said to the Buddha, “Sir, I develop mindfulness of death.”

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “ahaṁ kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.

[¶5] “But mendicant, how do you develop it?”

> Pali: “Yathā kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassatin”ti?

[¶6] “In this case, sir, I think: ‘Oh, if I’d only live for another day and night, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’ That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”

> Pali: “Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, evaṁ hoti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ rattindivaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.

[¶7] Another mendicant said to the Buddha, “Sir, I too develop mindfulness of death.”

> Pali: Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.

[¶8] “But mendicant, how do you develop it?”

> Pali: “Yathā kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassatin”ti?

[¶9] “In this case, sir, I think: ‘Oh, if I’d only live for another day, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’ That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”

> Pali: “Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, evaṁ hoti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ divasaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.

[¶10] Another mendicant said to the Buddha, “Sir, I too develop mindfulness of death.”

> Pali: Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.

[¶11] “But mendicant, how do you develop it?”

> Pali: “Yathā kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassatin”ti?

[¶12] “In this case, sir, I think: ‘Oh, if I’d only live as long as it takes to eat a meal of almsfood, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’ That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”

> Pali: “Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, evaṁ hoti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ ekapiṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.

[¶13] Another mendicant said to the Buddha, “Sir, I too develop mindfulness of death.”

> Pali: Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.

[¶14] “But mendicant, how do you develop it?”

> Pali: “Yathā kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassatin”ti?

[¶15] “In this case, sir, I think: ‘Oh, if I’d only live as long as it takes to chew and swallow four or five mouthfuls, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’ That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”

> Pali: “Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, evaṁ hoti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ cattāro pañca ālope saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.

[¶16] Another mendicant said to the Buddha, “Sir, I too develop mindfulness of death.”

> Pali: Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.

[¶17] “But mendicant, how do you develop it?”

> Pali: “Yathā kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassatin”ti?

[¶18] “In this case, sir, I think: ‘Oh, if I’d only live as long as it takes to chew and swallow a single mouthful, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’ That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”

> Pali: “Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, evaṁ hoti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ ekaṁ ālopaṁ saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.

[¶19] Another mendicant said to the Buddha, “Sir, I too develop mindfulness of death.”

> Pali: Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.

[¶20] “But mendicant, how do you develop it?”

> Pali: “Yathā kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassatin”ti?

[¶21] “In this case, sir, I think: ‘Oh, if I’d only live as long as it takes to breathe out after breathing in, or to breathe in after breathing out, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’ That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.”

> Pali: “Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, evaṁ hoti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ assasitvā vā passasāmi passasitvā vā assasāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti.

[¶22] When this was said, the Buddha said to those mendicants:

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā te bhikkhū etadavoca:

[¶23] “As to the mendicants who develop mindfulness of death by wishing to live for a day and night … or to live for a day … or to live as long as it takes to eat a meal of almsfood … or to live as long as it takes to chew and swallow four or five mouthfuls— these are called mendicants who live negligently. They slackly develop mindfulness of death for the ending of defilements.

> Pali: “yo cāyaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāveti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ rattindivaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Yo cāyaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāveti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ divasaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Yo cāyaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāveti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ ekapiṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Yo cāyaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāveti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ cattāro pañca ālope saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, bhikkhū pamattā viharanti dandhaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāventi āsavānaṁ khayāya.

[¶24] But as to the mendicants who develop mindfulness of death by wishing to live as long as it takes to chew and swallow a single mouthful … or to live as long as it takes to breathe out after breathing in, or to breathe in after breathing out— these are called mendicants who live diligently. They keenly develop mindfulness of death for the ending of defilements.

> Pali: Yo ca khvāyaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāveti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ ekaṁ ālopaṁ saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Yo cāyaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāveti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ assasitvā vā passasāmi passasitvā vā assasāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, bhikkhū appamattā viharanti tikkhaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāventi āsavānaṁ khayāya.

[¶25] So you should train like this: ‘We will live diligently. We will keenly develop mindfulness of death for the ending of defilements.’ That’s how you should train.”

> Pali: Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: ‘appamattā viharissāma, tikkhaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāvessāma āsavānaṁ khayāyā’ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti.

[¶26] > Pali: Navamaṁ.

[¶27] AN 6.20 · Mindfulness of Death (2nd)

> Pali: AN 6.20 · Dutiyamaraṇassatisutta

[¶28] At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. There the Buddha addressed the mendicants:

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:

[¶29] “Mendicants, when mindfulness of death is developed and cultivated it’s very fruitful and beneficial. It has freedom from death as its objective and culmination. And how is mindfulness of death developed and cultivated to be very fruitful and beneficial, with freedom from death as its objective and culmination?

> Pali: “maraṇassati, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā. Kathaṁ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, maraṇassati kathaṁ bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā?

[¶30] As day passes by and night draws close, a mendicant reflects: ‘I might die of many causes. A snake might bite me, or a scorpion or centipede might sting me. And if I died from that it would be an obstacle to my progress. Or I might stumble off a cliff, or get food poisoning, or suffer a disturbance of bile, phlegm, or piercing winds. And if I died from that it would be an obstacle to my progress.’ That mendicant should reflect: ‘Are there any bad, unskillful qualities that I haven’t given up, which might be an obstacle to my progress if I die tonight?’

> Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu divase nikkhante rattiyā patihitāya iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘bahukā kho me paccayā maraṇassa— ahi vā maṁ ḍaṁseyya, vicchiko vā maṁ ḍaṁseyya, satapadī vā maṁ ḍaṁseyya; tena me assa kālakiriyā, so mamassa antarāyo. Upakkhalitvā vā papateyyaṁ, bhattaṁ vā me bhuttaṁ byāpajjeyya, pittaṁ vā me kuppeyya, semhaṁ vā me kuppeyya, satthakā vā me vātā kuppeyyuṁ; tena me assa kālakiriyā, so mamassa antarāyo’ti. Tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā iti paṭisañcikkhitabbaṁ: ‘atthi nu kho me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīnā, ye me assu rattiṁ kālaṁ karontassa antarāyāyā’ti.

[¶31] Suppose that, upon checking, a mendicant knows that there are such bad, unskillful qualities. Then in order to give them up they should apply extraordinary enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, mindfulness, and situational awareness. Suppose your clothes or head were on fire. In order to extinguish it, you’d apply extraordinary enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, mindfulness, and situational awareness. In the same way, in order to give up those bad, unskillful qualities, that mendicant should apply extraordinary enthusiasm …

> Pali: Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti: ‘atthi me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīnā, ye me assu rattiṁ kālaṁ karontassa antarāyāyā’ti, tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṁ. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ādittacelo vā ādittasīso vā tasseva celassa vā sīsassa vā nibbāpanāya adhimattaṁ chandañca vāyāmañca ussāhañca ussoḷhiñca appaṭivāniñca satiñca sampajaññañca kareyya; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tena bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṁ.

[¶32] But suppose that, upon checking, a mendicant knows that there are no such bad, unskillful qualities. Then that mendicant should meditate with rapture and joy, training day and night in skillful qualities.

> Pali: Sace pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti: ‘natthi me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīnā, ye me assu rattiṁ kālaṁ karontassa antarāyāyā’ti, tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.

[¶33] Or else, as night passes by and day draws close, a mendicant reflects: ‘I might die of many causes. A snake might bite me, or a scorpion or centipede might sting me. And if I died from that it would be an obstacle to my progress. Or I might stumble off a cliff, or get food poisoning, or suffer a disturbance of bile, phlegm, or piercing winds. And if I died from that it would be an obstacle to my progress.’ That mendicant should reflect: ‘Are there any bad, unskillful qualities that I haven’t given up, which might be an obstacle to my progress if I die today?’

> Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rattiyā nikkhantāya divase patihite iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘bahukā kho me paccayā maraṇassa— ahi vā maṁ ḍaṁseyya, vicchiko vā maṁ ḍaṁseyya, satapadī vā maṁ ḍaṁseyya; tena me assa kālakiriyā so mamassa antarāyo. Upakkhalitvā vā papateyyaṁ, bhattaṁ vā me bhuttaṁ byāpajjeyya, pittaṁ vā me kuppeyya, semhaṁ vā me kuppeyya, satthakā vā me vātā kuppeyyuṁ; tena me assa kālakiriyā so mamassa antarāyo’ti. Tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā iti paṭisañcikkhitabbaṁ: ‘atthi nu kho me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīnā, ye me assu divā kālaṁ karontassa antarāyāyā’ti.

[¶34] Suppose that, upon checking, a mendicant knows that there are such bad, unskillful qualities. Then in order to give them up they should apply extraordinary enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, mindfulness, and situational awareness. Suppose your clothes or head were on fire. In order to extinguish it, you’d apply extraordinary enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, mindfulness, and situational awareness. In the same way, in order to give up those bad, unskillful qualities, that mendicant should apply extraordinary enthusiasm …

> Pali: Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti: ‘atthi me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīnā, ye me assu divā kālaṁ karontassa antarāyāyā’ti, tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṁ. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ādittacelo vā ādittasīso vā tasseva celassa vā sīsassa vā nibbāpanāya adhimattaṁ chandañca vāyāmañca ussāhañca ussoḷhiñca appaṭivāniñca satiñca sampajaññañca kareyya; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tena bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṁ.

[¶35] But suppose that, upon checking, a mendicant knows that there are no such bad, unskillful qualities. Then that mendicant should meditate with rapture and joy, training day and night in skillful qualities.

> Pali: Sace pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti: ‘natthi me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīnā, ye me assu divā kālaṁ karontassa antarāyāyā’ti, tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.

[¶36] Mindfulness of death, when developed and cultivated in this way, is very fruitful and beneficial. It has freedom from death as its objective and culmination.”

> Pali: Evaṁ bhāvitā kho, bhikkhave, maraṇassati evaṁ bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā”ti.

[¶37] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶38] > Pali: Sāraṇīyavaggo dutiyo.

[¶39] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ

[¶40] > Pali: Dve sāraṇī nisāraṇīyaṁ,
bhaddakaṁ anutappiyaṁ;
Nakulaṁ soppamacchā ca,
dve honti maraṇassatīti.

## 4. Unsurpassable · AN 6.21–6.28

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/4/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/4/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.21 · At Sāma Village

> Pali: AN 6.21 · Sāmakasutta

[¶1] At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans near the little village of Sāma, by a lotus pond.

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati sāmagāmake pokkharaṇiyāyaṁ.

[¶2] Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire lotus pond, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him, “Sir, three qualities lead to the decline of a mendicant. What three? Relishing work, talk, and sleep. These three qualities lead to the decline of a mendicant.”

> Pali: Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ pokkharaṇiyaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “Tayome, bhante, dhammā bhikkhuno parihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame tayo? Kammārāmatā, bhassārāmatā, niddārāmatā— ime kho, bhante, tayo dhammā bhikkhuno parihānāya saṁvattantī”ti.

[¶3] That is what that deity said, and the Teacher concurred. Then that deity, knowing that the Teacher concurred, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there.

> Pali: Idamavoca sā devatā. Samanuñño satthā ahosi. Atha kho sā devatā “samanuñño me satthā”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.

[¶4] Then, when the night had passed, the Buddha told the mendicants all that had happened, adding:

> Pali: Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhū āmantesi: “imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ pokkharaṇiyaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, sā devatā maṁ etadavoca: ‘tayome, bhante, dhammā bhikkhuno parihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame tayo? Kammārāmatā, bhassārāmatā, niddārāmatā— ime kho, bhante, tayo dhammā bhikkhuno parihānāya saṁvattantī’ti.

[¶5] “It’s unfortunate for those of you who even the deities know are declining in skillful qualities. I will teach you three more qualities that lead to decline. Listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”

> Pali: Idamavoca, bhikkhave, sā devatā. Idaṁ vatvā maṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi. Tesaṁ vo, bhikkhave, alābhā tesaṁ dulladdhaṁ, ye vo devatāpi jānanti kusalehi dhammehi parihāyamāne. Aparepi, bhikkhave, tayo parihāniye dhamme desessāmi. Taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.

[¶6] “Yes, sir,” they replied. The Buddha said this:

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca:

[¶7] “And what, mendicants, are three qualities that lead to decline? Enjoyment of company, being hard to admonish, and having bad friends. These three qualities lead to decline.

> Pali: “katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo parihāniyā dhammā? Saṅgaṇikārāmatā, dovacassatā, pāpamittatā— ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo parihāniyā dhammā.

[¶8] Whether in the past, future, or present, all those who decline in skillful qualities do so because of these six qualities.”

> Pali: Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, atītamaddhānaṁ parihāyiṁsu kusalehi dhammehi, sabbete imeheva chahi dhammehi parihāyiṁsu kusalehi dhammehi. Yepi hi keci, bhikkhave, anāgatamaddhānaṁ parihāyissanti kusalehi dhammehi, sabbete imeheva chahi dhammehi parihāyissanti kusalehi dhammehi. Yepi hi keci, bhikkhave, etarahi parihāyanti kusalehi dhammehi, sabbete imeheva chahi dhammehi parihāyanti kusalehi dhammehī”ti.

[¶9] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶10] AN 6.22 · Non-decline

> Pali: AN 6.22 · Aparihāniyasutta

[¶11] “Mendicants, I will teach you these six principles that prevent decline. … And what, mendicants, are the six principles that prevent decline? Not relishing work, talk, sleep, and company, being easy to admonish, and having good friends. These six qualities prevent decline.

> Pali: “Chayime, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṁ suṇātha …pe… katame ca, bhikkhave, cha aparihāniyā dhammā? Na kammārāmatā, na bhassārāmatā, na niddārāmatā, na saṅgaṇikārāmatā, sovacassatā, kalyāṇamittatā— ime kho, bhikkhave, cha aparihāniyā dhammā.

[¶12] Whether in the past, future, or present, all those who have not declined in skillful qualities do so because of these six qualities.”

> Pali: Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, atītamaddhānaṁ na parihāyiṁsu kusalehi dhammehi, sabbete imeheva chahi dhammehi na parihāyiṁsu kusalehi dhammehi. Yepi hi keci, bhikkhave, anāgatamaddhānaṁ na parihāyissanti kusalehi dhammehi, sabbete imeheva chahi dhammehi na parihāyissanti kusalehi dhammehi. Yepi hi keci, bhikkhave, etarahi na parihāyanti kusalehi dhammehi, sabbete imeheva chahi dhammehi na parihāyanti kusalehi dhammehī”ti.

[¶13] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶14] AN 6.23 · Dangers

> Pali: AN 6.23 · Bhayasutta

[¶15] “‘Danger’, mendicants, is a term for sensual pleasures. ‘Suffering’, ‘disease’, ‘boil’, ‘chain’, and ‘bog’ are terms for sensual pleasures.

> Pali: “‘Bhayan’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ; ‘dukkhan’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ; ‘rogo’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ; ‘gaṇḍo’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ; ‘saṅgo’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ; ‘paṅko’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ.

[¶16] And why is ‘danger’ a term for sensual pleasures? Someone who is besotted by sensual greed and shackled by lustful desire is not freed from dangers in this life or in lives to come. That is why ‘danger’ is a term for sensual pleasures.

> Pali: Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, ‘bhayan’ti kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ? Kāmarāgarattāyaṁ, bhikkhave, chandarāgavinibaddho diṭṭhadhammikāpi bhayā na parimuccati, samparāyikāpi bhayā na parimuccati, tasmā ‘bhayan’ti kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ.

[¶17] And why are ‘suffering’, ‘disease’, ‘boil’, ‘chain’, and ‘bog’ terms for sensual pleasures? Someone who is besotted by sensual greed and shackled by lustful desire is not freed from suffering, disease, boils, chains, or bogs in this life or in lives to come. That is why these are terms for sensual pleasures.

> Pali: Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhanti …pe… rogoti … gaṇḍoti … saṅgoti … paṅkoti kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ? Kāmarāgarattāyaṁ, bhikkhave, chandarāgavinibaddho diṭṭhadhammikāpi paṅkā na parimuccati, samparāyikāpi paṅkā na parimuccati, tasmā ‘paṅko’ti kāmānametaṁ adhivacananti.

[¶18] Danger, suffering, disease, boils,
and chains and bogs both.
These describe the sensual pleasures
to which ordinary people are attached.

> Pali: Bhayaṁ dukkhaṁ rogo gaṇḍo,
saṅgo paṅko ca ubhayaṁ;
Ete kāmā pavuccanti,
yattha satto puthujjano.

[¶19] Seeing the danger in grasping,
the origin of birth and death,
the unattached are freed
with the ending of birth and death.

> Pali: Upādāne bhayaṁ disvā,
jātimaraṇasambhave;
Anupādā vimuccanti,
jātimaraṇasaṅkhaye.

[¶20] Happy, they’ve come to a safe place,
quenched in this very life.
They’ve gone beyond all enmities and fears,
and risen above all suffering.”

> Pali: Te khemappattā sukhino,
diṭṭhadhammābhinibbutā;
Sabbaverabhayātītā,
sabbadukkhaṁ upaccagun”ti.

[¶21] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

[¶22] AN 6.24 · The Himalaya

> Pali: AN 6.24 · Himavantasutta

[¶23] “Mendicants, a mendicant who has six qualities could shatter Himalaya, the king of mountains, let alone this wretched ignorance! What six? It’s when a mendicant is skilled in entering immersion, skilled in remaining in immersion, skilled in emerging from immersion, skilled in positivity for immersion, skilled in the territory of immersion, and skilled in projecting the mind purified by immersion. A mendicant who possesses these six qualities could shatter Himalaya, the king of mountains, let alone this wretched ignorance!”

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu himavantaṁ pabbatarājaṁ padāleyya, ko pana vādo chavāya avijjāya. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu samādhissa samāpattikusalo hoti, samādhissa ṭhitikusalo hoti, samādhissa vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti, samādhissa kallitakusalo hoti, samādhissa gocarakusalo hoti, samādhissa abhinīhārakusalo hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu himavantaṁ pabbatarājaṁ padāleyya, ko pana vādo chavāya avijjāyā”ti.

[¶24] > Pali: Catutthaṁ.

[¶25] AN 6.25 · Topics for Recollection

> Pali: AN 6.25 · Anussatiṭṭhānasutta

[¶26] “Mendicants, there are these six topics for recollection. What six?

> Pali: “Chayimāni, bhikkhave, anussatiṭṭhānāni. Katamāni cha?

[¶27] Firstly, a noble disciple recollects the Realized One: ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those fit for training, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ When a noble disciple recollects the Realized One their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. At that time their mind is quite unswerving. They’ve left behind greed; they’re free of it and have risen above it. ‘Greed’ is a term for the five kinds of sensual stimulation. Relying on this, some sentient beings are purified in this way.

> Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako tathāgataṁ anussarati: ‘itipi so bhagavā …pe… satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti. Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako tathāgataṁ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ hoti, nikkhantaṁ muttaṁ vuṭṭhitaṁ gedhamhā. ‘Gedho’ti kho, bhikkhave, pañcannetaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ. Idampi kho, bhikkhave, ārammaṇaṁ karitvā evam’idhekacce sattā visujjhanti.

[¶28] Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the teaching: ‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’ When a noble disciple recollects the teaching their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhammaṁ anussarati: ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo …pe… paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako dhammaṁ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ hoti, nikkhantaṁ muttaṁ vuṭṭhitaṁ gedhamhā. ‘Gedho’ti kho, bhikkhave, pañcannetaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ. Idampi kho, bhikkhave, ārammaṇaṁ karitvā evam’idhekacce sattā visujjhanti.

[¶29] Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the Saṅgha: ‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individual persons. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’ When a noble disciple recollects the Saṅgha their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saṅghaṁ anussarati: ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti. Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako saṅghaṁ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ hoti, nikkhantaṁ muttaṁ vuṭṭhitaṁ gedhamhā. ‘Gedho’ti kho, bhikkhave, pañcannetaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ. Idampi kho, bhikkhave, ārammaṇaṁ karitvā evam’idhekacce sattā visujjhanti.

[¶30] Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects their own ethical precepts, which are intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. When a noble disciple recollects their ethical precepts their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako attano sīlāni anussarati akhaṇḍāni …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikāni. Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako sīlaṁ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ hoti, nikkhantaṁ muttaṁ vuṭṭhitaṁ gedhamhā. ‘Gedho’ti kho, bhikkhave, pañcannetaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ. Idampi kho, bhikkhave, ārammaṇaṁ karitvā evam’idhekacce sattā visujjhanti.

[¶31] Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects their generosity: ‘I’m so fortunate, so very fortunate! Among people full of the stain of stinginess I live at home with heart rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share.’ When a noble disciple recollects their generosity their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako attano cāgaṁ anussarati: ‘lābhā vata me. Suladdhaṁ vata me …pe… yācayogo dānasaṁvibhāgarato’ti. …pe… Evam’idhekacce sattā visujjhanti.

[¶32] Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the deities: ‘There are the gods of the four great kings, the gods of the thirty-three, the gods of Yama, the joyful gods, the gods who love to create, the gods who control what is created by others, the gods of the Divinity’s host, and gods even higher than these. When those deities passed away from here, they were reborn there because of their faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom. I, too, have the same kind of faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom.’

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako devatā anussarati: ‘santi devā cātumahārājikā, santi devā tāvatiṁsā, santi devā yāmā, santi devā tusitā, santi devā nimmānaratino, santi devā paranimmitavasavattino, santi devā brahmakāyikā, santi devā tatuttari. Yathārūpāya saddhāya samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tattha upapannā; mayhampi tathārūpā saddhā saṁvijjati. Yathārūpena sīlena … sutena … cāgena … paññāya samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tattha upapannā; mayhampi tathārūpā paññā saṁvijjatī’ti.

[¶33] When a noble disciple recollects the faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom of both themselves and the deities their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. At that time their mind is quite unswerving. They’ve left behind greed; they’re free of it and have risen above it. ‘Greed’ is a term for the five kinds of sensual stimulation. Relying on this, some sentient beings are purified in this way.

> Pali: Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako attano ca tāsañca devatānaṁ saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ hoti, nikkhantaṁ muttaṁ vuṭṭhitaṁ gedhamhā. ‘Gedho’ti kho, bhikkhave, pañcannetaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ. Idampi kho, bhikkhave, ārammaṇaṁ karitvā evam’idhekacce sattā visujjhanti.

[¶34] These are the six topics for recollection.”

> Pali: Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cha anussatiṭṭhānānī”ti.

[¶35] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ.

[¶36] AN 6.26 · With Mahākaccāna

> Pali: AN 6.26 · Mahākaccānasutta

[¶37] There Mahākaccāna addressed the mendicants: “Reverends, mendicants!”

> Pali: Tatra kho āyasmā mahākaccāno bhikkhū āmantesi: “āvuso bhikkhave”ti.

[¶38] “Reverend,” they replied. Venerable Mahākaccāna said this:

> Pali: “Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahākaccānassa paccassosuṁ. Āyasmā mahākaccāno etadavoca:

[¶39] “It’s incredible, reverends, it’s amazing! How this Blessed One who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, has found an opening amid confinement; that is, the six topics for recollection. They are in order to purify sentient beings, to get past sorrow and crying, to make an end of pain and sadness, to discover the system, and to realize extinguishment. What six?

> Pali: “acchariyaṁ, āvuso; abbhutaṁ, āvuso. Yāvañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sambādhe okāsādhigamo anubuddho sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṁ cha anussatiṭṭhānāni. Katamāni cha?

[¶40] Firstly, a noble disciple recollects the Realized One: ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those fit for training, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ When a noble disciple recollects the Realized One their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. At that time their mind is quite unswerving. They’ve left behind greed; they’re free of it and have risen above it. ‘Greed’ is a term for the five kinds of sensual stimulation. That noble disciple meditates with a heart just like space, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. Relying on this, some sentient beings become pure in this way.

> Pali: Idhāvuso, ariyasāvako tathāgataṁ anussarati: ‘itipi so bhagavā …pe… satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti. Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako tathāgataṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ hoti, nikkhantaṁ muttaṁ vuṭṭhitaṁ gedhamhā. ‘Gedho’ti kho, āvuso, pañcannetaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ. Sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. Idampi kho, āvuso, ārammaṇaṁ karitvā evam’idhekacce sattā visuddhidhammā bhavanti.

[¶41] Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the teaching: ‘The teaching is well explained by the Buddha—apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’ When a noble disciple recollects the teaching their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, ariyasāvako dhammaṁ anussarati: ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo …pe… paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako dhammaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ hoti, nikkhantaṁ muttaṁ vuṭṭhitaṁ gedhamhā. ‘Gedho’ti kho, āvuso, pañcannetaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ. Sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. Idampi kho, āvuso, ārammaṇaṁ karitvā evam’idhekacce sattā visuddhidhammā bhavanti.

[¶42] Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the Saṅgha: ‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individual persons. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’ When a noble disciple recollects the Saṅgha their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, ariyasāvako saṅghaṁ anussarati: ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti. Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako saṅghaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ hoti, nikkhantaṁ muttaṁ vuṭṭhitaṁ gedhamhā. ‘Gedho’ti kho, āvuso, pañcannetaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ. Sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. Idampi kho, āvuso, ārammaṇaṁ karitvā evam’idhekacce sattā visuddhidhammā bhavanti.

[¶43] Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects their own ethical precepts, which are intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to immersion. When a noble disciple recollects their ethical precepts their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, ariyasāvako attano sīlāni anussarati akhaṇḍāni …pe… samādhisaṁvattanikāni. Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako attano sīlaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ hoti, nikkhantaṁ muttaṁ vuṭṭhitaṁ gedhamhā. ‘Gedho’ti kho, āvuso, pañcannetaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ. Sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. Idampi kho, āvuso, ārammaṇaṁ karitvā evam’idhekacce sattā visuddhidhammā bhavanti.

[¶44] Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects their generosity: ‘I’m so fortunate, so very fortunate! Among people full of the stain of stinginess I live at home with heart rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share.’ When a noble disciple recollects their generosity their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, ariyasāvako attano cāgaṁ anussarati: ‘lābhā vata me, suladdhaṁ vata me …pe… yācayogo dānasaṁvibhāgarato’ti. Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako attano cāgaṁ anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ hoti, nikkhantaṁ muttaṁ vuṭṭhitaṁ gedhamhā. ‘Gedho’ti kho, āvuso, pañcannetaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ. Sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. Idampi kho, āvuso, ārammaṇaṁ karitvā evam’idhekacce sattā visuddhidhammā bhavanti.

[¶45] Furthermore, a noble disciple recollects the deities: ‘There are the gods of the four great kings, the gods of the thirty-three, the gods of Yama, the joyful gods, the gods who love to create, the gods who control what is created by others, the gods of the Divinity’s host, and gods even higher than these. When those deities passed away from here, they were reborn there because of their faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom. I, too, have the same kind of faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom.’ When a noble disciple recollects the faith, ethics, learning, generosity, and wisdom of both themselves and the deities their mind is not full of greed, hate, and delusion. At that time their mind is quite unswerving. They’ve left behind greed; they’re free of it and have risen above it. ‘Greed’ is a term for the five kinds of sensual stimulation. That noble disciple meditates with a heart just like space, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will. Relying on this, some sentient beings become pure in this way.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, ariyasāvako devatā anussarati: ‘santi devā cātumahārājikā, santi devā …pe… tatuttari. Yathārūpāya saddhāya samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tattha upapannā; mayhampi tathārūpā saddhā saṁvijjati. Yathārūpena sīlena … sutena … cāgena … paññāya samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tattha upapannā; mayhampi tathārūpā paññā saṁvijjatī’ti. Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye ariyasāvako attano ca tāsañca devatānaṁ saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgañca paññañca anussarati nevassa tasmiṁ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṁ cittaṁ hoti; ujugatamevassa tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ hoti, nikkhantaṁ muttaṁ vuṭṭhitaṁ gedhamhā. ‘Gedho’ti kho, āvuso, pañcannetaṁ kāmaguṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ. Sa kho so, āvuso, ariyasāvako sabbaso ākāsasamena cetasā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena. Idampi kho, āvuso, ārammaṇaṁ karitvā evam’idhekacce sattā visuddhidhammā bhavanti.

[¶46] It’s incredible, reverends, it’s amazing! How this Blessed One who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, has found an opening amid confinement; that is, the six topics for recollection. They are in order to purify sentient beings, to get past sorrow and crying, to make an end of pain and sadness, to discover the system, and to realize extinguishment.”

> Pali: Acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso. Yāvañcidaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sambādhe okāsādhigamo anubuddho sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṁ cha anussatiṭṭhānānī”ti.

[¶47] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ.

[¶48] AN 6.27 · Proper Occasions (1st)

> Pali: AN 6.27 · Paṭhamasamayasutta

[¶49] Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

> Pali: Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶50] “Sir, how many occasions are there for going to see an esteemed mendicant?”

> Pali: “kati nu kho, bhante, samayā manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti?

[¶51] “Mendicant, there are six occasions for going to see an esteemed mendicant. What six?

> Pali: “Chayime, bhikkhu, samayā manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ. Katame cha?

[¶52] Firstly, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire, and they don’t truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen. On that occasion they should go to an esteemed mendicant and say: ‘My heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire, and I don’t truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen. Venerable, please teach me how to give up sensual desire.’ Then that esteemed mendicant teaches them how to give up sensual desire. This is the first occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.

> Pali: Idha, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo: ‘ahaṁ kho, āvuso, kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharāmi kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi. Sādhu vata me āyasmā kāmarāgassa pahānāya dhammaṁ desetū’ti. Tassa manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu kāmarāgassa pahānāya dhammaṁ deseti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhu, paṭhamo samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.

[¶53] Furthermore, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in ill will … This is the second occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo: ‘ahaṁ kho, āvuso, byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharāmi byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi. Sādhu vata me āyasmā byāpādassa pahānāya dhammaṁ desetū’ti. Tassa manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu byāpādassa pahānāya dhammaṁ deseti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhu, dutiyo samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.

[¶54] Furthermore, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in dullness and drowsiness … This is the third occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo: ‘ahaṁ kho, āvuso, thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharāmi thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi. Sādhu vata me āyasmā thinamiddhassa pahānāya dhammaṁ desetū’ti. Tassa manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu thinamiddhassa pahānāya dhammaṁ deseti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhu, tatiyo samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.

[¶55] Furthermore, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in restlessness and remorse … This is the fourth occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo: ‘ahaṁ kho, āvuso, uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharāmi uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi. Sādhu vata me āyasmā uddhaccakukkuccassa pahānāya dhammaṁ desetū’ti. Tassa manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu uddhaccakukkuccassa pahānāya dhammaṁ deseti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhu, catuttho samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.

[¶56] Furthermore, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in doubt … This is the fifth occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo: ‘ahaṁ, āvuso, vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharāmi vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi. Sādhu vata me āyasmā vicikicchāya pahānāya dhammaṁ desetū’ti. Tassa manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu vicikicchāya pahānāya dhammaṁ deseti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhu, pañcamo samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.

[¶57] Furthermore, there’s a time when a mendicant doesn’t understand what kind of meditation they need to focus on in order to end the defilements without delay. On that occasion they should go to an esteemed mendicant and say: ‘I don’t understand what kind of meditation to focus on in order to end the defilements without delay. Venerable, please teach me how to end the defilements.’ Then that esteemed mendicant teaches them how to end the defilements. This is the sixth occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu yaṁ nimittaṁ āgamma yaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto anantarā āsavānaṁ khayo hoti taṁ nimittaṁ nappajānāti tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo: ‘ahaṁ kho, āvuso, yaṁ nimittaṁ āgamma yaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto anantarā āsavānaṁ khayo hoti, taṁ nimittaṁ nappajānāmi. Sādhu vata me āyasmā āsavānaṁ khayāya dhammaṁ desetū’ti. Tassa manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayāya dhammaṁ deseti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhu, chaṭṭho samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.

[¶58] These are the six occasions for going to see an esteemed mendicant.”

> Pali: Ime kho, bhikkhu, cha samayā manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti.

[¶59] > Pali: Sattamaṁ.

[¶60] AN 6.28 · Proper Occasions (2nd)

> Pali: AN 6.28 · Dutiyasamayasutta

[¶61] At one time several senior mendicants were staying near Varanasi in the deer park at Isipatana. Then after the meal, on their return from almsround, this discussion came up among them while sitting together in the pavilion.

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ sambahulā therā bhikkhū bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye. Atha kho tesaṁ therānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṁ maṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnānaṁ sannipatitānaṁ ayamantarākathā udapādi:

[¶62] “Reverends, how many occasions are there for going to see an esteemed mendicant?”

> Pali: “ko nu kho, āvuso, samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti?

[¶63] When this was said, one of the mendicants said to the senior mendicants:

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etadavoca:

[¶64] “Reverends, there’s a time after an esteemed mendicant’s meal when they return from almsround. Having washed their feet they sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and bring mindfulness to the present. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.”

> Pali: “yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti.

[¶65] When this was said, one of the mendicants said to that mendicant:

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca:

[¶66] “Reverend, that’s not the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant. For at that time the fatigue from walking and from eating has not faded away. There’s a time late in the afternoon when an esteemed mendicant comes out of retreat. They sit cross-legged in the shade of their porch, set their body straight, and bring mindfulness to the present. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.”

> Pali: “na kho, āvuso, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ. Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, cārittakilamathopissa tasmiṁ samaye appaṭippassaddho hoti, bhattakilamathopissa tasmiṁ samaye appaṭippassaddho hoti. Tasmā so asamayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ. Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito vihārapacchāyāyaṁ nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti.

[¶67] When this was said, one of the mendicants said to that mendicant:

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca:

[¶68] “Reverend, that’s not the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant. For at that time they are still practicing the same meditation subject as a basis of immersion that they focused on during the day. There’s a time when an esteemed mendicant has risen at the crack of dawn. They sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and bring mindfulness to the present. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.”

> Pali: “na kho, āvuso, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ. Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito vihārapacchāyāyaṁ nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, yadevassa divā samādhinimittaṁ manasikataṁ hoti tadevassa tasmiṁ samaye samudācarati. Tasmā so asamayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ. Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti.

[¶69] When this was said, one of the mendicants said to that mendicant:

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca:

[¶70] “Reverend, that’s not the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant. For at that time their body is full of vitality and they find it easy to focus on the instructions of the Buddhas.”

> Pali: “na kho, āvuso, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ. Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, ojaṭṭhāyissa tasmiṁ samaye kāyo hoti phāsussa hoti buddhānaṁ sāsanaṁ manasi kātuṁ. Tasmā so asamayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti.

[¶71] When this was said, Venerable Mahākaccāna said to those senior mendicants:

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte āyasmā mahākaccāno there bhikkhū etadavoca:

[¶72] “Reverends, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha: ‘Mendicant, there are six occasions for going to see an esteemed mendicant.

> Pali: “sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ: ‘chayime, bhikkhu, samayā manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.

[¶73] What six? Firstly, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire, and they don’t truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen. On that occasion they should go to an esteemed mendicant and say:

> Pali: Katame cha? Idha, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo:

[¶74] “My heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire, and I don’t truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen. Venerable, please teach me how to give up sensual desire.” Then that esteemed mendicant teaches them how to give up sensual desire. This is the first occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.

> Pali: “ahaṁ kho, āvuso, kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharāmi kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāmi. Sādhu vata me āyasmā kāmarāgassa pahānāya dhammaṁ desetū”ti. Tassa manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu kāmarāgassa pahānāya dhammaṁ deseti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhu, paṭhamo samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.

[¶75] Furthermore, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in ill will … dullness and drowsiness … restlessness and remorse … doubt …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati …pe…. Thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati …. Uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati …. Vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati ….

[¶76] Furthermore, there’s a time when a mendicant doesn’t understand what kind of meditation they need to focus on in order to end the defilements without delay. On that occasion they should go to an esteemed mendicant and say, “I don’t understand what kind of meditation to focus on in order to end the defilements without delay. Venerable, please teach me how to end the defilements.” Then that esteemed mendicant teaches them how to end the defilements. This is the sixth occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.’

> Pali: Yaṁ nimittaṁ āgamma yaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto anantarā āsavānaṁ khayo hoti, taṁ nimittaṁ na jānāti na passati, tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo: “ahaṁ kho, āvuso, yaṁ nimittaṁ āgamma yaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto anantarā āsavānaṁ khayo hoti taṁ nimittaṁ na jānāmi na passāmi. Sādhu vata me āyasmā āsavānaṁ khayāya dhammaṁ desetū”ti. Tassa manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayāya dhammaṁ deseti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhu, chaṭṭho samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ’.

[¶77] Reverends, I have heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha: ‘These are the six occasions for going to see an esteemed mendicant.’”

> Pali: Sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ: ‘ime kho, bhikkhu, cha samayā manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun’”ti.

[¶78] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ.

## 5. Unsurpassable · AN 6.29–6.30

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/5/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/5/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.29 · With Udāyī

> Pali: AN 6.29 · Udāyīsutta

[¶1] Then the Buddha said to Udāyī, “Udāyī, how many topics for recollection are there?”

> Pali: Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ āmantesi: “kati nu kho, udāyi, anussatiṭṭhānānī”ti?

[¶2] When he said this, Udāyī kept silent.

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā udāyī tuṇhī ahosi.

[¶3] And a second time … and a third time, the Buddha said to him, “Udāyī, how many topics for recollection are there?”

> Pali: Dutiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ āmantesi: “kati nu kho, udāyi, anussatiṭṭhānānī”ti? Dutiyampi kho āyasmā udāyī tuṇhī ahosi. Tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ āmantesi: “kati nu kho, udāyi, anussatiṭṭhānānī”ti?

[¶4] And a second time and a third time Udāyī kept silent.

> Pali: Tatiyampi kho āyasmā udāyī tuṇhī ahosi.

[¶5] Then Venerable Ānanda said to Venerable Udāyī, “Reverend Udāyī, the Teacher is addressing you.”

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ udāyiṁ etadavoca: “satthā taṁ, āvuso udāyi, āmantesī”ti.

[¶6] “Reverend Ānanda, I hear the Buddha.

> Pali: “Suṇomahaṁ, āvuso ānanda, bhagavato.

[¶7] It’s when a mendicant recollects many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so they recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. This is a topic for recollection.”

> Pali: Idha, bhante, bhikkhu anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati—Seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe…. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. Idaṁ, bhante, anussatiṭṭhānan”ti.

[¶8] Then the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda: “Ānanda, I know that this futile man Udāyī is not committed to the higher mind. Ānanda, how many topics for recollection are there?”

> Pali: Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: “aññāsiṁ kho ahaṁ, ānanda: ‘nevāyaṁ udāyī moghapuriso adhicittaṁ anuyutto viharatī’ti. Kati nu kho, ānanda, anussatiṭṭhānānī”ti?

[¶9] “Sir, there are five topics for recollection. What five?

> Pali: “Pañca, bhante, anussatiṭṭhānāni. Katamāni pañca?

[¶10] Firstly, a mendicant, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption … second absorption … third absorption. When this topic of recollection is developed and cultivated in this way it leads to blissful meditation in this very life.

> Pali: Idha, bhante, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Idaṁ, bhante, anussatiṭṭhānaṁ evaṁ bhāvitaṁ evaṁ bahulīkataṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāya saṁvattati.

[¶11] Furthermore, a mendicant focuses on the perception of light, focusing on the perception of day regardless of whether it’s night or day. And so, with an open and unenveloped heart, they develop a mind that’s full of radiance. When this topic of recollection is developed and cultivated in this way it leads to knowledge and vision.

> Pali: “Puna caparaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu ālokasaññaṁ manasi karoti, divā saññaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, yathā divā tathā rattiṁ, yathā rattiṁ tathā divā; iti vivaṭena cetasā apariyonaddhena sappabhāsaṁ cittaṁ bhāveti. Idaṁ, bhante, anussatiṭṭhānaṁ evaṁ bhāvitaṁ evaṁ bahulīkataṁ ñāṇadassanappaṭilābhāya saṁvattati.

[¶12] Furthermore, a mendicant examines their own body up from the soles of the feet and down from the tips of the hairs, wrapped in skin and full of many kinds of filth. ‘In this body there is head hair, body hair, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, diaphragm, spleen, lungs, intestines, mesentery, undigested food, feces, bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease, saliva, snot, synovial fluid, urine.’ When this topic of recollection is developed and cultivated in this way it leads to giving up sensual desire.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṁ uddhaṁ pādatalā adho kesamatthakā tacapariyantaṁ pūraṁ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati: ‘atthi imasmiṁ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco, maṁsaṁ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṁ vakkaṁ, hadayaṁ yakanaṁ kilomakaṁ pihakaṁ papphāsaṁ, antaṁ antaguṇaṁ udariyaṁ karīsaṁ, pittaṁ semhaṁ pubbo lohitaṁ sedo medo, assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan’ti. Idaṁ, bhante, anussatiṭṭhānaṁ evaṁ bhāvitaṁ evaṁ bahulīkataṁ kāmarāgappahānāya saṁvattati.

[¶13] Furthermore, suppose a mendicant were to see a corpse thrown in a charnel ground. And it had been dead for one, two, or three days, bloated, livid, and festering. They’d compare it with their own body: ‘This body is also of that same nature, that same kind, and cannot go beyond that.’

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṁ sivathikāya chaṭṭitaṁ ekāhamataṁ vā dvīhamataṁ vā tīhamataṁ vā uddhumātakaṁ vinīlakaṁ vipubbakajātaṁ. So imameva kāyaṁ evaṁ upasaṁharati: ‘ayampi kho kāyo evaṁdhammo evaṁbhāvī evaṁanatīto’ti.

[¶14] Or suppose they were to see a corpse thrown in a charnel ground being devoured by crows, hawks, vultures, hounds, jackals, and many kinds of little creatures. They’d compare it with their own body: ‘This body is also of that same nature, that same kind, and cannot go beyond that.’

> Pali: Seyyathāpi vā pana passeyya sarīraṁ sīvathikāya chaṭṭitaṁ kākehi vā khajjamānaṁ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṁ gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṁ sunakhehi vā khajjamānaṁ siṅgālehi vā khajjamānaṁ vividhehi vā pāṇakajātehi khajjamānaṁ. So imameva kāyaṁ evaṁ upasaṁharati: ‘ayampi kho kāyo evaṁdhammo evaṁbhāvī evaṁanatīto’ti.

[¶15] Furthermore, suppose they were to see a corpse thrown in a charnel ground, a skeleton with flesh and blood, held together by sinews … A skeleton without flesh but smeared with blood, and held together by sinews … A skeleton rid of flesh and blood, held together by sinews … Bones rid of sinews scattered in every direction. Here a hand-bone, there a foot-bone, here a shin-bone, there a thigh-bone, here a hip-bone, there a rib-bone, here a back-bone, there an arm-bone, here a neck-bone, there a jaw-bone, here a tooth, there the skull … White bones, the color of shells … Decrepit bones, heaped in a pile … Bones rotted and crumbled to powder. They’d compare it with their own body: ‘This body is also of that same nature, that same kind, and cannot go beyond that.’ When this topic of recollection is developed and cultivated in this way it leads to uprooting the conceit ‘I am’.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi vā pana passeyya sarīraṁ sīvathikāya chaṭṭitaṁ aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṁ samaṁsalohitaṁ nhārusambandhaṁ …pe… aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṁ nimmaṁsalohitamakkhitaṁ nhārusambandhaṁ … aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṁ apagatamaṁsalohitaṁ nhārusambandhaṁ. Aṭṭhikāni apagatasambandhāni disāvidisāvikkhittāni, aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṁ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṁ aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṁ aññena ūruṭṭhikaṁ aññena kaṭiṭṭhikaṁ aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṭṭhikaṁ aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṁ aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṁ aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṁ aññena dantakaṭṭhikaṁ aññena sīsakaṭāhaṁ, aṭṭhikāni setāni saṅkhavaṇṇappaṭibhāgāni aṭṭhikāni puñjakitāni terovassikāni aṭṭhikāni pūtīni cuṇṇakajātāni. So imameva kāyaṁ evaṁ upasaṁharati: ‘ayampi kho kāyo evaṁdhammo evaṁbhāvī evaṁanatīto’ti. Idaṁ, bhante, anussatiṭṭhānaṁ evaṁ bhāvitaṁ evaṁ bahulīkataṁ asmimānasamugghātāya saṁvattati.

[¶16] Furthermore, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, a mendicant enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. When this topic of recollection is developed and cultivated in this way it leads to the penetration of many elements. These are the five topics for recollection.”

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Idaṁ, bhante, anussatiṭṭhānaṁ evaṁ bhāvitaṁ evaṁ bahulīkataṁ anekadhātupaṭivedhāya saṁvattati. Imāni kho, bhante, pañca anussatiṭṭhānānī”ti.

[¶17] “Good, good, Ānanda. Well then, Ānanda, you should also remember this sixth topic for recollection. In this case, a mendicant goes out mindfully, returns mindfully, stands mindfully, sits mindfully, lies down mindfully, and focuses on work mindfully. When this topic of recollection is developed and cultivated in this way it leads to mindfulness and situational awareness.”

> Pali: “Sādhu sādhu, ānanda. Tena hi tvaṁ, ānanda, idampi chaṭṭhaṁ anussatiṭṭhānaṁ dhārehi. Idhānanda, bhikkhu satova abhikkamati satova paṭikkamati satova tiṭṭhati satova nisīdati satova seyyaṁ kappeti satova kammaṁ adhiṭṭhāti. Idaṁ, ānanda, anussatiṭṭhānaṁ evaṁ bhāvitaṁ evaṁ bahulīkataṁ satisampajaññāya saṁvattatī”ti.

[¶18] > Pali: Navamaṁ.

[¶19] AN 6.30 · Unsurpassable

> Pali: AN 6.30 · Anuttariyasutta

[¶20] “Mendicants, these six things are unsurpassable. What six? The unsurpassable seeing, listening, acquisition, training, service, and recollection.

> Pali: “Chayimāni, bhikkhave, anuttariyāni. Katamāni cha? Dassanānuttariyaṁ, savanānuttariyaṁ, lābhānuttariyaṁ, sikkhānuttariyaṁ, pāricariyānuttariyaṁ, anussatānuttariyanti.

[¶21] And what is the unsurpassable seeing? Some people go to see an elephant-treasure, a horse-treasure, a jewel-treasure, or a diverse spectrum of sights; or ascetics and brahmins of wrong view and wrong practice. There is such a seeing, I don’t deny it. That seeing is low, crude, ordinary, ignoble, and pointless. It doesn’t lead to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. The unsurpassable seeing is when someone with settled faith and fondness, sure and devoted, goes to see a Realized One or their disciple. This is in order to purify sentient beings, to get past sorrow and crying, to make an end of pain and sadness, to discover the system, and to realize extinguishment. This is called the unsurpassable seeing. Such is the unsurpassable seeing.

> Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, dassanānuttariyaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco hatthiratanampi dassanāya gacchati, assaratanampi dassanāya gacchati, maṇiratanampi dassanāya gacchati, uccāvacaṁ vā pana dassanāya gacchati, samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā micchādiṭṭhikaṁ micchāpaṭipannaṁ dassanāya gacchati. Atthetaṁ, bhikkhave, dassanaṁ; netaṁ natthīti vadāmi. Tañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, dassanaṁ hīnaṁ gammaṁ pothujjanikaṁ anariyaṁ anatthasaṁhitaṁ, na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṁvattati. Yo ca kho, bhikkhave, tathāgataṁ vā tathāgatasāvakaṁ vā dassanāya gacchati niviṭṭhasaddho niviṭṭhapemo ekantagato abhippasanno, etadānuttariyaṁ, bhikkhave, dassanānaṁ sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṁ tathāgataṁ vā tathāgatasāvakaṁ vā dassanāya gacchati niviṭṭhasaddho niviṭṭhapemo ekantagato abhippasanno. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, dassanānuttariyaṁ. Iti dassanānuttariyaṁ.

[¶22] But what of the unsurpassable hearing? Some people go to hear the sound of drums, arched harps, singing, or a diverse spectrum of sounds; or ascetics and brahmins of wrong view and wrong practice. There is such a hearing, I don’t deny it. That hearing … doesn’t lead to extinguishment. The unsurpassable hearing is when someone with settled faith and fondness, sure and devoted, goes to hear the teaching of a Realized One or one of his disciples. … This is called the unsurpassable hearing. Such is the unsurpassable seeing and hearing.

> Pali: Savanānuttariyañca kathaṁ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco bherisaddampi savanāya gacchati, vīṇāsaddampi savanāya gacchati, gītasaddampi savanāya gacchati, uccāvacaṁ vā pana savanāya gacchati, samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā micchādiṭṭhikassa micchāpaṭipannassa dhammassavanāya gacchati. Atthetaṁ, bhikkhave, savanaṁ; netaṁ natthīti vadāmi. Tañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, savanaṁ hīnaṁ gammaṁ pothujjanikaṁ anariyaṁ anatthasaṁhitaṁ, na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṁvattati. Yo ca kho, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa vā tathāgatasāvakassa vā dhammassavanāya gacchati niviṭṭhasaddho niviṭṭhapemo ekantagato abhippasanno, etadānuttariyaṁ, bhikkhave, savanānaṁ sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṁ tathāgatassa vā tathāgatasāvakassa vā dhammassavanāya gacchati niviṭṭhasaddho niviṭṭhapemo ekantagato abhippasanno. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, savanānuttariyaṁ. Iti dassanānuttariyaṁ, savanānuttariyaṁ.

[¶23] But what of the unsurpassable acquisition? Some people acquire a child, a wife, wealth, or a diverse spectrum of things; or they acquire faith in an ascetic or brahmin of wrong view and wrong practice. There is such an acquisition, I don’t deny it. That acquisition … doesn’t lead to extinguishment. The unsurpassable acquisition is when someone with settled faith and fondness, sure and devoted, acquires faith in a Realized One or their disciple. … This is called the unsurpassable acquisition. Such is the unsurpassable seeing, hearing, and acquisition.

> Pali: Lābhānuttariyañca kathaṁ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puttalābhampi labhati, dāralābhampi labhati, dhanalābhampi labhati, uccāvacaṁ vā pana lābhaṁ labhati, samaṇe vā brāhmaṇe vā micchādiṭṭhike micchāpaṭipanne saddhaṁ paṭilabhati. Attheso, bhikkhave, lābho; neso natthīti vadāmi. So ca kho eso, bhikkhave, lābho hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṁhito, na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṁvattati. Yo ca kho, bhikkhave, tathāgate vā tathāgatasāvake vā saddhaṁ paṭilabhati niviṭṭhasaddho niviṭṭhapemo ekantagato abhippasanno, etadānuttariyaṁ, bhikkhave, lābhānaṁ sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṁ tathāgate vā tathāgatasāvake vā saddhaṁ paṭilabhati niviṭṭhasaddho niviṭṭhapemo ekantagato abhippasanno. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, lābhānuttariyaṁ. Iti dassanānuttariyaṁ, savanānuttariyaṁ, lābhānuttariyaṁ.

[¶24] But what of the unsurpassable training? Some people train in elephant riding, horse riding, chariot driving, archery, swordsmanship, or a diverse spectrum of things; or they train under an ascetic or brahmin of wrong view and wrong practice. There is such a training, I don’t deny it. That training … doesn’t lead to extinguishment. The unsurpassable training is when someone with settled faith and fondness, sure and devoted, trains in the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom in the teaching and training proclaimed by a Realized One. … This is called the unsurpassable training. Such is the unsurpassable seeing, hearing, acquisition, and training.

> Pali: Sikkhānuttariyañca kathaṁ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco hatthismimpi sikkhati, assasmimpi sikkhati, rathasmimpi sikkhati, dhanusmimpi sikkhati, tharusmimpi sikkhati, uccāvacaṁ vā pana sikkhati, samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā micchādiṭṭhikassa micchāpaṭipannassa sikkhati. Atthesā, bhikkhave, sikkhā; nesā natthīti vadāmi. Sā ca kho esā, bhikkhave, sikkhā hīnā gammā pothujjanikā anariyā anatthasaṁhitā, na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṁvattati. Yo ca kho, bhikkhave, tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye adhisīlampi sikkhati, adhicittampi sikkhati, adhipaññampi sikkhati niviṭṭhasaddho niviṭṭhapemo ekantagato abhippasanno, etadānuttariyaṁ, bhikkhave, sikkhānaṁ sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṁ tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye adhisīlampi sikkhati, adhicittampi sikkhati, adhipaññampi sikkhati, niviṭṭhasaddho niviṭṭhapemo ekantagato abhippasanno. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, sikkhānuttariyaṁ. Iti dassanānuttariyaṁ, savanānuttariyaṁ, lābhānuttariyaṁ, sikkhānuttariyaṁ.

[¶25] But what of the unsurpassable service? Some people serve an aristocrat, a brahmin, a householder, or a diverse spectrum of people; or they serve ascetics and brahmins of wrong view and wrong practice. There is such service, I don’t deny it. That service … doesn’t lead to extinguishment. The unsurpassable service is when someone with settled faith and fondness, sure and devoted, serves a Realized One or their disciple. … This is called the unsurpassable service. Such is the unsurpassable seeing, listening, acquisition, training, and service.

> Pali: Pāricariyānuttariyañca kathaṁ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco khattiyampi paricarati, brāhmaṇampi paricarati, gahapatimpi paricarati, uccāvacaṁ vā pana paricarati, samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā micchādiṭṭhikaṁ micchāpaṭipannaṁ paricarati. Atthesā, bhikkhave, pāricariyā; nesā natthīti vadāmi. Sā ca kho esā, bhikkhave, pāricariyā hīnā gammā pothujjanikā anariyā anatthasaṁhitā, na nibbidāya …pe… na nibbānāya saṁvattati. Yo ca kho, bhikkhave, tathāgataṁ vā tathāgatasāvakaṁ vā paricarati niviṭṭhasaddho niviṭṭhapemo ekantagato abhippasanno, etadānuttariyaṁ, bhikkhave, pāricariyānaṁ sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṁ tathāgataṁ vā tathāgatasāvakaṁ vā paricarati niviṭṭhasaddho niviṭṭhapemo ekantagato abhippasanno. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, pāricariyānuttariyaṁ. Iti dassanānuttariyaṁ, savanānuttariyaṁ, lābhānuttariyaṁ, sikkhānuttariyaṁ, pāricariyānuttariyaṁ.

[¶26] But what of the unsurpassable recollection? Some people recollect a child, a wife, wealth, or a diverse spectrum of things; or they recollect an ascetic or brahmin of wrong view and wrong practice. There is such recollection, I don’t deny it. That recollection is low, crude, ordinary, ignoble, and pointless. It doesn’t lead to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. The unsurpassable recollection is when someone with settled faith and fondness, sure and devoted, recollects a Realized One or their disciple. … This is called the unsurpassable recollection.

> Pali: Anussatānuttariyañca kathaṁ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puttalābhampi anussarati, dāralābhampi anussarati, dhanalābhampi anussarati, uccāvacaṁ vā pana lābhaṁ anussarati, samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā micchādiṭṭhikaṁ micchāpaṭipannaṁ anussarati. Atthesā, bhikkhave, anussati; nesā natthīti vadāmi. Sā ca kho esā, bhikkhave, anussati hīnā gammā pothujjanikā anariyā anatthasaṁhitā, na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṁvattati. Yo ca kho, bhikkhave, tathāgataṁ vā tathāgatasāvakaṁ vā anussarati niviṭṭhasaddho niviṭṭhapemo ekantagato abhippasanno, etadānuttariyaṁ, bhikkhave, anussatīnaṁ sattānaṁ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṁ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṁ tathāgataṁ vā tathāgatasāvakaṁ vā anussarati niviṭṭhasaddho niviṭṭhapemo ekantagato abhippasanno. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, anussatānuttariyaṁ.

[¶27] These are the six unsurpassable things.

> Pali: Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cha anuttariyānīti.

[¶28] They’ve gained the unsurpassed seeing,
the unsurpassed hearing,
and the unsurpassable acquisition.
They enjoy the unsurpassable training

> Pali: Ye dassanānuttaraṁ laddhā,
savanañca anuttaraṁ;
Lābhānuttariyaṁ laddhā,
sikkhānuttariye ratā.

[¶29] and serve with care.
Then they develop recollection
connected with seclusion,
which is safe, and leads to freedom from death.

> Pali: Upaṭṭhitā pāricariyā,
bhāvayanti anussatiṁ;
Vivekappaṭisaṁyuttaṁ,
khemaṁ amatagāminiṁ.

[¶30] They rejoice in diligence,
alert and ethically restrained.
And in time they arrive
at the place where suffering ceases.”

> Pali: Appamāde pamuditā,
nipakā sīlasaṁvutā;
Te ve kālena paccenti,
yattha dukkhaṁ nirujjhatī”ti.

[¶31] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶32] > Pali: Anuttariyavaggo tatiyo.

[¶33] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ

[¶34] > Pali: Sāmako aparihāniyo,
Bhayaṁ himavānussati;
Kaccāno dve ca samayā,
Udāyī anuttariyenāti.

## 6. Deities · AN 6.31–6.42

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/6/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/6/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.31 · A Trainee

> Pali: AN 6.31 · Sekhasutta

[¶1] “These six things lead to the decline of a mendicant trainee. What six? They relish work, talk, sleep, and company. They don’t guard the sense doors, and they eat too much. These six things lead to the decline of a mendicant trainee.

> Pali: “Chayime, bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame cha? Kammārāmatā, bhassārāmatā, niddārāmatā, saṅgaṇikārāmatā, indriyesu aguttadvāratā, bhojane amattaññutā— ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṁvattanti.

[¶2] These six things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant trainee. What six? They don’t relish work, talk, sleep, and company. They guard the sense doors, and they don’t eat too much. These six things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant trainee.”

> Pali: Chayime, bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame cha? Na kammārāmatā, na bhassārāmatā, na niddārāmatā, na saṅgaṇikārāmatā, indriyesu guttadvāratā, bhojane mattaññutā— ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattantī”ti.

[¶3] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶4] AN 6.32 · Non-decline (1st)

> Pali: AN 6.32 · Paṭhamaaparihānasutta

[¶5] Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:

> Pali: Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶6] “Sir, these six things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant. What six? Respect for the Teacher, for the teaching, for the Saṅgha, for the training, for diligence, and for hospitality. These six things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant.”

> Pali: “Chayime, bhante, dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame cha? Satthugāravatā, dhammagāravatā, saṅghagāravatā, sikkhāgāravatā, appamādagāravatā, paṭisanthāragāravatā— ime kho, bhante, cha dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattantī”ti.

[¶7] That is what that deity said, and the Teacher concurred. Then that deity, knowing that the Teacher concurred, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there.

> Pali: Idamavoca sā devatā. Samanuñño satthā ahosi. Atha kho sā devatā “samanuñño me satthā”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.

[¶8] Then, when the night had passed, the Buddha told the mendicants all that had happened, adding:

> Pali: Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhū āmantesi: “imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, sā devatā maṁ etadavoca: ‘chayime, bhante, dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame cha? Satthugāravatā, dhammagāravatā, saṅghagāravatā, sikkhāgāravatā, appamādagāravatā, paṭisanthāragāravatā— ime kho, bhante, cha dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattantī’ti.

[¶9] > Pali: Idamavoca, bhikkhave, sā devatā. Idaṁ vatvā maṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyīti.

[¶10] “Respect for the Teacher and the teaching,
and keen respect for the Saṅgha;
a mendicant who respects diligence
and hospitality
can’t decline,
and has drawn near to extinguishment.”

> Pali: Satthugaru dhammagaru,
saṅghe ca tibbagāravo;
Appamādagaru bhikkhu,
paṭisanthāragāravo;
Abhabbo parihānāya,
nibbānasseva santike”ti.

[¶11] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶12] AN 6.33 · Non-decline (2nd)

> Pali: AN 6.33 · Dutiyaaparihānasutta

[¶13] “Tonight, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, came to me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me: ‘Sir, these six things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant. What six? Respect for the Teacher, for the teaching, for the Saṅgha, for the training, for conscience, and for prudence. These six things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant.’

> Pali: “Imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, sā devatā maṁ etadavoca: ‘chayime, bhante, dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame cha? Satthugāravatā, dhammagāravatā, saṅghagāravatā, sikkhāgāravatā, hirigāravatā, ottappagāravatā— ime kho, bhante, cha dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattantī’ti.

[¶14] That is what that deity said. Then he bowed and respectfully circled me, keeping me on his right side, before vanishing right there.

> Pali: Idamavoca, bhikkhave, sā devatā. Idaṁ vatvā maṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyīti.

[¶15] One respectful of the Teacher and the teaching,
keenly respecting the Saṅgha;
endowed with conscience and prudence,
reverential and respectful—
it is impossible for them to decline;
they have drawn near to extinguishment.”

> Pali: Satthugaru dhammagaru,
saṅghe ca tibbagāravo;
Hiriottappasampanno,
sappatisso sagāravo;
Abhabbo parihānāya,
nibbānasseva santike”ti.

[¶16] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

[¶17] AN 6.34 · With Mahāmoggallāna

> Pali: AN 6.34 · Mahāmoggallānasutta

[¶18] At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.

[¶19] Then as Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, “Which gods know that they are stream-enterers, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, assured, destined for awakening?”

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: “katamesānaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti?

[¶20] Now, at that time a monk named Tissa had recently passed away and been reborn in a realm of divinity. There they knew that The divinity Tissa was very mighty and powerful.

> Pali: Tena kho pana samayena tisso nāma bhikkhu adhunākālaṅkato aññataraṁ brahmalokaṁ upapanno hoti. Tatrapi naṁ evaṁ jānanti: “tisso brahmā mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo”ti.

[¶21] And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from Jeta’s Grove and reappeared in that realm of divinity.

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—jetavane antarahito tasmiṁ brahmaloke pāturahosi.

[¶22] Tissa saw Moggallāna coming off in the distance, and said to him, “Come, my good fellow Moggallāna! Welcome, my good fellow! It’s been a long time since you took the opportunity to come here. Sit, my good Moggallāna, this seat is for you.” Moggallāna sat down on the seat spread out. Then Tissa bowed to Moggallāna and sat to one side.

> Pali: Addasā kho tisso brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. Disvāna āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: “ehi kho, mārisa moggallāna; svāgataṁ, mārisa moggallāna; cirassaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna; imaṁ pariyāyamakāsi, yadidaṁ idhāgamanāya. Nisīda, mārisa moggallāna, idamāsanaṁ paññattan”ti. Nisīdi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno paññatte āsane. Tissopi kho brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.

[¶23] Moggallāna said to him, “Tissa, which gods know that they are stream-enterers, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, assured, destined for awakening?”

> Pali: Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho tissaṁ brahmānaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: “Katamesānaṁ kho, tissa, devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti?

[¶24] “The gods of the four great kings know this.”

> Pali: “Cātumahārājikānaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti.

[¶25] “But do all of them know this?”

> Pali: “Sabbesaññeva nu kho, tissa, cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti?

[¶26] “No, my good Moggallāna, not all of them. Those who lack experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and lack the ethics loved by the noble ones, do not know that they are stream-enterers. But those who have experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and have the ethics loved by the noble ones, do know that they are stream-enterers.”

> Pali: “Na kho, mārisa moggallāna, sabbesaṁ cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti. Ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, cātumahārājikā devā buddhe aveccappasādena asamannāgatā dhamme aveccappasādena asamannāgatā saṅghe aveccappasādena asamannāgatā ariyakantehi sīlehi asamannāgatā na tesaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti. Ye ca kho te, mārisa moggallāna, cātumahārājikā devā buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgatā, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgatā ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā, tesaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti.

[¶27] “But Tissa, is it only the gods of the four great kings who know that they are stream-enterers, or do the gods of the thirty-three … the gods of Yama … the joyful gods … the gods who love to create … and the gods who control what is created by others know that they are stream-enterers, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, assured, destined for awakening?”

> Pali: “Cātumahārājikānaññeva nu kho, tissa, devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti udāhu tāvatiṁsānampi devānaṁ …pe… yāmānampi devānaṁ … tusitānampi devānaṁ … nimmānaratīnampi devānaṁ … paranimmitavasavattīnampi devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti?

[¶28] “The gods of these various classes know this.”

> Pali: “Paranimmitavasavattīnampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti.

[¶29] “But do all of them know this?”

> Pali: “Sabbesaññeva nu kho, tissa, paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti?

[¶30] “No, my good Moggallāna, not all of them. Those who lack experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and lack the ethics loved by the noble ones, do not know that they are stream-enterers. But those who have experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and have the ethics loved by the noble ones, do know that they are stream-enterers.”

> Pali: “Na kho, mārisa moggallāna, sabbesaṁ paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti. Ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, paranimmitavasavattī devā buddhe aveccappasādena asamannāgatā, dhamme aveccappasādena asamannāgatā, saṅghe aveccappasādena asamannāgatā, ariyakantehi sīlehi asamannāgatā, na tesaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti. Ye ca kho te, mārisa moggallāna, paranimmitavasavattī devā buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgatā, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgatā, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā tesaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘sotāpannā nāma avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’”ti.

[¶31] Moggallāna approved and agreed with what the divinity Tissa said. Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from that realm of divinity and reappeared in Jeta’s Grove.

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno tissassa brahmuno bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā: “seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ: ‘brahmaloke antarahito jetavane pāturahosī’”ti.

[¶32] > Pali: Catutthaṁ.

[¶33] AN 6.35 · Things That Play a Part in Realization

> Pali: AN 6.35 · Vijjābhāgiyasutta

[¶34] “These six things play a part in realization. What six? The perception of impermanence, the perception of suffering in impermanence, the perception of not-self in suffering, the perception of giving up, the perception of fading away, and the perception of cessation. These are the six things that play a part in realization.”

> Pali: “Chayime, bhikkhave, dhammā vijjābhāgiyā. Katame cha? Aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe anattasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā, nirodhasaññā— ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhammā vijjābhāgiyā”ti.

[¶35] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ.

[¶36] AN 6.36 · Roots of Dispute

> Pali: AN 6.36 · Vivādamūlasutta

[¶37] “Mendicants, there are these six roots of dispute. What six? Firstly, a mendicant is irritable and acrimonious. Such a mendicant lacks respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and they don’t fulfill the training. They create a dispute in the Saṅgha, which is for the detriment and unhappiness of the people, against the people, for the harm, detriment, and suffering of gods and humans. If you see such a root of dispute in yourselves or others, you should try to give up this bad thing. If you don’t see it, you should practice so that it doesn’t come up in the future. That’s how to give up this bad root of dispute, so it doesn’t come up in the future.

> Pali: “Chayimāni, bhikkhave, vivādamūlāni. Katamāni cha? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kodhano hoti upanāhī. Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kodhano hoti upanāhī so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī hoti. Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso, dhamme agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghe agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāya na paripūrakārī so saṅghe vivādaṁ janeti, yo hoti vivādo bahujanāhitāya bahujanāsukhāya bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṁ. Evarūpañce tumhe, bhikkhave, vivādamūlaṁ ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā samanupasseyyātha. Tatra tumhe, bhikkhave, tasseva pāpakassa vivādamūlassa pahānāya vāyameyyātha. Evarūpañce tumhe, bhikkhave, vivādamūlaṁ ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā na samanupasseyyātha, tatra tumhe, bhikkhave, tasseva pāpakassa vivādamūlassa āyatiṁ anavassavāya paṭipajjeyyātha. Evametassa pāpakassa vivādamūlassa pahānaṁ hoti. Evametassa pāpakassa vivādamūlassa āyatiṁ anavassavo hoti.

[¶38] Furthermore, a mendicant is offensive and contemptuous … They’re jealous and stingy … They’re devious and deceitful … They have corrupt wishes and wrong view … They’re attached to their own views, holding them tight, and refusing to let go. Such a mendicant lacks respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and they don’t fulfill the training. They create a dispute in the Saṅgha, which is for the detriment and unhappiness of the people, against the people, for the harm, detriment, and suffering of gods and humans. If you see such a root of dispute in yourselves or others, you should try to give up this bad thing. If you don’t see it, you should practice so that it doesn’t come up in the future. That’s how to give up this bad root of dispute, so it doesn’t come up in the future. These are the six roots of dispute.”

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu makkhī hoti paḷāsī …pe… issukī hoti maccharī … saṭho hoti māyāvī … pāpiccho hoti micchādiṭṭhi … sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī. Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī hoti ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggī, so sattharipi agāravo viharati appatisso, dhammepi agāravo viharati appatisso, saṅghepi agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāyapi na paripūrakārī hoti. Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthari agāravo viharati appatisso, dhamme … saṅghe agāravo viharati appatisso, sikkhāya na paripūrakārī, so saṅghe vivādaṁ janeti, yo hoti vivādo bahujanāhitāya bahujanāsukhāya bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṁ. Evarūpañce tumhe, bhikkhave, vivādamūlaṁ ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā samanupasseyyātha. Tatra tumhe, bhikkhave, tasseva pāpakassa vivādamūlassa pahānāya vāyameyyātha. Evarūpañce tumhe, bhikkhave, vivādamūlaṁ ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā na samanupasseyyātha. Tatra tumhe, bhikkhave, tasseva pāpakassa vivādamūlassa āyatiṁ anavassavāya paṭipajjeyyātha. Evametassa pāpakassa vivādamūlassa pahānaṁ hoti. Evametassa pāpakassa vivādamūlassa āyatiṁ anavassavo hoti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cha vivādamūlānī”ti.

[¶39] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ.

[¶40] AN 6.37 · A Gift With Six Factors

> Pali: AN 6.37 · Chaḷaṅgadānasutta

[¶41] At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.

[¶42] Now at that time Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother, was preparing a religious donation with six factors for the mendicant Saṅgha headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna. The Buddha saw her doing this, with his clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, and he addressed the mendicants:

> Pali: Tena kho pana samayena veḷukaṇḍakī nandamātā upāsikā sāriputtamoggallānappamukhe bhikkhusaṅghe chaḷaṅgasamannāgataṁ dakkhiṇaṁ patiṭṭhāpeti. Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena veḷukaṇḍakiṁ nandamātaraṁ upāsikaṁ sāriputtamoggallānappamukhe bhikkhusaṅghe chaḷaṅgasamannāgataṁ dakkhiṇaṁ patiṭṭhāpentiṁ. Disvā bhikkhū āmantesi:

[¶43] “This Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother, is preparing a religious donation with six factors for the mendicant Saṅgha headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna.

> Pali: “esā, bhikkhave, veḷukaṇḍakī nandamātā upāsikā sāriputtamoggallānappamukhe bhikkhusaṅghe chaḷaṅgasamannāgataṁ dakkhiṇaṁ patiṭṭhāpeti.

[¶44] And how does a religious donation have six factors? Three factors apply to the donor and three to the recipients.

> Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, chaḷaṅgasamannāgatā dakkhiṇā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, dāyakassa tīṇaṅgāni honti, paṭiggāhakānaṁ tīṇaṅgāni.

[¶45] What three factors apply to the donor? It’s when a donor is in a good mood before giving, while giving they feel confident, and after giving they’re uplifted. These three factors apply to the donor.

> Pali: Katamāni dāyakassa tīṇaṅgāni? Idha, bhikkhave, dāyako pubbeva dānā sumano hoti, dadaṁ cittaṁ pasādeti, datvā attamano hoti. Imāni dāyakassa tīṇaṅgāni.

[¶46] What three factors apply to the recipients? It’s when the recipients are free of greed, hate, and delusion, or practicing to be free of them. These three factors apply to the recipients.

> Pali: Katamāni paṭiggāhakānaṁ tīṇaṅgāni? Idha, bhikkhave, paṭiggāhakā vītarāgā vā honti rāgavinayāya vā paṭipannā, vītadosā vā honti dosavinayāya vā paṭipannā, vītamohā vā honti mohavinayāya vā paṭipannā. Imāni paṭiggāhakānaṁ tīṇaṅgāni.

[¶47] Thus three factors apply to the donor and three to the recipients. That’s how a religious donation has six factors.

> Pali: Iti dāyakassa tīṇaṅgāni, paṭiggāhakānaṁ tīṇaṅgāni. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, chaḷaṅgasamannāgatā dakkhiṇā hoti.

[¶48] It’s not easy to grasp the merit of such a six-factored donation by saying that this is the extent of their overflowing merit, overflowing goodness that nurtures happiness and is conducive to heaven, ripening in happiness and leading to heaven. And it leads to what is likable, desirable, agreeable, to welfare and happiness. It’s simply reckoned as an incalculable, immeasurable, great mass of merit.

> Pali: Evaṁ chaḷaṅgasamannāgatāya, bhikkhave, dakkhiṇāya na sukaraṁ puññassa pamāṇaṁ gahetuṁ: ‘ettako puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṁvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattatī’ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati.

[¶49] It’s like trying to grasp how much water is in the ocean. It’s not easy to say how many gallons, how many hundreds, thousands, hundreds of thousands of gallons there are. It’s simply reckoned as an incalculable, immeasurable, great mass of water. In the same way, it’s not easy to grasp the merit of such a six-factored donation …

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde na sukaraṁ udakassa pamāṇaṁ gahetuṁ: ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakānīti vā ettakāni udakāḷhakasatānīti vā ettakāni udakāḷhakasahassānīti vā ettakāni udakāḷhakasatasahassānī’ti vā. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāudakakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṁ gacchati. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, evaṁ chaḷaṅgasamannāgatāya dakkhiṇāya na sukaraṁ puññassa pamāṇaṁ gahetuṁ: ‘ettako puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṁvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattatī’ti. Atha kho asaṅkhyeyyo appameyyo mahāpuññakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṁ gacchatī”ti.

[¶50] A good mood before giving,
confidence while giving,
feeling uplifted after giving:
this is the perfect sacrifice.

> Pali: “Pubbeva dānā sumano,
dadaṁ cittaṁ pasādaye;
Datvā attamano hoti,
esā yaññassa sampadā.

[¶51] Free of greed, free of hate,
free of delusion, undefiled;
this is the field for the perfect sacrifice,
the disciplined spiritual practitioners.

> Pali: Vītarāgā vītadosā,
vītamohā anāsavā;
Khettaṁ yaññassa sampannaṁ,
saññatā brahmacārayo.

[¶52] After rinsing,
you give with your own hands.
This sacrifice is very fruitful
for both yourself and others.

> Pali: Sayaṁ ācamayitvāna,
datvā sakehi pāṇibhi;
Attano parato ceso,
yañño hoti mahapphalo.

[¶53] When an intelligent, faithful person,
sacrifices like this, with a mind of letting go,
that astute one is reborn
in a happy, pleasing world.”

> Pali: Evaṁ yajitvā medhāvī,
saddho muttena cetasā;
Abyāpajjaṁ sukhaṁ lokaṁ,
paṇḍito upapajjatī”ti.

[¶54] > Pali: Sattamaṁ.

[¶55] AN 6.38 · One’s Own Volition

> Pali: AN 6.38 · Attakārīsutta

[¶56] Then a certain brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

> Pali: Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶57] “Worthy Gotama, this is my doctrine and view: One does not act of one’s own volition, nor does one act of another’s volition.”

> Pali: “ahañhi, bho gotama, evaṁvādī evaṁdiṭṭhi: ‘natthi attakāro, natthi parakāro’”ti.

[¶58] “Brahmin, may I never see or hear of anyone holding such a doctrine or view! How on earth can someone who comes and goes on his own say that one does not act of one’s own volition, nor does one act of another’s volition?

> Pali: “Māhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, evaṁvādiṁ evaṁdiṭṭhiṁ addasaṁ vā assosiṁ vā. Kathañhi nāma sayaṁ abhikkamanto, sayaṁ paṭikkamanto evaṁ vakkhati: ‘natthi attakāro, natthi parakāro’ti.

[¶59] What do you think, brahmin, is there an element of initiative?”

> Pali: Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, brāhmaṇa, atthi ārabbhadhātū”ti?

[¶60] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bho”.

[¶61] “Since this is so, do we find sentient beings who initiate activity?”

> Pali: “Ārabbhadhātuyā sati ārabbhavanto sattā paññāyantī”ti?

[¶62] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bho”.

[¶63] “Since there is an element of initiative, and sentient beings who initiate activity are found, sentient beings act of their own volition or that of another.

> Pali: “Yaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, ārabbhadhātuyā sati ārabbhavanto sattā paññāyanti, ayaṁ sattānaṁ attakāro ayaṁ parakāro.

[¶64] What do you think, brahmin, is there an element of persistence … exertion … strength … endurance … exertion?”

> Pali: Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, brāhmaṇa, atthi nikkamadhātu …pe… atthi parakkamadhātu … atthi thāmadhātu … atthi ṭhitidhātu … atthi upakkamadhātū”ti?

[¶65] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bho”.

[¶66] “Since this is so, do we find sentient beings who have exertion?”

> Pali: “Upakkamadhātuyā sati upakkamavanto sattā paññāyantī”ti?

[¶67] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bho”.

[¶68] “Since there is an element of exertion, and sentient beings who have exertion are found, sentient beings act of their own volition or that of another.

> Pali: “Yaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, upakkamadhātuyā sati upakkamavanto sattā paññāyanti, ayaṁ sattānaṁ attakāro ayaṁ parakāro.

[¶69] Brahmin, may I never see or hear of anyone holding such a doctrine or view! How on earth can someone who comes and goes on his own say that one does not act of one’s own volition, nor does one act of another’s volition?”

> Pali: Māhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, evaṁvādiṁ evaṁdiṭṭhiṁ addasaṁ vā assosiṁ vā. Kathañhi nāma sayaṁ abhikkamanto sayaṁ paṭikkamanto evaṁ vakkhati: ‘natthi attakāro natthi parakāro’”ti.

[¶70] “Excellent, worthy Gotama! Excellent! … From this day forth, may the worthy Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”

> Pali: “Abhikkantaṁ, bho gotama …pe… ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gatan”ti.

[¶71] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ.

[¶72] AN 6.39 · Sources

> Pali: AN 6.39 · Nidānasutta

[¶73] “Mendicants, there are these three sources that give rise to deeds. What three? Greed, hate, and delusion are sources that give rise to deeds. Greed doesn’t give rise to contentment. Rather, greed just gives rise to greed. Hate doesn’t give rise to love. Rather, hate just gives rise to hate. Delusion doesn’t give rise to understanding. Rather, delusion just gives rise to delusion. It’s not because of deeds born of greed, hate, and delusion that gods, humans, or those in any other good places are found. Rather, it’s because of deeds born of greed, hate, and delusion that hell, the animal realm, the ghost realm, or any other bad places are found. These are three sources that give rise to deeds.

> Pali: “Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, nidānāni kammānaṁ samudayāya. Katamāni tīṇi? Lobho nidānaṁ kammānaṁ samudayāya, doso nidānaṁ kammānaṁ samudayāya, moho nidānaṁ kammānaṁ samudayāya. Na, bhikkhave, lobhā alobho samudeti; atha kho, bhikkhave, lobhā lobhova samudeti. Na, bhikkhave, dosā adoso samudeti; atha kho, bhikkhave, dosā dosova samudeti. Na, bhikkhave, mohā amoho samudeti; atha kho, bhikkhave, mohā mohova samudeti. Na, bhikkhave, lobhajena kammena dosajena kammena mohajena kammena devā paññāyanti, manussā paññāyanti, yā vā panaññāpi kāci sugatiyo. Atha kho, bhikkhave, lobhajena kammena dosajena kammena mohajena kammena nirayo paññāyati tiracchānayoni paññāyati pettivisayo paññāyati, yā vā panaññāpi kāci duggatiyo. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi nidānāni kammānaṁ samudayāya.

[¶74] Mendicants, there are these three sources that give rise to deeds. What three? Contentment, love, and understanding are sources that give rise to deeds. Contentment doesn’t give rise to greed. Rather, contentment just gives rise to contentment. Love doesn’t give rise to hate. Rather, love just gives rise to love. Understanding doesn’t give rise to delusion. Rather, understanding just gives rise to understanding. It’s not because of deeds born of contentment, love, and understanding that hell, the animal realm, the ghost realm, or any other bad places are found. Rather, it’s because of deeds born of contentment, love, and understanding that gods, humans, or those in any other good places are found. These are three sources that give rise to deeds.”

> Pali: Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, nidānāni kammānaṁ samudayāya. Katamāni tīṇi? Alobho nidānaṁ kammānaṁ samudayāya, adoso nidānaṁ kammānaṁ samudayāya, amoho nidānaṁ kammānaṁ samudayāya. Na, bhikkhave, alobhā lobho samudeti; atha kho, bhikkhave, alobhā alobhova samudeti. Na, bhikkhave, adosā doso samudeti; atha kho, bhikkhave, adosā adosova samudeti. Na, bhikkhave, amohā moho samudeti; atha kho, bhikkhave, amohā amohova samudeti. Na, bhikkhave, alobhajena kammena adosajena kammena amohajena kammena nirayo paññāyati tiracchānayoni paññāyati pettivisayo paññāyati, yā vā panaññāpi kāci duggatiyo. Atha kho, bhikkhave, alobhajena kammena adosajena kammena amohajena kammena devā paññāyanti, manussā paññāyanti, yā vā panaññāpi kāci sugatiyo. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi nidānāni kammānaṁ samudayāyā”ti.

[¶75] > Pali: Navamaṁ.

[¶76] AN 6.40 · With Kimbila

> Pali: AN 6.40 · Kimilasutta

[¶77] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimbilā in the Freshwater Mangrove Wood. Then Venerable Kimbila went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

> Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati niculavane. Atha kho āyasmā kimilo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kimilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶78] “What is the cause, sir, what is the reason why the true teaching does not last long after the final quenching of the Realized One?”

> Pali: “ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo yena tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo na ciraṭṭhitiko hotī”ti?

[¶79] “Kimbila, it’s when the monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen lack respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the training, diligence, and hospitality after the final quenching of the Realized One. This is the cause, this is the reason why the true teaching does not last long after the final quenching of the Realized One.”

> Pali: “Idha, kimila, tathāgate parinibbute bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo satthari agāravā viharanti appatissā, dhamme agāravā viharanti appatissā, saṅghe agāravā viharanti appatissā, sikkhāya agāravā viharanti appatissā, appamāde agāravā viharanti appatissā, paṭisanthāre agāravā viharanti appatissā. Ayaṁ kho, kimila, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yena tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo na ciraṭṭhitiko hoti”.

[¶80] “What is the cause, sir, what is the reason why the true teaching does last long after the final quenching of the Realized One?”

> Pali: “Ko pana, bhante, hetu ko paccayo yena tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo ciraṭṭhitiko hotī”ti?

[¶81] “Kimbila, it’s when the monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen maintain respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the training, diligence, and hospitality after the final quenching of the Realized One. This is the cause, this is the reason why the true teaching does last long after the final quenching of the Realized One.”

> Pali: “Idha, kimila, tathāgate parinibbute bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo satthari sagāravā viharanti sappatissā, dhamme sagāravā viharanti sappatissā, saṅghe sagāravā viharanti sappatissā, sikkhāya sagāravā viharanti sappatissā, appamāde sagāravā viharanti sappatissā, paṭisanthāre sagāravā viharanti sappatissā. Ayaṁ kho, kimila, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yena tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo ciraṭṭhitiko hotī”ti.

[¶82] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶83] AN 6.41 · A Tree Trunk

> Pali: AN 6.41 · Dārukkhandhasutta

[¶84] So I have heard. At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain.

> Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.

[¶85] Then Venerable Sāriputta robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, descended the Vulture’s Peak together with several mendicants. At a certain spot he saw a large tree trunk, and he addressed the mendicants, “Reverends, do you see this large tree trunk?”

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasa aññatarasmiṁ padese mahantaṁ dārukkhandhaṁ. Disvā bhikkhū āmantesi: “passatha no, āvuso, tumhe amuṁ mahantaṁ dārukkhandhan”ti?

[¶86] “Yes, reverend.”

> Pali: “Evamāvuso”ti.

[¶87] “If they wanted to, a mendicant with psychic powers who has mastered their mind could determine this tree trunk to be nothing but earth. Why is that? Because the earth element exists in the tree trunk. Relying on that a mendicant with psychic powers could determine it to be nothing but earth. If they wanted to, a mendicant with psychic powers who has mastered their mind could determine this tree trunk to be nothing but water. … Or they could determine it to be nothing but fire … Or they could determine it to be nothing but air … Or they could determine it to be nothing but beautiful … Or they could determine it to be nothing but ugly. Why is that? Because the element of ugliness exists in the tree trunk. Relying on that a mendicant with psychic powers could determine it to be nothing but ugly.”

> Pali: “Ākaṅkhamāno, āvuso, bhikkhu iddhimā cetovasippatto amuṁ dārukkhandhaṁ pathavītveva adhimucceyya. Taṁ kissa hetu? Atthi, āvuso, amumhi dārukkhandhe pathavīdhātu, yaṁ nissāya bhikkhu iddhimā cetovasippatto amuṁ dārukkhandhaṁ pathavītveva adhimucceyya. Ākaṅkhamāno, āvuso, bhikkhu iddhimā cetovasippatto amuṁ dārukkhandhaṁ āpotveva adhimucceyya …pe… tejotveva adhimucceyya … vāyotveva adhimucceyya … subhantveva adhimucceyya … asubhantveva adhimucceyya. Taṁ kissa hetu? Atthi, āvuso, amumhi dārukkhandhe asubhadhātu, yaṁ nissāya bhikkhu iddhimā cetovasippatto amuṁ dārukkhandhaṁ asubhantveva adhimucceyyā”ti.

[¶88] > Pali: Ekādasamaṁ.

[¶89] AN 6.42 · With Nāgita

> Pali: AN 6.42 · Nāgitasutta

[¶90] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a village of the Kosalan brahmins named Icchānaṅgala. He stayed in a forest near Icchānaṅgala. The brahmins and householders of Icchānaṅgala heard:

> Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena icchānaṅgalaṁ nāma kosalānaṁ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. Assosuṁ kho icchānaṅgalakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā:

[¶91] “It seems the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—has arrived at Icchānaṅgala. He is staying in a forest near Icchānaṅgala. He has this good reputation: ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those fit for training, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras, and divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others. He teaches Dhamma that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And he reveals a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. It’s good to see such perfected ones.” Then, when the night had passed, they took abundant fresh and cooked foods and went to the forest near Icchānaṅgala, where they stood outside the gates making a colossal racket.

> Pali: “samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito icchānaṅgalaṁ anuppatto icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. Taṁ kho pana bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ evaṁ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno …pe… buddho bhagavā’ti. So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ …pe… arahataṁ dassanaṁ hotī”ti. Atha kho icchānaṅgalakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā tassā rattiyā accayena pahūtaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ ādāya yena icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bahidvārakoṭṭhake aṭṭhaṁsu uccāsaddā mahāsaddā.

[¶92] Now, at that time Venerable Nāgita was the Buddha’s attendant. Then the Buddha said to Nāgita, “Nāgita, who’s making that colossal racket? You’d think it was fishermen hauling in a catch!”

> Pali: Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nāgito bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ nāgitaṁ āmantesi: “ke pana te, nāgita, uccāsaddā mahāsaddā kevaṭṭā maññe macchavilope”ti?

[¶93] “Sir, it’s these brahmins and householders of Icchānaṅgala. They’ve brought many fresh and cooked foods, and they’re standing outside the gates wanting to offer it specially to the Buddha and the mendicant Saṅgha.”

> Pali: “Ete, bhante, icchānaṅgalakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā pahūtaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ ādāya bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitā bhagavantaṁyeva uddissa bhikkhusaṅghañcā”ti.

[¶94] “Nāgita, may I never become famous. May fame not come to me. There are those who can’t get the pleasure of renunciation, the pleasure of seclusion, the pleasure of peace, the pleasure of awakening when they want, without trouble or difficulty like I can. Let them enjoy the filthy, lazy pleasure of possessions, honor, and popularity.”

> Pali: “Māhaṁ, nāgita, yasena samāgamaṁ, mā ca mayā yaso. Yo kho, nāgita, nayimassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī assa akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, yassāhaṁ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, so taṁ mīḷhasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṁ sādiyeyyā”ti.

[¶95] “Sir, may the Blessed One please relent now! May the Holy One relent! Now is the time for the Buddha to relent. Wherever the Buddha now goes, the brahmins and householders, and people of town and country will incline the same way. It’s like when the heavens rain heavily and the water flows downhill. In the same way, wherever the Buddha now goes, the brahmins and householders, and people of town and country will incline the same way. Why is that? Because of the Buddha’s ethics and wisdom.”

> Pali: “Adhivāsetu dāni, bhante, bhagavā; adhivāsetu, sugato; adhivāsanakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Yena yeneva dāni, bhante, bhagavā gamissati, tanninnāva bhavissanti brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamā ceva jānapadā ca. Seyyathāpi, bhante, thullaphusitake deve vassante yathāninnaṁ udakāni pavattanti; evamevaṁ kho, bhante, yena yeneva dāni bhagavā gamissati, tanninnāva bhavissanti brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamā ceva jānapadā ca. Taṁ kissa hetu? Tathā hi, bhante, bhagavato sīlapaññāṇan”ti.

[¶96] “Nāgita, may I never become famous. May fame not come to me. There are those who can’t get the pleasure of renunciation, the pleasure of seclusion, the pleasure of peace, the pleasure of awakening when they want, without trouble or difficulty like I can. Let them enjoy the filthy, lazy pleasure of possessions, honor, and popularity.

> Pali: “Māhaṁ, nāgita, yasena samāgamaṁ, mā ca mayā yaso. Yo kho, nāgita, nayimassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī assa akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, yassāhaṁ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, so taṁ mīḷhasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṁ sādiyeyya.

[¶97] Take a mendicant living within a village who I see sitting immersed in samādhi. I think to myself: ‘Now a monastery worker, a novice, or a fellow practitioner will make this venerable fall from immersion.’ So I’m not pleased that that mendicant is living within a village.

> Pali: Idhāhaṁ, nāgita, bhikkhuṁ passāmi gāmantavihāriṁ samāhitaṁ nisinnaṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, nāgita, evaṁ hoti: ‘idānimaṁ āyasmantaṁ ārāmiko vā upaṭṭhahissati samaṇuddeso vā taṁ tamhā samādhimhā cāvessatī’ti. Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno na attamano homi gāmantavihārena.

[¶98] Take a mendicant in the wilderness who I see sitting nodding in meditation. I think to myself: ‘Now this venerable, having dispelled that sleepiness and weariness, will focus just on the unified perception of wilderness.’ So I’m pleased that that mendicant is living in the wilderness.

> Pali: Idha panāhaṁ, nāgita, bhikkhuṁ passāmi āraññikaṁ araññe pacalāyamānaṁ nisinnaṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, nāgita, evaṁ hoti: ‘idāni ayamāyasmā imaṁ niddākilamathaṁ paṭivinodetvā araññasaññaṁyeva manasi karissati ekattan’ti. Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena.

[¶99] Take a mendicant in the wilderness who I see sitting without being immersed in samādhi. I think to myself: ‘Now if this venerable’s mind is not immersed in samādhi they will immerse it; or if it is immersed in samādhi, they will preserve it.’ So I’m pleased that that mendicant is living in the wilderness.

> Pali: Idha panāhaṁ, nāgita, bhikkhuṁ passāmi āraññikaṁ araññe asamāhitaṁ nisinnaṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, nāgita, evaṁ hoti: ‘idāni ayamāyasmā asamāhitaṁ vā cittaṁ samādahissati, samāhitaṁ vā cittaṁ anurakkhissatī’ti. Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena.

[¶100] Take a mendicant in the wilderness who I see sitting immersed in samādhi. I think to myself: ‘Now this venerable will free the unfreed mind or preserve the freed mind.’ So I’m pleased that that mendicant is living in the wilderness.

> Pali: Idha panāhaṁ, nāgita, bhikkhuṁ passāmi āraññikaṁ araññe samāhitaṁ nisinnaṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, nāgita, evaṁ hoti: ‘idāni ayamāyasmā avimuttaṁ vā cittaṁ vimocessati, vimuttaṁ vā cittaṁ anurakkhissatī’ti. Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena.

[¶101] Take a mendicant who I see living within a village receiving robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. Enjoying possessions, honor, and popularity they neglect retreat, and they neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. They come down to villages, towns, and capital cities and make their home there. So I’m not pleased that that mendicant is living within a village.

> Pali: Idha panāhaṁ, nāgita, bhikkhuṁ passāmi gāmantavihāriṁ lābhiṁ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ. So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ nikāmayamāno riñcati paṭisallānaṁ riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni; gāmanigamarājadhāniṁ osaritvā vāsaṁ kappeti. Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno na attamano homi gāmantavihārena.

[¶102] Take a mendicant who I see in the wilderness receiving robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. Fending off possessions, honor, and popularity they don’t neglect retreat, and they don’t neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. So I’m pleased that that mendicant is living in the wilderness.

> Pali: Idha panāhaṁ, nāgita, bhikkhuṁ passāmi āraññikaṁ lābhiṁ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ. So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ paṭipaṇāmetvā na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ na riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni. Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena.

[¶103] Nāgita, when I’m walking along a road and I don’t see anyone ahead or behind I feel relaxed, even if I need to urinate or defecate.”

> Pali: Yasmāhaṁ, nāgita, samaye addhānamaggappaṭipanno na kañci passāmi purato vā pacchato vā, phāsu me, nāgita, tasmiṁ samaye hoti antamaso uccārapassāvakammāyā”ti.

[¶104] > Pali: Dvādasamaṁ.

[¶105] > Pali: Devatāvaggo catuttho.

[¶106] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ

[¶107] > Pali: Sekhā dve aparihāni,
Moggallāna vijjābhāgiyā;
Vivādadānattakārī nidānaṁ,
Kimiladārukkhandhena nāgitoti.

## 7. About Dhammika · AN 6.43–6.50

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/7/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/7/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.43 · The Giant

> Pali: AN 6.43 · Nāgasutta

[¶1] At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.

[¶2] Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms. Then, after the meal, on his return from almsround, he addressed Venerable Ānanda, “Come, Ānanda, let’s go to the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery for the day’s meditation.”

> Pali: Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: “āyāmānanda, yena pubbārāmo migāramātupāsādo tenupasaṅkamissāma divāvihārāyā”ti.

[¶3] “Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

[¶4] So the Buddha went with Ānanda to the Eastern Monastery. In the late afternoon the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed Ānanda, “Come, Ānanda, let’s go to the eastern gate to bathe.”

> Pali: Atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ yena pubbārāmo migāramātupāsādo tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: “āyāmānanda, yena pubbakoṭṭhako tenupasaṅkamissāma gattāni parisiñcitun”ti.

[¶5] “Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied. So the Buddha went with Ānanda to the eastern gate to bathe. When he had bathed and emerged from the water he stood in one robe drying his limbs.

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ yena pubbakoṭṭhako tenupasaṅkami gattāni parisiñcituṁ. Pubbakoṭṭhake gattāni parisiñcitvā paccuttaritvā ekacīvaro aṭṭhāsi gattāni pubbāpayamāno.

[¶6] Now, at that time King Pasenadi had a giant bull elephant called “White”. It emerged from the eastern gate to the beating and playing of musical instruments.

> Pali: Tena kho pana samayena rañño pasenadissa kosalassa seto nāma nāgo mahātūriyatāḷitavāditena pubbakoṭṭhakā paccuttarati.

[¶7] When people saw it they said, “The royal giant is so handsome! The royal giant is so good-looking! The royal giant is so lovely! The royal giant has such a big body!”

> Pali: Apissu taṁ jano disvā evamāha: “abhirūpo vata bho rañño nāgo; dassanīyo vata bho rañño nāgo; pāsādiko vata, bho, rañño nāgo, kāyupapanno vata bho rañño nāgo”ti.

[¶8] When they said this, Venerable Udāyī said to the Buddha, “Sir, is it only when they see elephants with such a big, formidable body that people say: ‘A giant, such a giant’? Or do they say it when they see any other creatures with big, formidable bodies?”

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā udāyī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “hatthimeva nu kho, bhante, mahantaṁ brahantaṁ kāyupapannaṁ jano disvā evamāha: ‘nāgo vata bho nāgo’ti, udāhu aññampi kañci mahantaṁ brahantaṁ kāyupapannaṁ jano disvā evamāha: ‘nāgo vata bho nāgo’”ti?

[¶9] “Udāyī, when they see elephants with such a big, formidable body people say: ‘A giant, such a giant!’

> Pali: “Hatthimpi kho, udāyi, mahantaṁ brahantaṁ kāyupapannaṁ jano disvā evamāha: ‘nāgo vata bho nāgo’ti.

[¶10] And also when they see a horse with a big, formidable body …

> Pali: Assampi kho, udāyi, mahantaṁ brahantaṁ …pe…

[¶11] When they see a bull with a big, formidable body …

> Pali: goṇampi kho, udāyi, mahantaṁ brahantaṁ …pe…

[¶12] When they see a serpent with a big, formidable body …

> Pali: uragampi kho, udāyi, mahantaṁ brahantaṁ …pe…

[¶13] When they see a tree with a big, formidable body …

> Pali: rukkhampi kho, udāyi, mahantaṁ brahantaṁ …pe…

[¶14] And when they see a human being with such a big, formidable body people say: ‘A giant, such a giant!’

> Pali: manussampi kho, udāyi, mahantaṁ brahantaṁ kāyupapannaṁ jano disvā evamāha: ‘nāgo vata, bho, nāgo’ti.

[¶15] But Udāyī, one who does nothing monstrous by way of body, speech, and mind is who I call a ‘giant’ in this world with its gods, Māras, and divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans.”

> Pali: Api ca, udāyi, yo sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya āguṁ na karoti kāyena vācāya manasā, tamahaṁ ‘nāgo’ti brūmī”ti.

[¶16] “It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing! How well said this was by the Buddha: ‘But Udāyī, one who does nothing monstrous by way of body, speech, and mind is who I call a “giant” in this world with its gods, Māras, and divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans.’ And I celebrate the well-spoken words of the Buddha with these verses:

> Pali: “Acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante. Yāva subhāsitañcidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā— api ca, udāyi, yo sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya āguṁ na karoti kāyena vācāya manasā, tamahaṁ ‘nāgo’ti brūmīti. Idañca panāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā subhāsitaṁ imāhi gāthāhi anumodāmi—

[¶17] Awakened as a human being,
self-tamed and immersed in samādhi,
following the spiritual path,
he loves peace of mind.

> Pali: Manussabhūtaṁ sambuddhaṁ,
attadantaṁ samāhitaṁ;
Iriyamānaṁ brahmapathe,
cittassūpasame rataṁ.

[¶18] Revered by people,
gone beyond all things,
even the gods revere him;
so I’ve heard from the perfected one.

> Pali: Yaṁ manussā namassanti,
sabbadhammāna pāraguṁ;
Devāpi taṁ namassanti,
iti me arahato sutaṁ.

[¶19] He has transcended all fetters
and escaped from entanglements.
Delighting to renounce sensual pleasures,
he’s freed like lustrous gold from stone.

> Pali: Sabbasaṁyojanātītaṁ,
vanā nibbanamāgataṁ;
Kāmehi nekkhammarataṁ,
muttaṁ selāva kañcanaṁ.

[¶20] That giant outshines all,
like the Himalaya beside other mountains.
Of all those named ‘giant’,
he is truly named, supreme.

> Pali: Sabbe accarucī nāgo,
himavāññe siluccaye;
Sabbesaṁ nāganāmānaṁ,
saccanāmo anuttaro.

[¶21] I shall extol the giant for you,
for he does nothing monstrous.
Gentleness and harmlessness
are two feet of the giant.

> Pali: Nāgaṁ vo kittayissāmi,
na hi āguṁ karoti so;
Soraccaṁ avihiṁsā ca,
pādā nāgassa te duve.

[¶22] Fervor and chastity
are his two other feet.
Faith is the giant’s trunk,
and equanimity his white tusks.

> Pali: Tapo ca brahmacariyaṁ,
caraṇā nāgassa tyāpare;
Saddhāhattho mahānāgo,
upekkhāsetadantavā.

[¶23] Mindfulness is his neck, his head is wisdom—
inquiry and thinking about principles.
His belly is the sacred hearth of the Dhamma,
and his tail is seclusion.

> Pali: Sati gīvā siro paññā,
vīmaṁsā dhammacintanā;
Dhammakucchisamātapo,
viveko tassa vāladhi.

[¶24] Practicing absorption, enjoying the breath,
he is serene within.
The giant is serene when walking,
the giant is serene when standing,

> Pali: So jhāyī assāsarato,
ajjhattaṁ susamāhito;
Gacchaṁ samāhito nāgo,
ṭhito nāgo samāhito.

[¶25] the giant is serene when lying down,
and when sitting, the giant is serene.
The giant is restrained everywhere:
this is the accomplishment of the giant.

> Pali: Seyyaṁ samāhito nāgo,
nisinnopi samāhito;
Sabbattha saṁvuto nāgo,
esā nāgassa sampadā.

[¶26] He eats blameless things,
he doesn’t eat blameworthy things.
When he gets food and clothes,
he avoids storing them up.

> Pali: Bhuñjati anavajjāni,
sāvajjāni na bhuñjati;
Ghāsamacchādanaṁ laddhā,
sannidhiṁ parivajjayaṁ.

[¶27] Having severed all bonds,
fetters large and small,
wherever he goes,
he goes without concern.

> Pali: Saṁyojanaṁ aṇuṁ thūlaṁ,
sabbaṁ chetvāna bandhanaṁ;
Yena yeneva gacchati,
anapekkhova gacchati.

[¶28] A white lotus,
fragrant and delightful,
sprouts in water and grows there,
but water does not stick to it.

> Pali: Yathāpi udake jātaṁ,
puṇḍarīkaṁ pavaḍḍhati;
Nupalippati toyena,
sucigandhaṁ manoramaṁ.

[¶29] Just so the Buddha is born in the world,
and lives in the world,
but the world does not stick to him,
as water does not stick to the lotus.

> Pali: Tatheva loke sujāto,
buddho loke viharati;
Nupalippati lokena,
toyena padumaṁ yathā.

[¶30] A great blazing fire
dies down when the fuel runs out.
When the coals have gone out
it’s said to be ‘quenched’.

> Pali: Mahāginīva jalito,
anāhārūpasammati;
Saṅkhāresūpasantesu,
nibbutoti pavuccati.

[¶31] This simile is taught by the discerning
to express the meaning clearly.
Great giants will understand
what the giant taught the giant.

> Pali: Atthassāyaṁ viññāpanī,
upamā viññūhi desitā;
Viññassanti mahānāgā,
nāgaṁ nāgena desitaṁ.

[¶32] Free of greed, free of hate,
free of delusion, undefiled;
the giant, giving up his body,
being undefiled, will be fully quenched.”

> Pali: Vītarāgo vītadoso,
Vītamoho anāsavo;
Sarīraṁ vijahaṁ nāgo,
Parinibbissati anāsavo”ti.

[¶33] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶34] AN 6.44 · With Migasālā

> Pali: AN 6.44 · Migasālāsutta

[¶35] Then Venerable Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the laywoman Migasālā, where he sat down on the seat spread out.

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena migasālāya upāsikāya nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.

[¶36] Then the laywoman Migasālā went up to Ānanda, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, “Honorable Ānanda, how on earth are we supposed to understand the teaching taught by the Buddha, when the chaste and the unchaste are both reborn in exactly the same place in the next life?

> Pali: Atha kho migasālā upāsikā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho migasālā upāsikā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca: “Kathaṁ kathaṁ nāmāyaṁ, bhante ānanda, bhagavatā dhammo desito aññeyyo, yatra hi nāma brahmacārī ca abrahmacārī ca ubho samasamagatikā bhavissanti abhisamparāyaṁ?

[¶37] My father Purāṇa was chaste, set apart, refraining from the vulgar act of sex. When he passed away the Buddha declared that, since he was a once-returner, he was reborn in the host of joyful gods.

> Pali: Pitā me, bhante, purāṇo brahmacārī ahosi ārācārī virato methunā gāmadhammā. So kālaṅkato bhagavatā byākato sakadāgāmī satto tusitaṁ kāyaṁ upapannoti.

[¶38] But my uncle Isidatta was not chaste; he lived content with his wife. When he passed away the Buddha declared that, since he too was a once-returner, he was reborn in the host of joyful gods.

> Pali: Petteyyopi me, bhante, isidatto abrahmacārī ahosi sadārasantuṭṭho. Sopi kālaṅkato bhagavatā byākato sakadāgāmipatto tusitaṁ kāyaṁ upapannoti.

[¶39] How on earth are we supposed to understand the teaching taught by the Buddha, when the chaste and the unchaste are both reborn in exactly the same place in the next life?”

> Pali: Kathaṁ kathaṁ nāmāyaṁ, bhante ānanda, bhagavatā dhammo desito aññeyyo, yatra hi nāma brahmacārī ca abrahmacārī ca ubho samasamagatikā bhavissanti abhisamparāyan”ti?

[¶40] “You’re right, sister, but that’s how the Buddha declared it.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ kho panetaṁ, bhagini, bhagavatā byākatan”ti.

[¶41] Then Ānanda, after receiving almsfood at Migasālā’s home, rose from his seat and left. Then after the meal, on his return from almsround, Ānanda went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā ānando migasālāya upāsikāya nivesane piṇḍapātaṁ gahetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho āyasmā ānando pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶42] > Pali: “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena migasālāya upāsikāya nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṁ. Atha kho, bhante, migasālā upāsikā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho, bhante, migasālā upāsikā maṁ etadavoca: ‘kathaṁ kathaṁ nāmāyaṁ, bhante ānanda, bhagavatā dhammo desito aññeyyo, yatra hi nāma brahmacārī ca abrahmacārī ca ubho samasamagatikā bhavissanti abhisamparāyaṁ. Pitā me, bhante, purāṇo brahmacārī ahosi ārācārī virato methunā gāmadhammā. So kālaṅkato bhagavatā byākato sakadāgāmipatto tusitaṁ kāyaṁ upapannoti. Petteyyopi me, bhante, isidatto abrahmacārī ahosi sadārasantuṭṭho. Sopi kālaṅkato bhagavatā byākato sakadāgāmipatto tusitaṁ kāyaṁ upapannoti. Kathaṁ kathaṁ nāmāyaṁ, bhante ānanda, bhagavatā dhammo desito aññeyyo, yatra hi nāma brahmacārī ca abrahmacārī ca ubho samasamagatikā bhavissanti abhisamparāyan’ti? Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, migasālaṁ upāsikaṁ etadavocaṁ: ‘evaṁ kho panetaṁ, bhagini, bhagavatā byākatan’”ti.

[¶43] “Ānanda, who is this laywoman Migasālā, a foolish incompetent aunty, with an aunty’s wit? And who is it that knows how to assess individual persons? These six individuals are found in the world. What six?

> Pali: “Kā cānanda, migasālā upāsikā bālā abyattā ammakā ammakapaññā, ke ca purisapuggalaparopariyañāṇe? Chayime, ānanda, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ. Katame cha?

[¶44] Take a certain individual who is gentle and pleasant to be with. And spiritual companions enjoy living together with them. And they’ve not listened or learned or penetrated theoretically or found even temporary freedom. When their body breaks up, after death, they depart for a lower place, not a higher. They’re going to a lower place, not a higher.

> Pali: Idhānanda, ekacco puggalo sorato hoti sukhasaṁvāso, abhinandanti sabrahmacārī ekattavāsena. Tassa savanenapi akataṁ hoti, bāhusaccenapi akataṁ hoti, diṭṭhiyāpi appaṭividdhaṁ hoti, sāmāyikampi vimuttiṁ na labhati. So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā hānāya pareti no visesāya, hānagāmīyeva hoti no visesagāmī.

[¶45] Take another individual who is gentle and pleasant to be with. And spiritual companions enjoy living together with them. And they’ve listened and learned and penetrated theoretically and found temporary freedom. When their body breaks up, after death, they depart for a higher place, not a lower. They’re going to a higher place, not a lower.

> Pali: Idha panānanda, ekacco puggalo sorato hoti sukhasaṁvāso, abhinandanti sabrahmacārī ekattavāsena. Tassa savanenapi kataṁ hoti, bāhusaccenapi kataṁ hoti, diṭṭhiyāpi paṭividdhaṁ hoti, sāmāyikampi vimuttiṁ labhati. So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā visesāya pareti no hānāya, visesagāmīyeva hoti no hānagāmī.

[¶46] Judgmental people compare them, saying: ‘This one has just the same qualities as the other, so why is one worse and one better?’ This will be for their lasting harm and suffering.

> Pali: Tatrānanda, pamāṇikā pamiṇanti: ‘imassapi teva dhammā aparassapi teva dhammā, kasmā tesaṁ eko hīno eko paṇīto’ti. Tañhi tesaṁ, ānanda, hoti dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya.

[¶47] In this case, the individual who is gentle … and has listened, learned, penetrated theoretically, and found temporary freedom is better and finer than the other individual. Why is that? Because the stream of the teaching carries them along. But who knows the difference between them except a Realized One?

> Pali: Tatrānanda, yvāyaṁ puggalo sorato hoti sukhasaṁvāso, abhinandanti sabrahmacārī ekattavāsena, tassa savanenapi kataṁ hoti, bāhusaccenapi kataṁ hoti, diṭṭhiyāpi paṭividdhaṁ hoti, sāmāyikampi vimuttiṁ labhati. Ayaṁ, ānanda, puggalo amunā purimena puggalena abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. Taṁ kissa hetu? Imaṁ hānanda, puggalaṁ dhammasoto nibbahati, tadantaraṁ ko jāneyya aññatra tathāgatena.

[¶48] So, Ānanda, don’t be judgmental about individuals. Don’t pass judgment on individuals. Those who pass judgment on individuals harm themselves. I, or someone like me, may pass judgment on individuals.

> Pali: Tasmātihānanda, mā puggalesu pamāṇikā ahuvattha; mā puggalesu pamāṇaṁ gaṇhittha. Khaññati hānanda, puggalesu pamāṇaṁ gaṇhanto. Ahaṁ vā, ānanda, puggalesu pamāṇaṁ gaṇheyyaṁ, yo vā panassa mādiso.

[¶49] Take another individual who is angry and conceited, and from time to time has greedy thoughts. And they’ve not listened or learned or penetrated theoretically or found even temporary freedom. When their body breaks up, after death, they depart for a lower place, not a higher. They’re going to a lower place, not a higher.

> Pali: Idha panānanda, ekaccassa puggalassa kodhamāno adhigato hoti, samayena samayañcassa lobhadhammā uppajjanti. Tassa savanenapi akataṁ hoti, bāhusaccenapi akataṁ hoti, diṭṭhiyāpi appaṭividdhaṁ hoti, sāmāyikampi vimuttiṁ na labhati. So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā hānāya pareti no visesāya, hānagāmīyeva hoti no visesagāmī.

[¶50] Take another individual who is angry and conceited, and from time to time has greedy thoughts. … Because the stream of the teaching carries them along. … When their body breaks up, after death, they depart for a higher place, not a lower. They’re going to a higher place, not a lower.

> Pali: Idha panānanda, ekaccassa puggalassa kodhamāno adhigato hoti, samayena samayañcassa lobhadhammā uppajjanti. Tassa savanenapi kataṁ hoti …pe… no hānagāmī.

[¶51] Judgmental people compare them …

> Pali: Tatrānanda, pamāṇikā pamiṇanti …pe…

[¶52] I, or someone like me, may pass judgment on people.

> Pali: yo vā panassa mādiso.

[¶53] Take another individual who is angry and conceited, and from time to time has the impulse to speak inappropriately. And they’ve not listened or learned or penetrated theoretically or found even temporary freedom. When their body breaks up, after death, they depart for a lower place, not a higher. They’re going to a lower place, not a higher.

> Pali: Idha panānanda, ekaccassa puggalassa kodhamāno adhigato hoti, samayena samayañcassa vacīsaṅkhārā uppajjanti. Tassa savanenapi akataṁ hoti …pe… sāmāyikampi vimuttiṁ na labhati. So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā hānāya pareti no visesāya, hānagāmīyeva hoti no visesagāmī.

[¶54] Take another individual who is angry and conceited, and from time to time has the impulse to speak inappropriately. But they’ve listened and learned and penetrated theoretically and found temporary freedom. When their body breaks up, after death, they depart for a higher place, not a lower. They’re going to a higher place, not a lower.

> Pali: Idha panānanda, ekaccassa puggalassa kodhamāno adhigato hoti, samayena samayañcassa vacīsaṅkhārā uppajjanti. Tassa savanenapi kataṁ hoti, bāhusaccenapi kataṁ hoti, diṭṭhiyāpi paṭividdhaṁ hoti, sāmāyikampi vimuttiṁ labhati. So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā visesāya pareti no hānāya, visesagāmīyeva hoti no hānagāmī.

[¶55] Judgmental people compare them, saying: ‘This one has just the same qualities as the other, so why is one worse and one better?’ This will be for their lasting harm and suffering.

> Pali: Tatrānanda, pamāṇikā pamiṇanti: ‘imassapi teva dhammā, aparassapi teva dhammā. Kasmā tesaṁ eko hīno, eko paṇīto’ti? Tañhi tesaṁ, ānanda, hoti dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya.

[¶56] In this case, the individual who is angry and conceited, but has listened, learned, penetrated theoretically, and found temporary freedom is better and finer than the other individual. Why is that? Because the stream of the teaching carries them along. But who knows the difference between them except a Realized One?

> Pali: Tatrānanda, yassa puggalassa kodhamāno adhigato hoti, samayena samayañcassa vacīsaṅkhārā uppajjanti, tassa savanenapi kataṁ hoti, bāhusaccenapi kataṁ hoti, diṭṭhiyāpi paṭividdhaṁ hoti, sāmāyikampi vimuttiṁ labhati. Ayaṁ, ānanda, puggalo amunā purimena puggalena abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. Taṁ kissa hetu? Imaṁ hānanda, puggalaṁ dhammasoto nibbahati. Tadantaraṁ ko jāneyya aññatra tathāgatena.

[¶57] So, Ānanda, don’t be judgmental about individuals. Don’t pass judgment on individuals. Those who pass judgment on individuals harm themselves. I, or someone like me, may pass judgment on individuals.

> Pali: Tasmātihānanda, mā puggalesu pamāṇikā ahuvattha; mā puggalesu pamāṇaṁ gaṇhittha. Khaññati hānanda, puggalesu pamāṇaṁ gaṇhanto. Ahaṁ vā, ānanda, puggalesu pamāṇaṁ gaṇheyyaṁ, yo vā panassa mādiso.

[¶58] Who is this laywoman Migasālā, a foolish incompetent aunty, with an aunty’s wit? And who is it that knows how to assess individual persons? These six individuals are found in the world.

> Pali: Kā cānanda, migasālā upāsikā bālā abyattā ammakā ammakapaññā, ke ca purisapuggalaparopariyañāṇe. Ime kho, ānanda, cha puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.

[¶59] If Isidatta had achieved Purāṇa’s level of ethical conduct, Purāṇa could not have even known Isidatta’s destination. And if Purāṇa had achieved Isidatta’s level of wisdom, Isidatta could not have even known Purāṇa’s destination. So both individuals were lacking in one respect.”

> Pali: Yathārūpena, ānanda, sīlena purāṇo samannāgato ahosi, tathārūpena sīlena isidatto samannāgato abhavissa. Nayidha purāṇo isidattassa gatimpi aññassa. Yathārūpāya ca, ānanda, paññāya isidatto samannāgato ahosi, tathārūpāya paññāya purāṇo samannāgato abhavissa. Nayidha isidatto purāṇassa gatimpi aññassa. Iti kho, ānanda, ime puggalā ubho ekaṅgahīnā”ti.

[¶60] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶61] AN 6.45 · Debt

> Pali: AN 6.45 · Iṇasutta

[¶62] “Mendicants, isn’t poverty suffering in the world for a person who enjoys sensual pleasures?”

> Pali: “Dāliddiyaṁ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino”ti?

[¶63] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶64] “When a poor, penniless person falls into debt, isn’t being in debt also suffering in the world for a person who enjoys sensual pleasures?”

> Pali: “Yampi, bhikkhave, daliddo assako anāḷhiko iṇaṁ ādiyati, iṇādānampi, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino”ti?

[¶65] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶66] “When a poor person who has fallen into debt agrees to pay interest, isn’t the interest also suffering in the world for a person who enjoys sensual pleasures?”

> Pali: “Yampi, bhikkhave, daliddo assako anāḷhiko iṇaṁ ādiyitvā vaḍḍhiṁ paṭissuṇāti, vaḍḍhipi, bhikkhave, dukkhā lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino”ti?

[¶67] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶68] “When a poor person who has fallen into debt and agreed to pay interest fails to pay it when it falls due, they get a warning. Isn’t being warned suffering in the world for a person who enjoys sensual pleasures?”

> Pali: “Yampi, bhikkhave, daliddo assako anāḷhiko vaḍḍhiṁ paṭissuṇitvā kālābhataṁ vaḍḍhiṁ na deti, codentipi naṁ; codanāpi, bhikkhave, dukkhā lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino”ti?

[¶69] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶70] “When a poor person fails to pay after getting a warning, they’re prosecuted. Isn’t being prosecuted suffering in the world for a person who enjoys sensual pleasures?”

> Pali: “Yampi, bhikkhave, daliddo assako anāḷhiko codiyamāno na deti, anucarantipi naṁ; anucariyāpi, bhikkhave, dukkhā lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino”ti?

[¶71] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶72] “When a poor person fails to pay after being prosecuted, they’re imprisoned. Isn’t being imprisoned suffering in the world for a person who enjoys sensual pleasures?”

> Pali: “Yampi, bhikkhave, daliddo assako anāḷhiko anucariyamāno na deti, bandhantipi naṁ; bandhanampi, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino”ti?

[¶73] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶74] “So mendicants, poverty, debt, interest, warnings, prosecution, and imprisonment are suffering in the world for those who enjoy sensual pleasures. In the same way, whoever has no faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom when it comes to skillful qualities is called poor and penniless in the training of the Noble One.

> Pali: “Iti kho, bhikkhave, dāliddiyampi dukkhaṁ lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino, iṇādānampi dukkhaṁ lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino, vaḍḍhipi dukkhā lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino, codanāpi dukkhā lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino, anucariyāpi dukkhā lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino, bandhanampi dukkhaṁ lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, yassa kassaci saddhā natthi kusalesu dhammesu, hirī natthi kusalesu dhammesu, ottappaṁ natthi kusalesu dhammesu, vīriyaṁ natthi kusalesu dhammesu, paññā natthi kusalesu dhammesu— ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyassa vinaye daliddo assako anāḷhiko.

[¶75] Since they have no faith, conscience, prudence, energy, or wisdom when it comes to skillful qualities, they do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. This is how they’re in debt, I say.

> Pali: Sa kho so, bhikkhave, daliddo assako anāḷhiko saddhāya asati kusalesu dhammesu, hiriyā asati kusalesu dhammesu, ottappe asati kusalesu dhammesu, vīriye asati kusalesu dhammesu, paññāya asati kusalesu dhammesu, kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati. Idamassa iṇādānasmiṁ vadāmi.

[¶76] In order to conceal the bad things they do by way of body, speech, and mind they harbor corrupt wishes. They wish, plan, speak, and act with the thought: ‘May no one find me out!’ This is how they pay interest, I say.

> Pali: So tassa kāyaduccaritassa paṭicchādanahetu pāpikaṁ icchaṁ paṇidahati. ‘Mā maṁ jaññū’ti icchati, ‘mā maṁ jaññū’ti saṅkappati, ‘mā maṁ jaññū’ti vācaṁ bhāsati, ‘mā maṁ jaññū’ti kāyena parakkamati. So tassa vacīduccaritassa paṭicchādanahetu …pe… so tassa manoduccaritassa paṭicchādanahetu …pe… ‘mā maṁ jaññū’ti kāyena parakkamati. Idamassa vaḍḍhiyā vadāmi.

[¶77] Good-hearted spiritual companions say this about them: ‘This venerable acts like this, and behaves like that.’ This is how they’re warned, I say.

> Pali: Tamenaṁ pesalā sabrahmacārī evamāhaṁsu: ‘ayañca so āyasmā evaṅkārī evaṁsamācāro’ti. Idamassa codanāya vadāmi.

[¶78] When they go to a wilderness, the root of a tree, or an empty hut, they’re beset by remorseful, unskillful thoughts. This is how they’re prosecuted, I say.

> Pali: Tamenaṁ araññagataṁ vā rukkhamūlagataṁ vā suññāgāragataṁ vā vippaṭisārasahagatā pāpakā akusalavitakkā samudācaranti. Idamassa anucariyāya vadāmi.

[¶79] That poor, penniless person has done bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re trapped in the prison of hell or the animal realm. I don’t see a single prison that’s as grim, as vicious, and such an obstacle to reaching the supreme sanctuary from the yoke as the prison of hell or the animal realm.

> Pali: Sa kho so, bhikkhave, daliddo assako anāḷhiko kāyena duccaritaṁ caritvā vācāya duccaritaṁ caritvā manasā duccaritaṁ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā nirayabandhane vā bajjhati tiracchānayonibandhane vā. Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, aññaṁ ekabandhanampi samanupassāmi evaṁdāruṇaṁ evaṅkaṭukaṁ evaṁantarāyakaraṁ anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya, yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, nirayabandhanaṁ vā tiracchānayonibandhanaṁ vāti.

[¶80] Poverty is said to be suffering in the world,
and so is being in debt.
A poor person who has fallen into debt
frets even when spending the loan.

> Pali: Dāliddiyaṁ dukkhaṁ loke,
iṇādānañca vuccati;
Daliddo iṇamādāya,
bhuñjamāno vihaññati.

[¶81] And then they’re prosecuted,
or even thrown in jail.
Such imprisonment is true suffering
for someone who prays for pleasure and possessions.

> Pali: Tato anucaranti naṁ,
bandhanampi nigacchati;
Etañhi bandhanaṁ dukkhaṁ,
kāmalābhābhijappinaṁ.

[¶82] In the same way, in the Noble One’s training
whoever has no faith,
no conscience or prudence,
contemplates bad deeds.

> Pali: Tatheva ariyavinaye,
saddhā yassa na vijjati;
Ahirīko anottappī,
pāpakammavinibbayo.

[¶83] After doing bad things
by way of body,
speech, and mind,
they wish, ‘May no one find me out!’

> Pali: Kāyaduccaritaṁ katvā,
vacīduccaritāni ca;
Manoduccaritaṁ katvā,
‘mā maṁ jaññū’ti icchati.

[¶84] Their behavior is creepy
by body, speech, and mind.
They pile up bad deeds
on and on, life after life.

> Pali: So saṁsappati kāyena,
vācāya uda cetasā;
Pāpakammaṁ pavaḍḍhento,
tattha tattha punappunaṁ.

[¶85] That simpleton evildoer,
knowing their own misdeeds,
is a poor person who has fallen into debt,
and frets even when spending the loan.

> Pali: So pāpakammo dummedho,
jānaṁ dukkaṭamattano;
Daliddo iṇamādāya,
bhuñjamāno vihaññati.

[¶86] And when in village or wilderness
they’re prosecuted
by painful mental plans,
which are born of remorse.

> Pali: Tato anucaranti naṁ,
saṅkappā mānasā dukhā;
Gāme vā yadi vāraññe,
yassa vippaṭisārajā.

[¶87] That simpleton evildoer,
knowing their own misdeeds,
goes to one of the animal realms,
or is trapped in hell.

> Pali: So pāpakammo dummedho,
jānaṁ dukkaṭamattano;
Yonimaññataraṁ gantvā,
niraye vāpi bajjhati.

[¶88] Such imprisonment is true suffering,
from which the attentive are released.
With confident heart, they give
with wealth that is properly earned.

> Pali: Etañhi bandhanaṁ dukkhaṁ,
yamhā dhīro pamuccati;
Dhammaladdhehi bhogehi,
dadaṁ cittaṁ pasādayaṁ.

[¶89] That faithful householder of discernment
holds a winning hand on both counts:
welfare and benefit in this life,
and happiness in lives to come.
This is how, for a householder,
merit grows by generosity.

> Pali: Ubhayattha kaṭaggāho,
saddhassa gharamesino;
Diṭṭhadhammahitatthāya,
samparāyasukhāya ca;
Evametaṁ gahaṭṭhānaṁ,
cāgo puññaṁ pavaḍḍhati.

[¶90] In the same way, in the Noble One’s training,
whoever is grounded in faith,
with conscience and prudence,
wise, and ethically restrained,

> Pali: Tatheva ariyavinaye,
saddhā yassa patiṭṭhitā;
Hirīmano ca ottappī,
paññavā sīlasaṁvuto.

[¶91] is said to live happily
in the Noble One’s training.
After gaining pleasure not of the flesh,
they concentrate on equanimity.

> Pali: Eso kho ariyavinaye,
‘sukhajīvī’ti vuccati;
Nirāmisaṁ sukhaṁ laddhā,
upekkhaṁ adhitiṭṭhati.

[¶92] They give up the five hindrances,
constantly energetic,
and enter the absorptions,
unified, alert, and mindful.

> Pali: Pañca nīvaraṇe hitvā,
niccaṁ āraddhavīriyo;
Jhānāni upasampajja,
ekodi nipako sato.

[¶93] Truly knowing in this way
regards the ending of all fetters,
by not grasping in any way,
their mind is rightly freed.

> Pali: Evaṁ ñatvā yathābhūtaṁ,
sabbasaṁyojanakkhaye;
Sabbaso anupādāya,
sammā cittaṁ vimuccati.

[¶94] To that unaffected one, rightly freed
with the end of the fetters of continued existence,
the knowledge comes:
‘My freedom is unshakable.’

> Pali: Tassa sammā vimuttassa,
ñāṇañce hoti tādino;
‘Akuppā me vimuttī’ti,
bhavasaṁyojanakkhaye.

[¶95] This is the ultimate knowledge.
This is the supreme happiness.
Sorrowless, stainless, secure:
this is the highest freedom from debt.”

> Pali: Etaṁ kho paramaṁ ñāṇaṁ,
etaṁ sukhamanuttaraṁ;
Asokaṁ virajaṁ khemaṁ,
etaṁ ānaṇyamuttaman”ti.

[¶96] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

[¶97] AN 6.46 · By Mahācunda

> Pali: AN 6.46 · Mahācundasutta

[¶98] So I have heard. At one time Venerable Mahācunda was staying in the land of the Cetis at Sahajāti. There he addressed the mendicants: “Reverends, mendicants!”

> Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahācundo cetīsu viharati sayaṁjātiyaṁ. Tatra kho āyasmā mahācundo bhikkhū āmantesi: “āvuso bhikkhave”ti.

[¶99] “Reverend,” they replied. Venerable Mahācunda said this:

> Pali: “Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato mahācundassa paccassosuṁ. Āyasmā mahācundo etadavoca:

[¶100] “Take a case where mendicants who practice discernment of principles rebuke mendicants who practice absorption: ‘They say, “We practice absorption meditation! We practice absorption meditation!” And they meditate and concentrate and contemplate and ruminate. Why do they practice absorption meditation? In what way do they practice absorption meditation? How do they practice absorption meditation?’ In this case the mendicants who practice discernment of principles are not inspired, and the mendicants who practice absorption are not inspired. And they’re not acting for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.

> Pali: “Idhāvuso, dhammayogā bhikkhū jhāyī bhikkhū apasādenti: ‘ime pana jhāyinomhā, jhāyinomhāti jhāyanti pajjhāyanti nijjhāyanti avajjhāyanti. Kimime jhāyanti, kintime jhāyanti, kathaṁ ime jhāyantī’ti? Tattha dhammayogā ca bhikkhū nappasīdanti, jhāyī ca bhikkhū nappasīdanti, na ca bahujanahitāya paṭipannā honti bahujanasukhāya bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ.

[¶101] Now, take a case where mendicants who practice absorption meditation rebuke mendicants who practice discernment of principles: ‘They say, “We practice discernment of principles! We practice discernment of principles!” But they’re haughty, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, loose-tongued, unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with straying minds and undisciplined faculties. Why do they practice discernment of principles? In what way do they practice discernment of principles? How do they practice discernment of principles?’ In this case the mendicants who practice absorption are not inspired, and the mendicants who practice discernment of principles are not inspired. And they’re not acting for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.

> Pali: Idha panāvuso, jhāyī bhikkhū dhammayoge bhikkhū apasādenti: ‘ime pana dhammayogamhā, dhammayogamhāti uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā muṭṭhassatī asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhantacittā pākatindriyā. Kimime dhammayogā, kintime dhammayogā, kathaṁ ime dhammayogā’ti? Tattha jhāyī ca bhikkhū nappasīdanti, dhammayogā ca bhikkhū nappasīdanti, na ca bahujanahitāya paṭipannā honti bahujanasukhāya bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ.

[¶102] Now, take a case where mendicants who practice discernment of principles praise only others like them, not mendicants who practice absorption. In this case the mendicants who practice discernment of principles are not inspired, and the mendicants who practice absorption are not inspired. And they’re not acting for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.

> Pali: Idha panāvuso, dhammayogā bhikkhū dhammayogānaññeva bhikkhūnaṁ vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti, no jhāyīnaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti. Tattha dhammayogā ca bhikkhū nappasīdanti, jhāyī ca bhikkhū nappasīdanti, na ca bahujanahitāya paṭipannā honti bahujanasukhāya bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ.

[¶103] And take a case where mendicants who practice absorption praise only others like them, not mendicants who practice discernment of principles. In this case the mendicants who practice absorption are not inspired, and the mendicants who practice discernment of principles are not inspired. And they’re not acting for the welfare and happiness of the people, for the people, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.

> Pali: Idha panāvuso, jhāyī bhikkhū jhāyīnaññeva bhikkhūnaṁ vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti, no dhammayogānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti. Tattha jhāyī ca bhikkhū nappasīdanti, dhammayogā ca bhikkhū nappasīdanti, na ca bahujanahitāya paṭipannā honti bahujanasukhāya bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ.

[¶104] So you should train like this: ‘As mendicants who practice discernment of principles, we will praise mendicants who practice absorption.’ That’s how you should train. Why is that? Because it’s rare to find such incredible individuals in the world who have direct meditative experience of the element free of death.

> Pali: Tasmātihāvuso, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: ‘dhammayogā samānā jhāyīnaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ vaṇṇaṁ bhāsissāmā’ti. Evañhi vo, āvuso, sikkhitabbaṁ. Taṁ kissa hetu? Acchariyā hete, āvuso, puggalā dullabhā lokasmiṁ, ye amataṁ dhātuṁ kāyena phusitvā viharanti.

[¶105] So you should train like this: ‘As mendicants who practice absorption, we will praise mendicants who practice discernment of principles.’ That’s how you should train. Why is that? Because it’s incredibly rare to find individuals in the world who see the meaning of a deep saying with penetrating wisdom.”

> Pali: Tasmātihāvuso, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: ‘jhāyī samānā dhammayogānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ vaṇṇaṁ bhāsissāmā’ti. Evañhi vo, āvuso, sikkhitabbaṁ. Taṁ kissa hetu? Acchariyā hete, āvuso, puggalā dullabhā lokasmiṁ ye gambhīraṁ atthapadaṁ paññāya ativijjha passantī”ti.

[¶106] > Pali: Catutthaṁ.

[¶107] AN 6.47 · Apparent in the Present Life (1st)

> Pali: AN 6.47 · Paṭhamasandiṭṭhikasutta

[¶108] And then the wanderer Moḷiyasīvaka went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

> Pali: Atha kho moḷiyasīvako paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho moḷiyasīvako paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶109] “Sir, they speak of ‘a teaching apparent in the present life’. In what way is the teaching apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves?”

> Pali: “‘sandiṭṭhiko dhammo, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo’ti, bhante, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī”ti?

[¶110] “Well then, Sīvaka, I’ll ask you about this in return, and you can answer as you like. What do you think, Sīvaka? When there’s greed in you, do you understand ‘I have greed in me’? And when there’s no greed in you, do you understand ‘I have no greed in me’?”

> Pali: “Tena hi, sīvaka, taññevettha paṭipucchāmi. Yathā te khameyya tathā naṁ byākareyyāsi. Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, sīvaka, santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ lobhaṁ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṁ lobho’ti pajānāsi, asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ lobhaṁ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṁ lobho’ti pajānāsī”ti?

[¶111] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶112] “Since you know this, this is how the teaching is apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.

> Pali: “Yaṁ kho tvaṁ, sīvaka, santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ lobhaṁ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṁ lobho’ti pajānāsi, asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ lobhaṁ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṁ lobho’ti pajānāsi— evampi kho, sīvaka, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti …pe….

[¶113] What do you think, Sīvaka? When there’s hate … delusion … greedy ideas … hateful ideas … When there are delusional ideas in you, do you understand ‘I have delusional ideas in me’? And when there are no delusional ideas in you, do you understand ‘I have no delusional ideas in me’?”

> Pali: Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, sīvaka, santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ dosaṁ …pe… santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ mohaṁ …pe… santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ lobhadhammaṁ …pe… santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ dosadhammaṁ …pe… santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ mohadhammaṁ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṁ mohadhammo’ti pajānāsi, asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ mohadhammaṁ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṁ mohadhammo’ti pajānāsī”ti?

[¶114] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶115] “Since you know this, this is how the teaching is apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.”

> Pali: “Yaṁ kho tvaṁ, sīvaka, santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ mohadhammaṁ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṁ mohadhammo’ti pajānāsi, asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ mohadhammaṁ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṁ mohadhammo’ti pajānāsi— evaṁ kho, sīvaka, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī”ti.

[¶116] “Excellent, sir! Excellent! From this day forth, may the Buddha remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”

> Pali: “Abhikkantaṁ, bhante, abhikkantaṁ, bhante …pe… upāsakaṁ maṁ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gatan”ti.

[¶117] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ.

[¶118] AN 6.48 · Apparent in the Present Life (2nd)

> Pali: AN 6.48 · Dutiyasandiṭṭhikasutta

[¶119] Then a certain brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

> Pali: Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶120] “Worthy Gotama, they speak of ‘a teaching apparent in the present life’. In what way is the teaching apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves?”

> Pali: “‘sandiṭṭhiko dhammo, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo’ti, bho gotama, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, bho gotama, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī”ti?

[¶121] “Well then, brahmin, I’ll ask you about this in return, and you can answer as you like. What do you think, brahmin? When there’s greed in you, do you understand ‘I have greed in me’? And when there’s no greed in you, do you understand ‘I have no greed in me’?”

> Pali: “Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi. Yathā te khameyya tathā naṁ byākareyyāsi. Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, brāhmaṇa, santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ rāgaṁ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṁ rāgo’ti pajānāsi, asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ rāgaṁ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṁ rāgo’ti pajānāsī”ti?

[¶122] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bho”.

[¶123] “Since you know this, this is how the teaching is apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.

> Pali: “Yaṁ kho tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ rāgaṁ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṁ rāgo’ti pajānāsi, asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ rāgaṁ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṁ rāgo’ti pajānāsi— evampi kho, brāhmaṇa, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti …pe….

[¶124] What do you think, brahmin? When there’s hate … delusion … corruption that leads to physical deeds … corruption that leads to speech … When there’s corruption that leads to mental deeds in you, do you understand ‘I have corruption that leads to mental deeds in me’? And when there’s no corruption that leads to mental deeds in you, do you understand ‘I have no corruption that leads to mental deeds in me’?”

> Pali: Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, brāhmaṇa, santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ dosaṁ …pe… santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ mohaṁ …pe… santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ kāyasandosaṁ …pe… santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ vacīsandosaṁ …pe… santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ manosandosaṁ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṁ manosandoso’ti pajānāsi, asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ manosandosaṁ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṁ manosandoso’ti pajānāsī”ti?

[¶125] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bho”.

[¶126] “Since you know this, this is how the teaching is apparent in the present life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.”

> Pali: “Yaṁ kho tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ manosandosaṁ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṁ manosandoso’ti pajānāsi, asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ manosandosaṁ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṁ manosandoso’ti pajānāsi— evaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī”ti.

[¶127] “Excellent, worthy Gotama! Excellent! … From this day forth, may the worthy Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”

> Pali: “Abhikkantaṁ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṁ, bho gotama …pe… upāsakaṁ maṁ bhavaṁ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gatan”ti.

[¶128] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ.

[¶129] AN 6.49 · With Khema

> Pali: AN 6.49 · Khemasutta

[¶130] At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.

[¶131] Now at that time Venerable Khema and Venerable Sumana were staying near Sāvatthī in the Dark Forest. Then they went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Venerable Khema said to the Buddha:

> Pali: Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca khemo āyasmā ca sumano sāvatthiyaṁ viharanti andhavanasmiṁ. Atha kho āyasmā ca khemo āyasmā ca sumano yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā khemo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶132] “Sir, a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their heart’s goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—does not think: ‘There is someone better than me, or equal to me, or worse than me.’”

> Pali: “Yo so, bhante, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto tassa na evaṁ hoti: ‘atthi me seyyoti vā atthi me sadisoti vā atthi me hīnoti vā’”ti.

[¶133] That is what Khema said, and the Teacher concurred. Then Khema, knowing that the Teacher concurred, got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.

> Pali: Idamavocāyasmā khemo. Samanuñño satthā ahosi. Atha kho āyasmā khemo “samanuñño me satthā”ti uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.

[¶134] And then, not long after Khema had left, Sumana said to the Buddha:

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā sumano acirapakkante āyasmante kheme bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶135] “Sir, a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their heart’s goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—does not think: ‘There is no one better than me, or equal to me, or worse than me.’”

> Pali: “yo so, bhante, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto tassa na evaṁ hoti: ‘natthi me seyyoti vā natthi me sadisoti vā natthi me hīnoti vā’”ti.

[¶136] That is what Sumana said, and the Teacher concurred. Then Sumana, knowing that the Teacher concurred, got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.

> Pali: Idamavocāyasmā sumano. Samanuñño satthā ahosi. Atha kho āyasmā sumano “samanuñño me satthā”ti uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.

[¶137] Then, not long after Khema and Sumana had left, the Buddha addressed the mendicants: “Mendicants, this is how gentlemen declare enlightenment. The goal is spoken of, but the self is not involved. But it seems that there are some futile men here who declare enlightenment as a joke. Later they will fall into distress.

> Pali: Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu āyasmante ca kheme āyasmante ca sumane bhikkhū āmantesi: “evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, kulaputtā aññaṁ byākaronti. Attho ca vutto attā ca anupanīto. Atha ca pana idhekacce moghapurisā hasamānakā maññe aññaṁ byākaronti. Te pacchā vighātaṁ āpajjantīti.

[¶138] They don’t represent themselves
as being among superiors, inferiors, or equals.
Rebirth is ended, <j>the spiritual journey has been completed.
They live freed from fetters.”

> Pali: Na ussesu na omesu,
Samatte nopanīyare;
Khīṇā jāti vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ,
Caranti saṁyojanavippamuttā”ti.

[¶139] > Pali: Sattamaṁ.

[¶140] AN 6.50 · Sense Restraint

> Pali: AN 6.50 · Indriyasaṁvarasutta

[¶141] “Mendicants, when there is no sense restraint, one who lacks sense restraint has destroyed a vital condition for ethical conduct. When there is no ethical conduct, one who lacks ethics has destroyed a vital condition for right immersion. When there is no right immersion, one who lacks right immersion has destroyed a vital condition for true knowledge and vision. When there is no true knowledge and vision, one who lacks true knowledge and vision has destroyed a vital condition for disillusionment and dispassion. When there is no disillusionment and dispassion, one who lacks disillusionment and dispassion has destroyed a vital condition for knowledge and vision of freedom.

> Pali: “Indriyasaṁvare, bhikkhave, asati indriyasaṁvaravipannassa hatūpanisaṁ hoti sīlaṁ; sīle asati sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi asati sammāsamādhivipannassa hatūpanisaṁ hoti yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṁ; yathābhūtañāṇadassane asati yathābhūtañāṇadassanavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti nibbidāvirāgo; nibbidāvirāge asati nibbidāvirāgavipannassa hatūpanisaṁ hoti vimuttiñāṇadassanaṁ.

[¶142] Suppose there was a tree that lacked branches and foliage. Its shoots, bark, softwood, and heartwood would not grow to fullness.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rukkho sākhāpalāsavipanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi na pāripūriṁ gacchati, tacopi na pāripūriṁ gacchati, pheggupi na pāripūriṁ gacchati, sāropi na pāripūriṁ gacchati.

[¶143] In the same way, when there is no sense restraint, one who lacks sense restraint has destroyed a vital condition for ethical conduct. … One who lacks disillusionment and dispassion has destroyed a vital condition for knowledge and vision of freedom.

> Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, indriyasaṁvare asati indriyasaṁvaravipannassa hatūpanisaṁ hoti sīlaṁ …pe… vimuttiñāṇadassanaṁ.

[¶144] When there is sense restraint, one who has fulfilled sense restraint has fulfilled a vital condition for ethical conduct. When there is ethical conduct, one who has fulfilled ethical conduct has fulfilled a vital condition for right immersion. When there is right immersion, one who has fulfilled right immersion has fulfilled a vital condition for true knowledge and vision. When there is true knowledge and vision, one who has fulfilled true knowledge and vision has fulfilled a vital condition for disillusionment and dispassion. When there is disillusionment and dispassion, one who has fulfilled disillusionment and dispassion has fulfilled a vital condition for knowledge and vision of freedom.

> Pali: Indriyasaṁvare, bhikkhave, sati indriyasaṁvarasampannassa upanisasampannaṁ hoti sīlaṁ; sīle sati sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi sati sammāsamādhisampannassa upanisasampannaṁ hoti yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṁ; yathābhūtañāṇadassane sati yathābhūtañāṇadassanasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti nibbidāvirāgo; nibbidāvirāge sati nibbidāvirāgasampannassa upanisasampannaṁ hoti vimuttiñāṇadassanaṁ.

[¶145] Suppose there was a tree that was complete with branches and foliage. Its shoots, bark, softwood, and heartwood would all grow to fullness.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rukkho sākhāpalāsasampanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi pāripūriṁ gacchati, tacopi pāripūriṁ gacchati, pheggupi pāripūriṁ gacchati, sāropi pāripūriṁ gacchati.

[¶146] In the same way, when there is sense restraint, one who has fulfilled sense restraint has fulfilled a vital condition for ethical conduct. … One who has fulfilled disillusionment and dispassion has fulfilled a vital condition for knowledge and vision of freedom.”

> Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, indriyasaṁvare sati indriyasaṁvarasampannassa upanisasampannaṁ hoti sīlaṁ …pe… vimuttiñāṇadassanan”ti.

[¶147] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ.

## 8. About Dhammika · AN 6.51–6.54

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/8/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/8/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.51 · With Ānanda

> Pali: AN 6.51 · Ānandasutta

[¶1] Then Venerable Ānanda went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, Ānanda sat down to one side, and said to Sāriputta:

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā ānando yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca:

[¶2] “Reverend Sāriputta, how does a mendicant get to hear a teaching they haven’t heard before? How do they remember those teachings they have heard? How do they keep exercising the teachings with which they are already familiar? And how do they come to understand what they haven’t understood before?”

> Pali: “Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu assutañceva dhammaṁ suṇāti, sutā cassa dhammā na sammosaṁ gacchanti, ye cassa dhammā pubbe cetasā samphuṭṭhapubbā te ca samudācaranti, aviññātañca vijānātī”ti?

[¶3] “Well, Venerable Ānanda, you’re very learned. Why don’t you clarify this yourself?”

> Pali: “Āyasmā kho ānando bahussuto. Paṭibhātu āyasmantaṁyeva ānandan”ti.

[¶4] “Well then, Reverend Sāriputta, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”

> Pali: “Tenahāvuso sāriputta, suṇāhi, sādhukaṁ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī”ti.

[¶5] “Yes, reverend,” Sāriputta replied. Ānanda said this:

> Pali: “Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmato ānandassa paccassosi. Āyasmā ānando etadavoca:

[¶6] “Reverend Sāriputta, take a mendicant who memorizes the teaching— statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations.

> Pali: “Idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu dhammaṁ pariyāpuṇāti— suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthaṁ udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ.

[¶7] Then, just as they learned and memorized it, they teach others in detail, make them recite in detail, they rehearse it themselves in detail, and they think about and consider the teaching in their heart, examining it with the mind.

> Pali: So yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena paresaṁ deseti, yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena paresaṁ vāceti, yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena sajjhāyaṁ karoti, yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati.

[¶8] They enter the rains retreat in a monastery with senior mendicants who are very learned, inheritors of the heritage, who have memorized the teachings, the monastic law, and the outlines. From time to time they go up to those mendicants and ask them questions: ‘Why, sir, does it say this? What does that mean?’ Those venerables reveal what is hidden, clarify what is unclear, and dispel doubt regarding the many doubtful matters.

> Pali: Yasmiṁ āvāse therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā tasmiṁ āvāse vassaṁ upeti. Te kālena kālaṁ upasaṅkamitvā paripucchati paripañhati: ‘idaṁ, bhante, kathaṁ; imassa kvattho’ti? Te tassa āyasmato avivaṭañceva vivaranti, anuttānīkatañca uttānīkaronti, anekavihitesu ca kaṅkhāṭhāniyesu dhammesu kaṅkhaṁ paṭivinodenti.

[¶9] This is how a mendicant gets to hear a teaching they haven’t heard before. It’s how they remember those teachings they have heard. It’s how they keep exercising the teachings with which they are already familiar. And it’s how they come to understand what they haven’t understood before.”

> Pali: Ettāvatā kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu assutañceva dhammaṁ suṇāti, sutā cassa dhammā na sammosaṁ gacchanti, ye cassa dhammā pubbe cetasā samphuṭṭhapubbā te ca samudācaranti, aviññātañca vijānātī”ti.

[¶10] “It’s incredible, reverend, it’s amazing! How well said this was by Venerable Ānanda! And we will remember Venerable Ānanda as someone who possesses these six qualities.

> Pali: “Acchariyaṁ, āvuso, abbhutaṁ, āvuso, yāva subhāsitañcidaṁ āyasmatā ānandena. Imehi ca mayaṁ chahi dhammehi samannāgataṁ āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ dhārema.

[¶11] For Ānanda memorizes the teaching … statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. Those venerables reveal to Ānanda what is hidden, clarify what is unclear, and dispel doubt regarding the many doubtful matters.”

> Pali: Āyasmā hi ānando dhammaṁ pariyāpuṇāti— suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthaṁ udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. Āyasmā ānando yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena paresaṁ deseti, āyasmā ānando yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena paresaṁ vāceti, āyasmā ānando yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena sajjhāyaṁ karoti, āyasmā ānando yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati. Āyasmā ānando yasmiṁ āvāse therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā tasmiṁ āvāse vassaṁ upeti. Te āyasmā ānando kālena kālaṁ upasaṅkamitvā paripucchati paripañhati: ‘idaṁ, bhante, kathaṁ; imassa kvattho’ti? Te āyasmato ānandassa avivaṭañceva vivaranti, anuttānīkatañca uttānīkaronti, anekavihitesu ca kaṅkhāṭhāniyesu dhammesu kaṅkhaṁ paṭivinodentī”ti.

[¶12] > Pali: Navamaṁ.

[¶13] AN 6.52 · Aristocrats

> Pali: AN 6.52 · Khattiyasutta

[¶14] And then the brahmin Jānussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

> Pali: Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶15] “Aristocrats, worthy Gotama, have what as their ambition? What is their preoccupation? What are they fixated on? What do they insist on? What is their ultimate goal?”

> Pali: “Khattiyā, bho gotama, kiṁadhippāyā, kiṁupavicārā, kiṁadhiṭṭhānā, kiṁabhinivesā, kiṁpariyosānā”ti?

[¶16] “Aristocrats, brahmin, have wealth as their ambition. They’re preoccupied with wisdom. They’re fixated on power. They insist on territory. Their ultimate goal is authority.”

> Pali: “Khattiyā kho, brāhmaṇa, bhogādhippāyā paññūpavicārā balādhiṭṭhānā pathavībhinivesā issariyapariyosānā”ti.

[¶17] “Brahmins, worthy Gotama, have what as their ambition? What is their preoccupation? What are they fixated on? What do they insist on? What is their ultimate goal?”

> Pali: “Brāhmaṇā pana, bho gotama, kiṁadhippāyā, kiṁupavicārā, kiṁadhiṭṭhānā, kiṁabhinivesā, kiṁpariyosānā”ti?

[¶18] “Brahmins have wealth as their ambition. They’re preoccupied with wisdom. They’re fixated on the hymns. They insist on sacrifice. Their ultimate goal is the realm of divinity.”

> Pali: “Brāhmaṇā kho, brāhmaṇa, bhogādhippāyā paññūpavicārā mantādhiṭṭhānā yaññābhinivesā brahmalokapariyosānā”ti.

[¶19] “Householders, worthy Gotama, have what as their ambition? What is their preoccupation? What are they fixated on? What do they insist on? What is their ultimate goal?”

> Pali: “Gahapatikā pana, bho gotama, kiṁadhippāyā, kiṁupavicārā, kiṁadhiṭṭhānā, kiṁabhinivesā, kiṁpariyosānā”ti?

[¶20] “Householders have wealth as their ambition. They’re preoccupied with wisdom. They’re fixated on their profession. They insist on work. Their ultimate goal is to complete their work.”

> Pali: “Gahapatikā kho, brāhmaṇa, bhogādhippāyā paññūpavicārā sippādhiṭṭhānā kammantābhinivesā niṭṭhitakammantapariyosānā”ti.

[¶21] “Women, worthy Gotama, have what as their ambition? What is their preoccupation? What are they fixated on? What do they insist on? What is their ultimate goal?”

> Pali: “Itthī pana, bho gotama, kiṁadhippāyā, kiṁupavicārā, kiṁadhiṭṭhānā, kiṁabhinivesā, kiṁpariyosānā”ti?

[¶22] “Women have a man as their ambition. They’re preoccupied with adornments. They’re fixated on their children. They insist on being without a co-wife. Their ultimate goal is authority.”

> Pali: “Itthī kho, brāhmaṇa, purisādhippāyā alaṅkārūpavicārā puttādhiṭṭhānā asapattībhinivesā issariyapariyosānā”ti.

[¶23] “Bandits, worthy Gotama, have what as their ambition? What is their preoccupation? What are they fixated on? What do they insist on? What is their ultimate goal?”

> Pali: “Corā pana, bho gotama, kiṁadhippāyā, kiṁupavicārā, kiṁadhiṭṭhānā, kiṁabhinivesā, kiṁpariyosānā”ti?

[¶24] “Bandits have theft as their ambition. They’re preoccupied with a hiding place. They’re fixated on their sword. They insist on darkness. Their ultimate goal is invisibility.”

> Pali: “Corā kho, brāhmaṇa, ādānādhippāyā gahanūpavicārā satthādhiṭṭhānā andhakārābhinivesā adassanapariyosānā”ti.

[¶25] “Ascetics, worthy Gotama, have what as their ambition? What is their preoccupation? What are they fixated on? What do they insist on? What is their ultimate goal?”

> Pali: “Samaṇā pana, bho gotama, kiṁadhippāyā, kiṁupavicārā, kiṁadhiṭṭhānā, kiṁabhinivesā, kiṁpariyosānā”ti?

[¶26] “Ascetics have patience and gentleness as their ambition. They’re preoccupied with wisdom. They’re fixated on ethical conduct. They insist on owning nothing. Their culmination is extinguishment.”

> Pali: “Samaṇā kho, brāhmaṇa, khantisoraccādhippāyā paññūpavicārā sīlādhiṭṭhānā ākiñcaññābhinivesā nibbānapariyosānā”ti.

[¶27] “It’s incredible, worthy Gotama, it’s amazing! The worthy Gotama knows the ambition, preoccupation, fixation, insistence, and ultimate goal of aristocrats, brahmins, householders, women, bandits, and ascetics. Excellent, worthy Gotama! Excellent! … From this day forth, may the worthy Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”

> Pali: “Acchariyaṁ, bho gotama, abbhutaṁ, bho gotama. Khattiyānampi bhavaṁ gotamo jānāti adhippāyañca upavicārañca adhiṭṭhānañca abhinivesañca pariyosānañca. Brāhmaṇānampi bhavaṁ gotamo jānāti …pe… gahapatīnampi bhavaṁ gotamo jānāti … itthīnampi bhavaṁ gotamo jānāti … corānampi bhavaṁ gotamo jānāti … samaṇānampi bhavaṁ gotamo jānāti adhippāyañca upavicārañca adhiṭṭhānañca abhinivesañca pariyosānañca. Abhikkantaṁ, bho gotama …pe… upāsakaṁ maṁ bhavaṁ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gatan”ti.

[¶28] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶29] AN 6.53 · Diligence

> Pali: AN 6.53 · Appamādasutta

[¶30] Then a certain brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:

> Pali: Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶31] “Worthy Gotama, is there one thing that, when developed and cultivated, secures benefits for both this life and lives to come?”

> Pali: “Atthi nu kho, bho gotama, eko dhammo bhāvito bahulīkato yo ubho atthe samadhiggayha tiṭṭhati—diṭṭhadhammikañceva atthaṁ, yo ca attho samparāyiko”ti?

[¶32] “There is, brahmin.”

> Pali: “Atthi kho, brāhmaṇa, eko dhammo bhāvito bahulīkato yo ubho atthe samadhiggayha tiṭṭhati—diṭṭhadhammikañceva atthaṁ, yo ca attho samparāyiko”ti.

[¶33] “So what is it?”

> Pali: “Katamo pana, bho gotama, eko dhammo bhāvito bahulīkato yo ubho atthe samadhiggayha tiṭṭhati—diṭṭhadhammikañceva atthaṁ, yo ca attho samparāyiko”ti?

[¶34] “Diligence, brahmin, is one thing that, when developed and cultivated, secures benefits for both this life and lives to come.

> Pali: “Appamādo kho, brāhmaṇa, eko dhammo bhāvito bahulīkato ubho atthe samadhiggayha tiṭṭhati—diṭṭhadhammikañceva atthaṁ, yo ca attho samparāyiko.

[¶35] The footprints of all creatures that walk can fit inside an elephant’s footprint. So an elephant’s footprint is said to be the biggest of them all. In the same way, diligence is one thing that, when developed and cultivated, secures benefits for both this life and lives to come.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, yāni kānici jaṅgalānaṁ pāṇānaṁ padajātāni, sabbāni tāni hatthipade samodhānaṁ gacchanti; hatthipadaṁ tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṁ mahantattena. Evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, appamādo eko dhammo bhāvito bahulīkato ubho atthe samadhiggayha tiṭṭhati—diṭṭhadhammikañceva atthaṁ, yo ca attho samparāyiko.

[¶36] The rafters of a bungalow all lean to the peak, slope to the peak, and meet at the peak, so the peak is said to be the topmost of them all. In the same way, diligence is one thing …

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, kūṭāgārassa yā kāci gopānasiyo sabbā tā kūṭaṅgamā kūṭaninnā kūṭasamosaraṇā, kūṭaṁ tāsaṁ aggamakkhāyati; evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa …pe….

[¶37] A reed-cutter, having cut the reeds, grabs them at the top and shakes them down, shakes them about, and shakes them off. In the same way, diligence is one thing …

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, pabbajalāyako pabbajaṁ lāyitvā agge gahetvā odhunāti nidhunāti nicchādeti; evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa …pe….

[¶38] When the stalk of a bunch of mangoes is cut, all the mangoes attached to the stalk will follow along. In the same way, diligence is one thing …

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, ambapiṇḍiyā vaṇṭacchinnāya yāni kānici ambāni vaṇṭūpanibandhanāni sabbāni tāni tadanvayāni bhavanti; evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa …pe….

[¶39] All lesser rulers are vassals of a wheel-turning monarch, so the wheel-turning monarch is said to be the foremost of them all. In the same way, diligence is one thing …

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, ye keci khuddarājāno sabbete rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā bhavanti, rājā tesaṁ cakkavattī aggamakkhāyati; evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa …pe….

[¶40] The radiance of all the stars is not worth a sixteenth part of the moon’s radiance, so the moon’s radiance is said to be the best of them all. In the same way, diligence is one thing that, when developed and cultivated, secures benefits for both this life and lives to come.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, yā kāci tārakarūpānaṁ pabhā sabbā tā candassa pabhāya kalaṁ nāgghanti soḷasiṁ, candappabhā tāsaṁ aggamakkhāyati; evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, appamādo eko dhammo bhāvito bahulīkato ubho atthe samadhiggayha tiṭṭhati—diṭṭhadhammikañceva atthaṁ yo ca attho samparāyiko.

[¶41] This is the one thing that, when developed and cultivated, secures benefits for both this life and lives to come.”

> Pali: Ayaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, eko dhammo bhāvito bahulīkato ubho atthe samadhiggayha tiṭṭhati—diṭṭhadhammikañceva atthaṁ, yo ca attho samparāyiko”ti.

[¶42] “Excellent, worthy Gotama! Excellent! … From this day forth, may the worthy Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.”

> Pali: “Abhikkantaṁ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṁ, bho gotama …pe… upāsakaṁ maṁ bhavaṁ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gatan”ti.

[¶43] > Pali: Ekādasamaṁ.

[¶44] AN 6.54 · About Dhammika

> Pali: AN 6.54 · Dhammikasutta

[¶45] At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain.

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.

[¶46] Now at that time Venerable Dhammika was a resident in all seven monasteries of his native land. There he abused visiting mendicants; he insulted, harmed, attacked, and harassed them. The visiting mendicants who were treated in this way did not stay. They left, abandoning the monastery.

> Pali: Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā dhammiko jātibhūmiyaṁ āvāsiko hoti sabbaso jātibhūmiyaṁ sattasu āvāsesu. Tatra sudaṁ āyasmā dhammiko āgantuke bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati vihiṁsati vitudati roseti vācāya. Te ca āgantukā bhikkhū āyasmatā dhammikena akkosiyamānā paribhāsiyamānā vihesiyamānā vitudiyamānā rosiyamānā vācāya pakkamanti, na saṇṭhanti, riñcanti āvāsaṁ.

[¶47] Then the local lay followers thought to themselves, “We have supplied the mendicant Saṅgha with robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. But the visiting mendicants don’t stay. They leave, abandoning the monastery. What is the cause, what is the reason for this?”

> Pali: Atha kho jātibhūmakānaṁ upāsakānaṁ etadahosi: “mayaṁ kho bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paccupaṭṭhitā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena. Atha ca pana āgantukā bhikkhū pakkamanti, na saṇṭhanti, riñcanti āvāsaṁ. Ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo yena āgantukā bhikkhū pakkamanti, na saṇṭhanti, riñcanti āvāsan”ti?

[¶48] Then the local lay followers thought to themselves, “This Venerable Dhammika abuses visiting mendicants; he insults, harms, attacks, and harasses them. The visiting mendicants who were treated in this way do not stay. They leave, abandoning the monastery. Why don’t we banish Venerable Dhammika?”

> Pali: Atha kho jātibhūmakānaṁ upāsakānaṁ etadahosi: “ayaṁ kho āyasmā dhammiko āgantuke bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati vihiṁsati vitudati roseti vācāya. Te ca āgantukā bhikkhū āyasmatā dhammikena akkosiyamānā paribhāsiyamānā vihesiyamānā vitudiyamānā rosiyamānā vācāya pakkamanti, na saṇṭhanti, riñcanti āvāsaṁ. Yannūna mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ pabbājeyyāmā”ti.

[¶49] Then the local lay followers went up to Venerable Dhammika and said to him, “Sir, please leave this monastery. You’ve stayed here long enough.”

> Pali: Atha kho jātibhūmakā upāsakā yena āyasmā dhammiko tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ etadavocuṁ: “pakkamatu, bhante, āyasmā dhammiko imamhā āvāsā; alaṁ te idha vāsenā”ti.

[¶50] Then Venerable Dhammika left and went to another monastery. There he abused visiting mendicants; he insulted, harmed, attacked, and harassed them. The visiting mendicants who were treated in this way did not stay. They left, abandoning the monastery.

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā dhammiko tamhā āvāsā aññaṁ āvāsaṁ agamāsi. Tatrapi sudaṁ āyasmā dhammiko āgantuke bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati vihiṁsati vitudati roseti vācāya. Te ca āgantukā bhikkhū āyasmatā dhammikena akkosiyamānā paribhāsiyamānā vihesiyamānā vitudiyamānā rosiyamānā vācāya pakkamanti, na saṇṭhanti, riñcanti āvāsaṁ.

[¶51] Then the local lay followers thought to themselves: …

> Pali: Atha kho jātibhūmakānaṁ upāsakānaṁ etadahosi: “mayaṁ kho bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paccupaṭṭhitā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena. Atha ca pana āgantukā bhikkhū pakkamanti, na saṇṭhanti, riñcanti āvāsaṁ. Ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo yena āgantukā bhikkhū pakkamanti, na saṇṭhanti, riñcanti āvāsan”ti? Atha kho jātibhūmakānaṁ upāsakānaṁ etadahosi: “ayaṁ kho āyasmā dhammiko āgantuke bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati vihiṁsati vitudati roseti vācāya. Te ca āgantukā bhikkhū āyasmatā dhammikena akkosiyamānā paribhāsiyamānā vihesiyamānā vitudiyamānā rosiyamānā vācāya pakkamanti, na saṇṭhanti, riñcanti āvāsaṁ. Yannūna mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ pabbājeyyāmā”ti.

[¶52] They said to Venerable Dhammika, “Sir, please leave this monastery. You’ve stayed here long enough.”

> Pali: Atha kho jātibhūmakā upāsakā yenāyasmā dhammiko tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ etadavocuṁ: “pakkamatu, bhante, āyasmā dhammiko imamhāpi āvāsā; alaṁ te idha vāsenā”ti.

[¶53] Then Venerable Dhammika left and went to another monastery. There he abused visiting mendicants; he insulted, harmed, attacked, and harassed them. The visiting mendicants who were treated in this way did not stay. They left, abandoning the monastery.

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā dhammiko tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṁ āvāsaṁ agamāsi. Tatrapi sudaṁ āyasmā dhammiko āgantuke bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati vihiṁsati vitudati roseti vācāya. Te ca āgantukā bhikkhū āyasmatā dhammikena akkosiyamānā paribhāsiyamānā vihesiyamānā vitudiyamānā rosiyamānā vācāya pakkamanti, na saṇṭhanti, riñcanti āvāsaṁ.

[¶54] Then the local lay followers thought to themselves, “Why don’t we banish Venerable Dhammika from all seven monasteries in our native land?”

> Pali: Atha kho jātibhūmakānaṁ upāsakānaṁ etadahosi: “mayaṁ kho bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paccupaṭṭhitā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena. Atha ca pana āgantukā bhikkhū pakkamanti, na saṇṭhanti, riñcanti āvāsaṁ. Ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo yena āgantukā bhikkhū pakkamanti, na saṇṭhanti, riñcanti āvāsan”ti? Atha kho jātibhūmakānaṁ upāsakānaṁ etadahosi: “ayaṁ kho āyasmā dhammiko āgantuke bhikkhū akkosati …pe…. Yannūna mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ pabbājeyyāma sabbaso jātibhūmiyaṁ sattahi āvāsehī”ti.

[¶55] Then the local lay followers went up to Venerable Dhammika and said to him, “Sir, please leave all seven monasteries in our native land.”

> Pali: Atha kho jātibhūmakā upāsakā yenāyasmā dhammiko tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ etadavocuṁ: “pakkamatu, bhante, āyasmā dhammiko sabbaso jātibhūmiyaṁ sattahi āvāsehī”ti.

[¶56] Then Venerable Dhammika thought, “I’ve been banished by the local lay followers from all seven monasteries in my native land. Where am I to go now?” He thought, “Why don’t I go to see the Buddha?”

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmato dhammikassa etadahosi: “pabbājito khomhi jātibhūmakehi upāsakehi sabbaso jātibhūmiyaṁ sattahi āvāsehi. Kahaṁ nu kho dāni gacchāmī”ti? Atha kho āyasmato dhammikassa etadahosi: “yannūnāhaṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyan”ti.

[¶57] Then Venerable Dhammika took his bowl and robe and set out for Rājagaha. Eventually he came to Rājagaha and the Vulture’s Peak. He went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him, “So, Brahmin Dhammika, where have you come from?”

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā dhammiko pattacīvaramādāya yena rājagahaṁ tena pakkāmi. Anupubbena yena rājagahaṁ gijjhakūṭo pabbato yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ bhagavā etadavoca: “handa kuto nu tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa dhammika, āgacchasī”ti?

[¶58] “Sir, I’ve been banished by the local lay followers from all seven monasteries in my native land.”

> Pali: “Pabbājito ahaṁ, bhante, jātibhūmakehi upāsakehi sabbaso jātibhūmiyaṁ sattahi āvāsehī”ti.

[¶59] “Enough, Brahmin Dhammika, what’s that to you? Now that you’ve been banished from all of those places, you have come to me.

> Pali: “Alaṁ, brāhmaṇa dhammika, kiṁ te iminā, yaṁ taṁ tato tato pabbājenti, so tvaṁ tato tato pabbājito mameva santike āgacchasi.

[¶60] Once upon a time, some sea-merchants set sail for the ocean deeps, taking with them a land-spotting bird. When their ship was out of sight of land, they released the bird. It flew right away to the east, the west, the north, the south, upwards, and in-between. If it saw land on any side, it went there and stayed. But if it saw no land on any side it returned to the ship. In the same way, now that you’ve been banished from all of those places, you have come to me.

> Pali: Bhūtapubbaṁ, brāhmaṇa dhammika, sāmuddikā vāṇijā tīradassiṁ sakuṇaṁ gahetvā nāvāya samuddaṁ ajjhogāhanti. Te atīradakkhiṇiyā nāvāya tīradassiṁ sakuṇaṁ muñcanti. So gacchateva puratthimaṁ disaṁ, gacchati pacchimaṁ disaṁ, gacchati uttaraṁ disaṁ, gacchati dakkhiṇaṁ disaṁ, gacchati uddhaṁ, gacchati anudisaṁ. Sace so samantā tīraṁ passati, tathāgatakova hoti. Sace pana so samantā tīraṁ na passati tameva nāvaṁ paccāgacchati. Evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, yaṁ taṁ tato tato pabbājenti so tvaṁ tato tato pabbājito mameva santike āgacchasi.

[¶61] Once upon a time, King Koravya had a royal banyan tree with five trunks called ‘Well Planted’. It was shady and lovely. Its canopy spread over twelve leagues, while the network of roots spread for five leagues. Its fruits were as large as a rice pot. And they were as sweet as pure wild honey. The king and harem made use of one trunk, the troops another, the people of town and country another, ascetics and brahmins another, and beasts and birds another. No one guarded the fruit, yet no one damaged another’s fruits.

> Pali: Bhūtapubbaṁ, brāhmaṇa dhammika, rañño korabyassa suppatiṭṭho nāma nigrodharājā ahosi pañcasākho sītacchāyo manoramo. Suppatiṭṭhassa kho pana, brāhmaṇa dhammika, nigrodharājassa dvādasayojanāni abhiniveso ahosi, pañca yojanāni mūlasantānakānaṁ. Suppatiṭṭhassa kho pana, brāhmaṇa dhammika, nigrodharājassa tāva mahantāni phalāni ahesuṁ; seyyathāpi nāma āḷhakathālikā. Evamassa sādūni phalāni ahesuṁ; seyyathāpi nāma khuddaṁ madhuṁ anelakaṁ. Suppatiṭṭhassa kho pana, brāhmaṇa dhammika, nigrodharājassa ekaṁ khandhaṁ rājā paribhuñjati saddhiṁ itthāgārena, ekaṁ khandhaṁ balakāyo paribhuñjati, ekaṁ khandhaṁ negamajānapadā paribhuñjanti, ekaṁ khandhaṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇā paribhuñjanti, ekaṁ khandhaṁ migā paribhuñjanti. Suppatiṭṭhassa kho pana, brāhmaṇa dhammika, nigrodharājassa na koci phalāni rakkhati, na ca sudaṁ aññamaññassa phalāni hiṁsanti.

[¶62] Then a certain person ate as much as he liked of the fruit, then broke off a branch and left. Then the deity haunting the royal banyan tree thought, ‘Oh lord, how incredible, how amazing! How wicked this person is, to eat as much as they like, then break off a branch and leave! Why don’t I make sure that the royal banyan tree gives no fruit in future?’ Then the royal banyan tree gave no more fruit.

> Pali: Atha kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, aññataro puriso suppatiṭṭhassa nigrodharājassa yāvadatthaṁ phalāni bhakkhitvā sākhaṁ bhañjitvā pakkāmi. Atha kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, suppatiṭṭhe nigrodharāje adhivatthāya devatāya etadahosi: ‘acchariyaṁ vata bho, abbhutaṁ vata bho. Yāva pāpo manusso, yatra hi nāma suppatiṭṭhassa nigrodharājassa yāvadatthaṁ phalāni bhakkhitvā sākhaṁ bhañjitvā pakkamissati, yannūna suppatiṭṭho nigrodharājā āyatiṁ phalaṁ na dadeyyā’ti. Atha kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, suppatiṭṭho nigrodharājā āyatiṁ phalaṁ na adāsi.

[¶63] Then King Koravya went up to Sakka, lord of gods, and said to him, ‘Please good fellow, you should know that the royal banyan tree called Well Planted gives no fruit.’ Then Sakka used his psychic powers to will that a violent storm come. And it felled and uprooted the royal banyan tree. Then the deity haunting the tree stood to one side, miserable and sad, weeping, with a tearful face.

> Pali: Atha kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, rājā korabyo yena sakko devānamindo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ etadavoca: ‘yagghe, mārisa, jāneyyāsi suppatiṭṭho nigrodharājā phalaṁ na detī’ti. Atha kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, sakko devānamindo tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi, yathā bhusā vātavuṭṭhi āgantvā suppatiṭṭhaṁ nigrodharājaṁ pavattesi ummūlamakāsi. Atha kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, suppatiṭṭhe nigrodharāje adhivatthā devatā dukkhī dummanā assumukhī rudamānā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.

[¶64] Then Sakka went up to that deity, and said, ‘Why, god, are you standing to one side, miserable and sad, weeping, with a tearful face?’

> Pali: Atha kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, sakko devānamindo yena suppatiṭṭhe nigrodharāje adhivatthā devatā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā suppatiṭṭhe nigrodharāje adhivatthaṁ devataṁ etadavoca: ‘kiṁ nu tvaṁ, devate, dukkhī dummanā assumukhī rudamānā ekamantaṁ ṭhitā’ti?

[¶65] ‘Because, my good fellow, a violent storm came and felled and uprooted my home.’

> Pali: ‘Tathā hi pana me, mārisa, bhusā vātavuṭṭhi āgantvā bhavanaṁ pavattesi ummūlamakāsī’ti.

[¶66] ‘Well, did you stand by your tree’s duty when the storm came?’

> Pali: ‘Api nu tvaṁ, devate, rukkhadhamme ṭhitāya bhusā vātavuṭṭhi āgantvā bhavanaṁ pavattesi ummūlamakāsī’ti?

[¶67] ‘But my good fellow, how does a tree stand by its duty?’

> Pali: ‘Kathaṁ pana, mārisa, rukkho rukkhadhamme ṭhito hotī’ti?

[¶68] ‘It’s when those who need the tree’s roots, bark, leaves, flowers, or fruit take what they need. Yet the deity is not displeased or upset because of this. This is how a tree stands by its duty.’

> Pali: ‘Idha, devate, rukkhassa mūlaṁ mūlatthikā haranti, tacaṁ tacatthikā haranti, pattaṁ pattatthikā haranti, pupphaṁ pupphatthikā haranti, phalaṁ phalatthikā haranti. Na ca tena devatāya anattamanatā vā anabhinandi vā karaṇīyā. Evaṁ kho, devate, rukkho rukkhadhamme ṭhito hotī’ti.

[¶69] ‘I was not standing by a tree’s duty when the storm came and felled and uprooted my home.’

> Pali: ‘Aṭṭhitāyeva kho me, mārisa, rukkhadhamme bhusā vātavuṭṭhi āgantvā bhavanaṁ pavattesi ummūlamakāsī’ti.

[¶70] ‘God, if you were to stand by a tree’s duty, your home may be as it was before.’

> Pali: ‘Sace kho tvaṁ, devate, rukkhadhamme tiṭṭheyyāsi, siyā te bhavanaṁ yathāpure’ti.

[¶71] ‘I will stand by a tree’s duty! May my home be as it was before!’

> Pali: ‘Ṭhassāmahaṁ, mārisa, rukkhadhamme, hotu me bhavanaṁ yathāpure’ti.

[¶72] Then Sakka used his psychic power to will that a violent storm come. And it raised up that mighty banyan tree and the bark of the roots was healed.

> Pali: Atha kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, sakko devānamindo tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhāsi, yathā bhusā vātavuṭṭhi āgantvā suppatiṭṭhaṁ nigrodharājaṁ ussāpesi, sacchavīni mūlāni ahesuṁ.

[¶73] In the same way, Brahmin Dhammika, were you standing by an ascetic’s duty when the local lay followers banished you from all seven of the monasteries in your native land?”

> Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, api nu taṁ samaṇadhamme ṭhitaṁ jātibhūmakā upāsakā pabbājesuṁ sabbaso jātibhūmiyaṁ sattahi āvāsehī”ti?

[¶74] “But sir, how do I stand by an ascetic’s duty?”

> Pali: “Kathaṁ pana, bhante, samaṇo samaṇadhamme ṭhito hotī”ti?

[¶75] “When someone abuses, annoys, or argues with an ascetic, the ascetic doesn’t abuse, annoy, or argue back at them. That’s how an ascetic stands by an ascetic’s duty.”

> Pali: “Idha, brāhmaṇa dhammika, samaṇo akkosantaṁ na paccakkosati, rosantaṁ na paṭirosati, bhaṇḍantaṁ na paṭibhaṇḍati. Evaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, samaṇo samaṇadhamme ṭhito hotī”ti.

[¶76] “I was not standing by an ascetic’s duty when the local lay followers banished me from all seven of the monasteries in my native land.”

> Pali: “Aṭṭhitaṁyeva maṁ, bhante, samaṇadhamme jātibhūmakā upāsakā pabbājesuṁ sabbaso jātibhūmiyaṁ sattahi āvāsehī”ti.

[¶77] “Once upon a time, there was a teacher named Sunetta. He was a religious founder and was free of desire for sensual pleasures. He had many hundreds of disciples. He taught them a Dhamma for rebirth in the company of Divinity. Those lacking confidence in Sunetta were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. Those full of confidence in Sunetta were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.

> Pali: “Bhūtapubbaṁ, brāhmaṇa dhammika, sunetto nāma satthā ahosi titthakaro kāmesu vītarāgo. Sunettassa kho pana, brāhmaṇa dhammika, satthuno anekāni sāvakasatāni ahesuṁ. Sunetto satthā sāvakānaṁ brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desesi. Ye kho pana, brāhmaṇa dhammika, sunettassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni na pasādesuṁ te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjiṁsu. Ye kho pana, brāhmaṇa dhammika, sunettassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni pasādesuṁ te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjiṁsu.

[¶78] Once upon a time, there was a teacher named Mūgapakkha … Aranemi … Kuddālaka … Hatthipāla … Jotipāla. He was a religious founder and was free of desire for sensual pleasures. He had many hundreds of disciples. He taught them a Dhamma for rebirth in the company of Divinity. Those lacking confidence in Jotipāla were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. Those full of confidence in Jotipāla were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.

> Pali: Bhūtapubbaṁ, brāhmaṇa dhammika, mūgapakkho nāma satthā ahosi …pe… Aranemi nāma satthā ahosi … … Kuddālako nāma satthā ahosi … … Hatthipālo nāma satthā ahosi … … Jotipālo nāma satthā ahosi titthakaro kāmesu vītarāgo. Jotipālassa kho pana, brāhmaṇa dhammika, satthuno anekāni sāvakasatāni ahesuṁ. Jotipālo satthā sāvakānaṁ brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desesi. Ye kho pana, brāhmaṇa dhammika, jotipālassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni na pasādesuṁ te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjiṁsu. Ye kho pana, brāhmaṇa dhammika, jotipālassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni pasādesuṁ te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjiṁsu.

[¶79] What do you think, Brahmin Dhammika? If someone with malicious intent were to abuse and insult these six teachers with their hundreds of followers, would they not brim with much wickedness?”

> Pali: Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, brāhmaṇa dhammika, yo ime cha satthāre titthakare kāmesu vītarāge, anekasataparivāre sasāvakasaṅghe paduṭṭhacitto akkoseyya paribhāseyya, bahuṁ so apuññaṁ pasaveyyā”ti?

[¶80] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶81] “They would indeed. But someone who abuses and insults a single individual accomplished in view with malicious intent brims even more with wickedness. Why is that? Brahmin Dhammika, I say that any injury done by those outside of the Buddhist community does not compare with what is done to one’s own spiritual companions. So you should train like this: ‘We will have no malicious intent for those who we want to have as our spiritual companions.’ That is how you should train.

> Pali: “Yo kho, brāhmaṇa dhammika, ime cha satthāre titthakare kāmesu vītarāge anekasataparivāre sasāvakasaṅghe paduṭṭhacitto akkoseyya paribhāseyya, bahuṁ so apuññaṁ pasaveyya. Yo ekaṁ diṭṭhisampannaṁ puggalaṁ paduṭṭhacitto akkosati paribhāsati, ayaṁ tato bahutaraṁ apuññaṁ pasavati. Taṁ kissa hetu? Nāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa dhammika, ito bahiddhā evarūpiṁ khantiṁ vadāmi, yathāmaṁ sabrahmacārīsu. Tasmātiha, brāhmaṇa dhammika, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: ‘na no samasabrahmacārīsu cittāni paduṭṭhāni bhavissantī’ti. Evañhi te, brāhmaṇa dhammika, sikkhitabbanti.

[¶82] Sunetta and Mūgapakkha,
and Aranemi the brahmin,
Hatthipāla the student,
and Kuddālaka were Teachers.

> Pali: Sunetto mūgapakkho ca,
aranemi ca brāhmaṇo;
Kuddālako ahu satthā,
hatthipālo ca māṇavo.

[¶83] And Jotipāla Govinda
was priest for seven kings.
These six famous teachers,
harmless ones of the past,

> Pali: Jotipālo ca govindo,
ahu sattapurohito;
Ahiṁsakā atītaṁse,
cha satthāro yasassino.

[¶84] were free of putrefaction, compassionate,
gone beyond the fetter of sensuality.
Detached from sensual desire,
they were reborn in the realm of divinity.

> Pali: Nirāmagandhā karuṇedhimuttā,
Kāmasaṁyojanātigā;
Kāmarāgaṁ virājetvā,
Brahmalokūpagā ahuṁ.

[¶85] Many hundreds of
their disciples were also
free of putrefaction-stench, compassionate,
gone beyond the fetter of sensuality.
Detached from sensual desire,
they were reborn in the realm of divinity.

> Pali: Ahesuṁ sāvakā tesaṁ,
Anekāni satānipi;
Nirāmagandhā karuṇedhimuttā,
Kāmasaṁyojanātigā;
Kāmarāgaṁ virājetvā,
Brahmalokūpagā ahuṁ.

[¶86] One who insults
with malicious intent
these non-Buddhist seers,
free of desire, immersed in samādhi;
such a man
brims with much wickedness.

> Pali: Yete isī bāhirake,
vītarāge samāhite;
Paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo,
yo naro paribhāsati;
Bahuñca so pasavati,
apuññaṁ tādiso naro.

[¶87] But one who insults
with malicious intent
a single individual accomplished in view,
a mendicant disciple of the Buddha;
that man
brims even more with wickedness.

> Pali: Yo cekaṁ diṭṭhisampannaṁ,
Bhikkhuṁ buddhassa sāvakaṁ;
Paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo,
Yo naro paribhāsati;
Ayaṁ tato bahutaraṁ,
Apuññaṁ pasave naro.

[¶88] You shouldn’t attack a holy person,
who has given up the grounds for views.
This individual is called
the seventh of the noble Saṅgha.

> Pali: Na sādhurūpaṁ āsīde,
diṭṭhiṭṭhānappahāyinaṁ;
Sattamo puggalo eso,
ariyasaṅghassa vuccati.

[¶89] They’re not free of desire for sensual pleasures,
and their faculties are still immature:
faith, mindfulness, and energy,
serenity and discernment.

> Pali: Avītarāgo kāmesu,
yassa pañcindriyā mudū;
Saddhā sati ca vīriyaṁ,
samatho ca vipassanā.

[¶90] If you attack such a mendicant,
you first hurt yourself.
Having hurt yourself,
you harm the other.

> Pali: Tādisaṁ bhikkhumāsajja,
pubbeva upahaññati;
Attānaṁ upahantvāna,
pacchā aññaṁ vihiṁsati.

[¶91] But if you protect yourself,
the other is also protected.
So you should protect yourself.
An astute person is always uninjured.”

> Pali: Yo ca rakkhati attānaṁ,
rakkhito tassa bāhiro;
Tasmā rakkheyya attānaṁ,
akkhato paṇḍito sadā”ti.

[¶92] > Pali: Dvādasamaṁ.

[¶93] > Pali: Dhammikavaggo pañcamo.

[¶94] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ

[¶95] > Pali: Nāgamigasālā iṇaṁ,
Cundaṁ dve sandiṭṭhikā duve;
Khemaindriya ānanda,
Khattiyā appamādena dhammikoti.

[¶96] > Pali: Paṭhamo paṇṇāsako samatto.

## 9. The Great Chapter · AN 6.55–6.57

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/9/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/9/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.55 · With Soṇa

> Pali: AN 6.55 · Soṇasutta

[¶1] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain.

> Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.

[¶2] Now at that time Venerable Soṇa was staying near Rājagaha in the Cool Grove. Then as he was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, “I am one of the Buddha’s most energetic disciples. Yet my mind is not freed from defilements by not grasping. But my family has wealth. I could enjoy that wealth and make merit. Why don’t I resign the training and return to a lesser life, so I can enjoy my wealth and make merit?”

> Pali: Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā soṇo rājagahe viharati sītavanasmiṁ. Atha kho āyasmato soṇassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: “ye kho keci bhagavato sāvakā āraddhavīriyā viharanti, ahaṁ tesaṁ aññataro. Atha ca pana me na anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuccati, saṁvijjanti kho pana me kule bhogā, sakkā bhogā ca bhuñjituṁ puññāni ca kātuṁ. Yannūnāhaṁ sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjeyyaṁ puññāni ca kareyyan”ti.

[¶3] Then the Buddha knew Venerable Soṇa’s train of thought. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the Vulture’s Peak and reappeared in the Cool Grove in front of Soṇa, and sat down on the seat spread out. Soṇa bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side.

> Pali: Atha kho bhagavā āyasmato soṇassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ kho—gijjhakūṭe pabbate antarahito sītavane āyasmato soṇassa sammukhe pāturahosi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Āyasmāpi kho soṇo bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.

[¶4] The Buddha said to him, “Soṇa, as you were in private retreat didn’t this thought come to your mind: ‘I am one of the Buddha’s most energetic disciples. Yet my mind is not freed from defilements by not grasping. But my family has wealth. I could enjoy that wealth and make merit. Why don’t I resign the training and return to a lesser life, so I can enjoy my wealth and make merit?’”

> Pali: Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ soṇaṁ bhagavā etadavoca: “Nanu te, soṇa, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ‘ye kho keci bhagavato sāvakā āraddhavīriyā viharanti, ahaṁ tesaṁ aññataro. Atha ca pana me na anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuccati, saṁvijjanti kho pana me kule bhogā, sakkā bhogā ca bhuñjituṁ puññāni ca kātuṁ. Yannūnāhaṁ sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjeyyaṁ puññāni ca kareyyan’”ti?

[¶5] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶6] “What do you think, Soṇa? When you were still a layman, weren’t you a good player of the arched harp?”

> Pali: “Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, soṇa, kusalo tvaṁ pubbe agāriyabhūto vīṇāya tantissare”ti?

[¶7] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶8] “When your harp’s strings were tuned too tight, was it resonant and playable?”

> Pali: “Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo accāyatā honti, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṁ samaye saravatī vā hoti kammaññā vā”ti?

[¶9] “No, sir.”

> Pali: “No hetaṁ, bhante”.

[¶10] “When your harp’s strings were tuned too slack, was it resonant and playable?”

> Pali: “Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo atisithilā honti, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṁ samaye saravatī vā hoti kammaññā vā”ti?

[¶11] “No, sir.”

> Pali: “No hetaṁ, bhante”.

[¶12] “But when your harp’s strings were tuned neither too tight nor too slack, but fixed at an even tension, was it resonant and playable?”

> Pali: “Yadā pana te, soṇa, vīṇāya tantiyo na accāyatā honti nātisithilā same guṇe patiṭṭhitā, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṁ samaye saravatī vā hoti kammaññā vā”ti?

[¶13] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶14] “In the same way, Soṇa, when energy is too forceful it leads to restlessness. When energy is too slack it leads to laziness. So, Soṇa, you should focus on energy and serenity, find a balance of the faculties, and learn the character of this situation.”

> Pali: “Evamevaṁ kho, soṇa, accāraddhavīriyaṁ uddhaccāya saṁvattati, atisithilavīriyaṁ kosajjāya saṁvattati. Tasmātiha tvaṁ, soṇa, vīriyasamathaṁ adhiṭṭhaha, indriyānañca samataṁ paṭivijjha, tattha ca nimittaṁ gaṇhāhī”ti.

[¶15] “Yes, sir,” Soṇa replied.

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā soṇo bhagavato paccassosi.

[¶16] After advising Soṇa like this, the Buddha, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from the Cool Grove and reappeared on the Vulture’s Peak.

> Pali: Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ soṇaṁ iminā ovādena ovaditvā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ kho—sītavane antarahito gijjhakūṭe pabbate pāturahosi.

[¶17] After some time Soṇa focused on energy and serenity, found a balance of the faculties, and learned the pattern of this situation. Then Soṇa, living alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute, soon realized the supreme culmination of the spiritual path in this very life. He lived having achieved with his own insight the goal for which gentlemen rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness.

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā soṇo aparena samayena vīriyasamathaṁ adhiṭṭhāsi, indriyānañca samataṁ paṭivijjhi, tattha ca nimittaṁ aggahesi. Atha kho āyasmā soṇo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva—yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anāgāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi.

[¶18] He understood: “Rebirth is ended; the spiritual journey has been completed; what had to be done has been done; there is nothing further for this place.” And Venerable Soṇa became one of the perfected.

> Pali: “Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyā”ti abbhaññāsi. Aññataro ca panāyasmā soṇo arahataṁ ahosi.

[¶19] Then, when Soṇa had attained perfection, he thought, “Why don’t I go to the Buddha and declare my enlightenment in his presence?” Then Soṇa went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmato soṇassa arahattappattassa etadahosi: “yannūnāhaṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyaṁ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike aññaṁ byākareyyan”ti. Atha kho āyasmā soṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā soṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶20] “Sir, a mendicant who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their heart’s goal, utterly ended the fetter of continued existence, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—is dedicated to six things. They are dedicated to renunciation, seclusion, kindness, the ending of craving, the ending of grasping, and mental clarity.

> Pali: “Yo so, bhante, bhikkhu arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṁyojano sammadaññāvimutto, so cha ṭhānāni adhimutto hoti— nekkhammādhimutto hoti, pavivekādhimutto hoti, abyāpajjādhimutto hoti, taṇhākkhayādhimutto hoti, upādānakkhayādhimutto hoti, asammohādhimutto hoti.

[¶21] It may be, sir, that one of the venerables here thinks: ‘Maybe this venerable is dedicated to renunciation solely out of mere faith.’ But it should not be seen like this. A mendicant with defilements ended does not see in themselves anything more to do, or anything that needs improvement. They’re dedicated to renunciation because they’re free of greed, hate, and delusion with the end of greed, hate, and delusion.

> Pali: Siyā kho pana, bhante, idhekaccassa āyasmato evamassa: ‘kevalaṁsaddhāmattakaṁ nūna ayamāyasmā nissāya nekkhammādhimutto’ti. Na kho panetaṁ, bhante, evaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ. Khīṇāsavo, bhante, bhikkhu vusitavā katakaraṇīyo karaṇīyaṁ attano asamanupassanto katassa vā paṭicayaṁ khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā nekkhammādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā nekkhammādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā nekkhammādhimutto hoti.

[¶22] It may be, sir, that one of the venerables here thinks: ‘Maybe this venerable is dedicated to seclusion because they enjoy possessions, honor, and popularity.’ But it should not be seen like this. …

> Pali: Siyā kho pana, bhante, idhekaccassa āyasmato evamassa: ‘lābhasakkārasilokaṁ nūna ayamāyasmā nikāmayamāno pavivekādhimutto’ti. Na kho panetaṁ, bhante, evaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ. Khīṇāsavo, bhante, bhikkhu vusitavā katakaraṇīyo karaṇīyaṁ attano asamanupassanto katassa vā paṭicayaṁ khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā pavivekādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā pavivekādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā pavivekādhimutto hoti.

[¶23] It may be, sir, that one of the venerables here thinks: ‘Maybe this venerable is dedicated to kindness because they believe that adhering to precepts and observances is essential.’ But it should not be seen like this. …

> Pali: Siyā kho pana, bhante, idhekaccassa āyasmato evamassa: ‘sīlabbataparāmāsaṁ nūna ayamāyasmā sārato paccāgacchanto abyāpajjādhimutto’ti. Na kho panetaṁ, bhante, evaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ. Khīṇāsavo, bhante, bhikkhu vusitavā katakaraṇīyo karaṇīyaṁ attano asamanupassanto katassa vā paṭicayaṁ khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā abyāpajjādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā abyāpajjādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā abyāpajjādhimutto hoti.

[¶24] They’re dedicated to the ending of craving because they’re free of greed, hate, and delusion with the end of greed, hate, and delusion.

> Pali: Khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā taṇhākkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā taṇhākkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā taṇhākkhayādhimutto hoti.

[¶25] They’re dedicated to the ending of grasping because they’re free of greed, hate, and delusion with the end of greed, hate, and delusion.

> Pali: Khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā upādānakkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā upādānakkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā upādānakkhayādhimutto hoti.

[¶26] They’re dedicated to clarity of mind because they’re free of greed, hate, and delusion with the end of greed, hate, and delusion.

> Pali: Khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā asammohādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā asammohādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā asammohādhimutto hoti.

[¶27] When a mendicant’s mind is rightly freed like this, even if compelling sights come into the range of vision they don’t overcome their mind. Their mind is quite untainted. It is steady, imperturbable, observing disappearance. Even if compelling sounds … smells … tastes … touches … and ideas come into the range of the mind they don’t overcome the mind. Their mind is quite untainted. It is steady, imperturbable, observing disappearance.

> Pali: Evaṁ sammā vimuttacittassa, bhante, bhikkhuno bhusā cepi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṁ pariyādiyanti. Amissīkatamevassa cittaṁ hoti ṭhitaṁ āneñjappattaṁ vayañcassānupassati. Bhusā cepi sotaviññeyyā saddā … ghānaviññeyyā gandhā … jivhāviññeyyā rasā … kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā … manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṁ pariyādiyanti. Amissīkatamevassa cittaṁ hoti ṭhitaṁ āneñjappattaṁ vayañcassānupassati.

[¶28] Suppose there was a mountain that was one solid mass of rock, without cracks or holes. Even if violent storms were to blow up out of the east, the west, the north, and the south, they couldn’t make it shake or rock or tremble.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhante, selo pabbato acchiddo asusiro ekagghano. Atha puratthimāya cepi disāya āgaccheyya bhusā vātavuṭṭhi neva naṁ saṅkampeyya na sampakampeyya na sampavedheyya, atha pacchimāya cepi disāya āgaccheyya bhusā vātavuṭṭhi … atha uttarāya cepi disāya āgaccheyya bhusā vātavuṭṭhi … atha dakkhiṇāya cepi disāya āgaccheyya bhusā vātavuṭṭhi neva naṁ saṅkampeyya na sampakampeyya na sampavedheyya;

[¶29] In the same way, when a mendicant’s mind is rightly freed like this, even if compelling sights come into the range of vision they don’t overcome their mind. … Their mind is quite untainted. It is steady, imperturbable, observing disappearance.

> Pali: evamevaṁ kho, bhante, evaṁ sammāvimuttacittassa bhikkhuno bhusā cepi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṁ pariyādiyanti. Amissīkatamevassa cittaṁ hoti, ṭhitaṁ āneñjappattaṁ vayañcassānupassati. Bhusā cepi sotaviññeyyā saddā … ghānaviññeyyā gandhā … jivhāviññeyyā rasā … kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā … manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṁ pariyādiyanti. Amissīkatamevassa cittaṁ hoti ṭhitaṁ āneñjappattaṁ vayañcassānupassatīti.

[¶30] When you’re dedicated to renunciation
and seclusion of the heart;
when you’re dedicated to kindness
and the end of grasping;

> Pali: Nekkhammaṁ adhimuttassa,
pavivekañca cetaso;
Abyāpajjādhimuttassa,
upādānakkhayassa ca.

[¶31] when you’re dedicated to the ending of craving
and clarity of heart;
and you’ve seen the arising of the senses,
your mind is rightly freed.

> Pali: Taṇhākkhayādhimuttassa,
asammohañca cetaso;
Disvā āyatanuppādaṁ,
sammā cittaṁ vimuccati.

[¶32] For that one, rightly freed,
a mendicant with peaceful mind,
there’s nothing to be improved,
and nothing more to do.

> Pali: Tassa sammā vimuttassa,
santacittassa bhikkhuno;
Katassa paṭicayo natthi,
karaṇīyaṁ na vijjati.

[¶33] As the wind cannot stir
a solid mass of rock,
so too sights, tastes, sounds,
smells, and touches—the lot—

> Pali: Selo yathā ekagghano,
vātena na samīrati;
Evaṁ rūpā rasā saddā,
gandhā phassā ca kevalā.

[¶34] and ideas, whether liked or disliked,
don’t disturb the unaffected one.
Their mind is steady and free
as they observe fall.”

> Pali: Iṭṭhā dhammā aniṭṭhā ca,
nappavedhenti tādino;
Ṭhitaṁ cittaṁ vippamuttaṁ,
vayañcassānupassatī”ti.

[¶35] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶36] AN 6.56 · With Phagguna

> Pali: AN 6.56 · Phaggunasutta

[¶37] Now at that time Venerable Phagguna was sick, suffering, gravely ill. Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

> Pali: Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā phagguno ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶38] “Sir, Venerable Phagguna is sick. Sir, please go to Venerable Phagguna out of sympathy.” The Buddha consented with silence.

> Pali: “āyasmā, bhante, phagguno ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. Sādhu, bhante, bhagavā yenāyasmā phagguno tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṁ upādāyā”ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.

[¶39] Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to Venerable Phagguna. Venerable Phagguna saw the Buddha coming off in the distance and stirred in his cot.

> Pali: Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā phagguno tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho āyasmā phagguno bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. Disvāna mañcake samadhosi.

[¶40] The Buddha said to him, “It’s all right, Phagguna, don’t get up. There are some seats spread out by others, I will sit there.”

> Pali: Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ phaggunaṁ etadavoca: “alaṁ, phagguna, mā tvaṁ mañcake samadhosi. Santimāni āsanāni parehi paññattāni, tatthāhaṁ nisīdissāmī”ti.

[¶41] He sat down on the seat spread out and said to Venerable Phagguna: “I hope you’re keeping well, Phagguna; I hope you’re all right. I hope your pain is fading, not growing; that its fading is evident, not its growing.”

> Pali: Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ phaggunaṁ etadavoca: “Kacci te, phagguna, khamanīyaṁ kacci yāpanīyaṁ? Kacci te dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti, no abhikkamanti; paṭikkamosānaṁ paññāyati, no abhikkamo”ti?

[¶42] “Sir, I’m not keeping well, I’m not getting by. My pain is terrible and growing, not fading; its growing is evident, not its fading.

> Pali: “Na me, bhante, khamanīyaṁ na yāpanīyaṁ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṁ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo.

[¶43] The winds piercing my head are so severe, it feels like a strong man drilling into my head with a sharp point. I’m not keeping well.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhante, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya; evamevaṁ kho me, bhante, adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti. Na me, bhante, khamanīyaṁ na yāpanīyaṁ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṁ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo.

[¶44] The pain in my head is so severe, it feels like a strong man tightening a strong leather strap around my head. I’m not keeping well.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhante, balavā puriso daḷhena varattakkhaṇḍena sīsaveṭhanaṁ dadeyya; evamevaṁ kho me, bhante, adhimattā sīse sīsavedanā. Na me, bhante, khamanīyaṁ na yāpanīyaṁ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṁ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo.

[¶45] The winds slicing my belly are so severe, like a deft butcher or their apprentice were slicing open a cow’s belly with a sharp meat cleaver. I’m not keeping well.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhante, dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā tiṇhena govikantanena kucchiṁ parikanteyya; evamevaṁ kho me, bhante, adhimattā vātā kucchiṁ parikantanti. Na me, bhante, khamanīyaṁ na yāpanīyaṁ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṁ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo.

[¶46] The burning in my body is so severe, it feels like two strong men grabbing a weaker man by the arms to burn and scorch him on a pit of glowing coals. I’m not keeping well, I’m not getting by. My pain is terrible and growing, not fading; its growing is evident, not its fading.”

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhante, dve balavanto purisā dubbalataraṁ purisaṁ nānābāhāsu gahetvā aṅgārakāsuyā santāpeyyuṁ samparitāpeyyuṁ; evamevaṁ kho me, bhante, adhimatto kāyasmiṁ ḍāho. Na me, bhante, khamanīyaṁ na yāpanīyaṁ. Bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamanti; abhikkamosānaṁ paññāyati, no paṭikkamo”ti.

[¶47] Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired Venerable Phagguna with a Dhamma talk, after which he rose from his seat and left.

> Pali: Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ phaggunaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

[¶48] Not long after the Buddha left, Venerable Phagguna passed away. At the time of his death, his faculties were bright and clear. Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, “Sir, soon after the Buddha left, Venerable Phagguna died. At the time of his death, his faculties were bright and clear.”

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā phagguno acirapakkantassa bhagavato kālamakāsi. Tamhi cassa samaye maraṇakāle indriyāni vippasīdiṁsu. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “āyasmā, bhante, phagguno acirapakkantassa bhagavato kālamakāsi. Tamhi cassa samaye maraṇakāle indriyāni vippasīdiṁsū”ti.

[¶49] “And why shouldn’t his faculties be bright and clear? The mendicant Phagguna’s mind was not freed from the five lower fetters. But when he heard that teaching his mind was freed from them.

> Pali: “Kiṁ hānanda, phaggunassa bhikkhuno indriyāni na vippasīdissanti. Phaggunassa, ānanda, bhikkhuno pañcahi orambhāgiyehi saṁyojanehi cittaṁ avimuttaṁ ahosi. Tassa taṁ dhammadesanaṁ sutvā pañcahi orambhāgiyehi saṁyojanehi cittaṁ vimuttaṁ.

[¶50] Ānanda, there are these six benefits to hearing the teaching at the right time and examining the meaning at the right time. What six?

> Pali: Chayime, ānanda, ānisaṁsā kālena dhammassavane kālena atthupaparikkhāya. Katame cha?

[¶51] Firstly, take the case of a mendicant whose mind is not freed from the five lower fetters. At the time of death they get to see the Realized One. The Realized One teaches Dhamma to them that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And he reveals a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. When they hear that teaching their mind is freed from the five lower fetters. This is the first benefit of listening to the teaching.

> Pali: Idhānanda, bhikkhuno pañcahi orambhāgiyehi saṁyojanehi cittaṁ avimuttaṁ hoti. So tamhi samaye maraṇakāle labhati tathāgataṁ dassanāya. Tassa tathāgato dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti. Tassa taṁ dhammadesanaṁ sutvā pañcahi orambhāgiyehi saṁyojanehi cittaṁ vimuccati. Ayaṁ, ānanda, paṭhamo ānisaṁso kālena dhammassavane.

[¶52] Next, take the case of another mendicant whose mind is not freed from the five lower fetters. At the time of death they don’t get to see the Realized One, but they get to see a Realized One’s disciple. The Realized One’s disciple teaches them Dhamma … When they hear that teaching their mind is freed from the five lower fetters. This is the second benefit of listening to the teaching.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, bhikkhuno pañcahi orambhāgiyehi saṁyojanehi cittaṁ avimuttaṁ hoti. So tamhi samaye maraṇakāle na heva kho labhati tathāgataṁ dassanāya, api ca kho tathāgatasāvakaṁ labhati dassanāya. Tassa tathāgatasāvako dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti. Tassa taṁ dhammadesanaṁ sutvā pañcahi orambhāgiyehi saṁyojanehi cittaṁ vimuccati. Ayaṁ, ānanda, dutiyo ānisaṁso kālena dhammassavane.

[¶53] Next, take the case of another mendicant whose mind is not freed from the five lower fetters. At the time of death they don’t get to see the Realized One, or to see a Realized One’s disciple. But they think about and consider the teaching in their heart, examining it with the mind as they learned and memorized it. As they do so their mind is freed from the five lower fetters. This is the third benefit of listening to the teaching.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, bhikkhuno pañcahi orambhāgiyehi saṁyojanehi cittaṁ avimuttaṁ hoti. So tamhi samaye maraṇakāle na heva kho labhati tathāgataṁ dassanāya, napi tathāgatasāvakaṁ labhati dassanāya; api ca kho yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati. Tassa yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ cetasā anuvitakkayato anuvicārayato manasānupekkhato pañcahi orambhāgiyehi saṁyojanehi cittaṁ vimuccati. Ayaṁ, ānanda, tatiyo ānisaṁso kālena atthupaparikkhāya.

[¶54] Next, take the case of a mendicant whose mind is freed from the five lower fetters, but not with the supreme ending of attachments. At the time of death they get to see the Realized One. The Realized One teaches them Dhamma … When they hear that teaching their mind is freed with the supreme ending of attachments. This is the fourth benefit of listening to the teaching.

> Pali: Idhānanda, bhikkhuno pañcahi orambhāgiyehi saṁyojanehi cittaṁ vimuttaṁ hoti, anuttare ca kho upadhisaṅkhaye cittaṁ avimuttaṁ hoti. So tamhi samaye maraṇakāle labhati tathāgataṁ dassanāya. Tassa tathāgato dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ …pe… brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti. Tassa taṁ dhammadesanaṁ sutvā anuttare upadhisaṅkhaye cittaṁ vimuccati. Ayaṁ, ānanda, catuttho ānisaṁso kālena dhammassavane.

[¶55] Next, take the case of another mendicant whose mind is freed from the five lower fetters, but not with the supreme ending of attachments. At the time of death they don’t get to see the Realized One, but they get to see a Realized One’s disciple. The Realized One’s disciple teaches them Dhamma … When they hear that teaching their mind is freed with the supreme ending of attachments. This is the fifth benefit of listening to the teaching.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, bhikkhuno pañcahi orambhāgiyehi saṁyojanehi cittaṁ vimuttaṁ hoti, anuttare ca kho upadhisaṅkhaye cittaṁ avimuttaṁ hoti. So tamhi samaye maraṇakāle na heva kho labhati tathāgataṁ dassanāya, api ca kho tathāgatasāvakaṁ labhati dassanāya. Tassa tathāgatasāvako dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ …pe… parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti. Tassa taṁ dhammadesanaṁ sutvā anuttare upadhisaṅkhaye cittaṁ vimuccati. Ayaṁ, ānanda, pañcamo ānisaṁso kālena dhammassavane.

[¶56] Next, take the case of another mendicant whose mind is freed from the five lower fetters, but not with the supreme ending of attachments. At the time of death they don’t get to see the Realized One, or to see a Realized One’s disciple. But they think about and consider the teaching in their heart, examining it with the mind as they learned and memorized it. As they do so their mind is freed with the supreme ending of attachments. This is the sixth benefit of listening to the teaching.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, bhikkhuno pañcahi orambhāgiyehi saṁyojanehi cittaṁ vimuttaṁ hoti, anuttare ca kho upadhisaṅkhaye cittaṁ avimuttaṁ hoti. So tamhi samaye maraṇakāle na heva kho labhati tathāgataṁ dassanāya, napi tathāgatasāvakaṁ labhati dassanāya; api ca kho yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati. Tassa yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ cetasā anuvitakkayato anuvicārayato manasānupekkhato anuttare upadhisaṅkhaye cittaṁ vimuccati. Ayaṁ, ānanda, chaṭṭho ānisaṁso kālena atthupaparikkhāya.

[¶57] These are the six benefits to hearing the teaching at the right time and examining the meaning at the right time.”

> Pali: Ime kho, ānanda, cha ānisaṁsā kālena dhammassavane kālena atthupaparikkhāyā”ti.

[¶58] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶59] AN 6.57 · The Six Classes of Rebirth

> Pali: AN 6.57 · Chaḷabhijātisutta

[¶60] At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:

> Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶61] “Sir, Pūraṇa Kassapa describes six classes of rebirth: black, blue, red, yellow, white, and ultimate white.

> Pali: “pūraṇena, bhante, kassapena chaḷabhijātiyo paññattā— kaṇhābhijāti paññattā, nīlābhijāti paññattā, lohitābhijāti paññattā, haliddābhijāti paññattā, sukkābhijāti paññattā, paramasukkābhijāti paññattā.

[¶62] The black class of rebirth consists of slaughterers of sheep, pigs, poultry, or deer, hunters or fishers, bandits, executioners, butchers of cattle, jailers, and any others with a cruel livelihood.

> Pali: Tatridaṁ, bhante, pūraṇena kassapena kaṇhābhijāti paññattā, orabbhikā sūkarikā sākuṇikā māgavikā luddā macchaghātakā corā coraghātakā bandhanāgārikā ye vā panaññepi keci kurūrakammantā.

[¶63] The blue class of rebirth consists of mendicants whose life is thorny, and any others who teach the efficacy of deeds and action.

> Pali: Tatridaṁ, bhante, pūraṇena kassapena nīlābhijāti paññattā, bhikkhū kaṇṭakavuttikā ye vā panaññepi keci kammavādā kriyavādā.

[¶64] The red class of rebirth consists of the Jain ascetics who wear one cloth.

> Pali: Tatridaṁ, bhante, pūraṇena kassapena lohitābhijāti paññattā, nigaṇṭhā ekasāṭakā.

[¶65] The yellow class of rebirth consists of the lay people dressed in white who are disciples of the naked ascetics.

> Pali: Tatridaṁ, bhante, pūraṇena kassapena haliddābhijāti paññattā, gihī odātavasanā acelakasāvakā.

[¶66] The white class of rebirth consists of male and female Ājīvaka ascetics.

> Pali: Tatridaṁ, bhante, pūraṇena kassapena sukkābhijāti paññattā, ājīvakā ājīvakiniyo.

[¶67] And the ultimate white class of rebirth consists of Nanda Vaccha, Kisa Saṅkicca, and the bamboo-staffed ascetic Gosāla.

> Pali: Tatridaṁ, bhante, pūraṇena kassapena paramasukkābhijāti paññattā, nando vaccho kiso saṅkicco makkhali gosālo.

[¶68] These are the six classes of rebirth that Pūraṇa Kassapa describes.”

> Pali: Pūraṇena, bhante, kassapena imā chaḷabhijātiyo paññattā”ti.

[¶69] “But Ānanda, did the whole world authorize Pūraṇa Kassapa to describe these six classes of rebirth?”

> Pali: “Kiṁ panānanda, pūraṇassa kassapassa sabbo loko etadabbhanujānāti imā chaḷabhijātiyo paññāpetun”ti?

[¶70] “No, sir.”

> Pali: “No hetaṁ, bhante.

[¶71] “It’s as if they were to force a chop on a poor, penniless person, telling them, ‘Eat this meat and pay for it!’ In the same way, Pūraṇa Kassapa has described these six classes of rebirth without the consent of those ascetics and brahmins. And he has done so in a foolish, incompetent, unskilled way, lacking common sense.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, ānanda, puriso daliddo assako anāḷhiko, tassa akāmakassa bilaṁ olaggeyyuṁ: ‘idaṁ te, ambho purisa, maṁsañca khāditabbaṁ, mūlañca anuppadātabban’ti. Evamevaṁ kho, ānanda, pūraṇena kassapena appaṭiññāya etesaṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ imā chaḷabhijātiyo paññattā, yathā taṁ bālena abyattena akhettaññunā akusalena.

[¶72] I, however, also describe six classes of rebirth. Listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”

> Pali: Ahaṁ kho panānanda, chaḷabhijātiyo paññāpemi. Taṁ suṇāhi, sādhukaṁ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī”ti.

[¶73] “Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied. The Buddha said this:

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca:

[¶74] “And what, Ānanda, are the six classes of rebirth? Someone born into a dark class gives rise to a dark result. Someone born into a dark class gives rise to a bright result. Someone born into a dark class gives rise to extinguishment, which is neither dark nor bright. Someone born into a bright class gives rise to a dark result. Someone born into a bright class gives rise to a bright result. Someone born into a bright class gives rise to extinguishment, which is neither dark nor bright.

> Pali: “katamā cānanda, chaḷabhijātiyo? Idhānanda, ekacco kaṇhābhijātiyo samāno kaṇhaṁ dhammaṁ abhijāyati. Idha panānanda, ekacco kaṇhābhijātiyo samāno sukkaṁ dhammaṁ abhijāyati. Idha panānanda, ekacco kaṇhābhijātiyo samāno akaṇhaṁ asukkaṁ nibbānaṁ abhijāyati. Idha panānanda, ekacco sukkābhijātiyo samāno kaṇhaṁ dhammaṁ abhijāyati. Idha panānanda, ekacco sukkābhijātiyo samāno sukkaṁ dhammaṁ abhijāyati. Idha panānanda, ekacco sukkābhijātiyo samāno akaṇhaṁ asukkaṁ nibbānaṁ abhijāyati.

[¶75] And how does someone born into a dark class give rise to a dark result? It’s when someone is reborn in a low family—a family of corpse-workers, hunters, bamboo-workers, chariot-makers, or scavengers—poor, with little to eat or drink, where life is tough, and food and shelter are hard to find. And they’re ugly, unsightly, deformed, sickly—one-eyed, crippled, lame, or half-paralyzed. They don’t get to have food, drink, clothes, and vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; or bed, house, and lighting. And they do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. That’s how someone born into a dark class gives rise to a dark result.

> Pali: Kathañcānanda, kaṇhābhijātiyo samāno kaṇhaṁ dhammaṁ abhijāyati? Idhānanda, ekacco nīce kule paccājāto hoti—caṇḍālakule vā nesādakule vā venakule vā rathakārakule vā pukkusakule vā, dalidde appannapānabhojane kasiravuttike, yattha kasirena ghāsacchādo labbhati. So ca hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bavhābādho kāṇo vā kuṇī vā khañjo vā pakkhahato vā, na lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa. So kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati. So kāyena duccaritaṁ caritvā, vācāya duccaritaṁ caritvā, manasā duccaritaṁ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati. Evaṁ kho, ānanda, kaṇhābhijātiyo samāno kaṇhaṁ dhammaṁ abhijāyati.

[¶76] And how does someone born into a dark class give rise to a bright result? It’s when some person is reborn in a low family … But they do good things by way of body, speech, and mind. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. That’s how someone born into a dark class gives rise to a bright result.

> Pali: Kathañcānanda, kaṇhābhijātiyo samāno sukkaṁ dhammaṁ abhijāyati? Idhānanda, ekacco nīce kule paccājāto hoti—caṇḍālakule vā …pe… seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa. So kāyena sucaritaṁ carati, vācāya sucaritaṁ carati, manasā sucaritaṁ carati. So kāyena sucaritaṁ caritvā, vācāya sucaritaṁ caritvā, manasā sucaritaṁ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati. Evaṁ kho, ānanda, kaṇhābhijātiyo samāno sukkaṁ dhammaṁ abhijāyati.

[¶77] And how does someone born into a dark class give rise to extinguishment, which is neither dark nor bright? It’s when some person is reborn in a low family … They shave off their hair and beard, dress in ocher robes, and go forth from the lay life to homelessness. They give up the five hindrances, corruptions of the heart that weaken wisdom. They firmly establish their mind in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. They truly develop the seven awakening factors. And then they give rise to extinguishment, which is neither dark nor bright. That’s how someone born in a dark class gives rise to extinguishment, which is neither dark nor bright.

> Pali: Kathañcānanda, kaṇhābhijātiyo samāno akaṇhaṁ asukkaṁ nibbānaṁ abhijāyati? Idhānanda, ekacco nīce kule paccājāto hoti—caṇḍālakule vā …pe… so ca hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako. So kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajati. So evaṁ pabbajito samāno pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe, catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto, satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā akaṇhaṁ asukkaṁ nibbānaṁ abhijāyati. Evaṁ kho, ānanda, kaṇhābhijātiyo samāno akaṇhaṁ asukkaṁ nibbānaṁ abhijāyati.

[¶78] And how does someone born into a bright class give rise to a dark result? It’s when someone is reborn in an eminent family—a well-to-do family of aristocrats, brahmins, or householders—rich, affluent, and wealthy, with lots of gold and silver, lots of property and assets, and lots of money and grain. And they’re attractive, good-looking, lovely, of surpassing beauty. They get to have food, drink, clothes, and vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; and bed, house, and lighting. But they do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. That’s how someone born into a bright class gives rise to a dark result.

> Pali: Kathañcānanda, sukkābhijātiyo samāno kaṇhaṁ dhammaṁ abhijāyati? Idhānanda, ekacco ucce kule paccājāto hoti—khattiyamahāsālakule vā brāhmaṇamahāsālakule vā gahapatimahāsālakule vā, aḍḍhe mahaddhane mahābhoge pahūtajātarūparajate pahūtavittūpakaraṇe pahūtadhanadhaññe. So ca hoti abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato, lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa. So kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati. So kāyena duccaritaṁ caritvā, vācāya duccaritaṁ caritvā, manasā duccaritaṁ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati. Evaṁ kho, ānanda, sukkābhijātiyo samāno kaṇhaṁ dhammaṁ abhijāyati.

[¶79] And how does someone born into a bright class give rise to a bright result? It’s when some person is reborn in an eminent family … And they do good things by way of body, speech, and mind. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. That’s how someone born into a bright class give rise to a bright result.

> Pali: Kathañcānanda, sukkābhijātiyo samāno sukkaṁ dhammaṁ abhijāyati? Idhānanda, ekacco ucce kule paccājāto hoti—khattiyamahāsālakule vā …pe… seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa. So kāyena sucaritaṁ carati, vācāya sucaritaṁ carati, manasā sucaritaṁ carati. So kāyena sucaritaṁ caritvā, vācāya sucaritaṁ caritvā, manasā sucaritaṁ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati. Evaṁ kho, ānanda, sukkābhijātiyo samāno sukkaṁ dhammaṁ abhijāyati.

[¶80] And how does someone born into a bright class give rise to extinguishment, which is neither dark nor bright? It’s when some person is reborn in an eminent family … They shave off their hair and beard, dress in ocher robes, and go forth from the lay life to homelessness. They give up the five hindrances, corruptions of the heart that weaken wisdom. They firmly establish their mind in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. They truly develop the seven awakening factors. And then they give rise to extinguishment, which is neither dark nor bright. That’s how someone born into a bright class gives rise to extinguishment, which is neither dark nor bright.

> Pali: Kathañcānanda, sukkābhijātiyo samāno akaṇhaṁ asukkaṁ nibbānaṁ abhijāyati? Idhānanda, ekacco ucce kule paccājāto hoti—khattiyamahāsālakule vā brāhmaṇamahāsālakule vā gahapatimahāsālakule vā, aḍḍhe mahaddhane mahābhoge pahūtajātarūparajate pahūtavittūpakaraṇe pahūtadhanadhaññe. So ca hoti abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato, lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasathapadīpeyyassa. So kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajati. So evaṁ pabbajito samāno pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe, catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto, satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā akaṇhaṁ asukkaṁ nibbānaṁ abhijāyati. Evaṁ kho, ānanda, sukkābhijātiyo samāno akaṇhaṁ asukkaṁ nibbānaṁ abhijāyati.

[¶81] These are the six classes of rebirth.”

> Pali: Imā kho, ānanda, chaḷabhijātiyo”ti.

[¶82] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

## 10. The Great Chapter · AN 6.58–6.61

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/10/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/10/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.58 · Defilements

> Pali: AN 6.58 · Āsavasutta

[¶1] “Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world. What six?

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Katamehi chahi?

[¶2] It’s a mendicant who, by restraint, has given up the defilements that should be given up by restraint. By using, they’ve given up the defilements that should be given up by using. By enduring, they’ve given up the defilements that should be given up by enduring. By avoiding, they’ve given up the defilements that should be given up by avoiding. By dispelling, they’ve given up the defilements that should be given up by dispelling. By developing, they’ve given up the defilements that should be given up by developing.

> Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ye āsavā saṁvarā pahātabbā te saṁvarena pahīnā honti, ye āsavā paṭisevanā pahātabbā te paṭisevanāya pahīnā honti, ye āsavā adhivāsanā pahātabbā te adhivāsanāya pahīnā honti, ye āsavā parivajjanā pahātabbā te parivajjanāya pahīnā honti, ye āsavā vinodanā pahātabbā te vinodanāya pahīnā honti, ye āsavā bhāvanā pahātabbā te bhāvanāya pahīnā honti.

[¶3] And what are the defilements that should be given up by restraint? Take a mendicant who, reflecting rationally, lives restraining the eye faculty. For the distressing and feverish defilements that might arise in someone who lives without restraint of the eye faculty do not arise when there is such restraint. Reflecting rationally, they live restraining the ear faculty … the nose faculty … the tongue faculty … the body faculty … the mind faculty. For the distressing and feverish defilements that might arise in someone who lives without restraint of the mind faculty do not arise when there is such restraint. These are called the defilements that should be given up by restraint.

> Pali: Katame ca, bhikkhave, āsavā saṁvarā pahātabbā ye saṁvarena pahīnā honti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso cakkhundriyasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati. Yaṁ hissa, bhikkhave, cakkhundriyasaṁvaraṁ asaṁvutassa viharato uppajjeyyuṁ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, cakkhundriyasaṁvaraṁ saṁvutassa viharato evaṁsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. Paṭisaṅkhā yoniso sotindriya …pe… ghānindriya … jivhindriya … kāyindriya … manindriyasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati. Yaṁ hissa, bhikkhave, manindriyasaṁvaraṁ asaṁvutassa viharato uppajjeyyuṁ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, manindriyasaṁvaraṁ saṁvutassa viharato evaṁsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, āsavā saṁvarā pahātabbā ye saṁvarena pahīnā honti.

[¶4] And what are the defilements that should be given up by using? Take a mendicant who, reflecting rationally, makes use of robes: ‘Only for the sake of warding off cold and heat; for warding off the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles; and for covering up the private parts.’ Reflecting rationally, they make use of almsfood: ‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ Reflecting rationally, they make use of lodgings: ‘Only for the sake of warding off cold and heat; for warding off the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles; to shelter from harsh weather and to enjoy retreat.’ Reflecting rationally, they make use of medicines and supplies for the sick: ‘Only for the sake of warding off the pains of illness and to promote good health.’ For the distressing and feverish defilements that might arise in someone who lives without using these things do not arise when they are used. These are called the defilements that should be given up by using.

> Pali: Katame ca, bhikkhave, āsavā paṭisevanā pahātabbā ye paṭisevanāya pahīnā honti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso cīvaraṁ paṭisevati: ‘yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya, ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ paṭighātāya, yāvadeva hirikopīnapaṭicchādanatthaṁ’. Paṭisaṅkhā yoniso piṇḍapātaṁ paṭisevati: ‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya, vihiṁsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya, iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro ca’. Paṭisaṅkhā yoniso senāsanaṁ paṭisevati: ‘yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya, ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ paṭighātāya, yāvadeva utuparissayavinodanapaṭisallānārāmatthaṁ’. Paṭisaṅkhā yoniso gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ paṭisevati: ‘yāvadeva uppannānaṁ veyyābādhikānaṁ vedanānaṁ paṭighātāya, abyābajjhaparamatāyā’ti. Yaṁ hissa, bhikkhave, appaṭisevato uppajjeyyuṁ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, paṭisevato evaṁsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, āsavā paṭisevanā pahātabbā ye paṭisevanāya pahīnā honti.

[¶5] And what are the defilements that should be given up by enduring? Take a mendicant who, reflecting rationally, endures cold, heat, hunger, and thirst. They endure the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles. They endure rude and unwelcome criticism. And they put up with physical pain—sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, and life-threatening. For the distressing and feverish defilements that might arise in someone who lives without enduring these things do not arise when they are endured. These are called the defilements that should be given up by enduring.

> Pali: Katame ca, bhikkhave, āsavā adhivāsanā pahātabbā ye adhivāsanāya pahīnā honti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa, jighacchāya, pipāsāya, ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ, duruttānaṁ durāgatānaṁ vacanapathānaṁ, uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. Yaṁ hissa, bhikkhave, anadhivāsato uppajjeyyuṁ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, adhivāsato evaṁsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, āsavā adhivāsanā pahātabbā ye adhivāsanāya pahīnā honti.

[¶6] And what are the defilements that should be given up by avoiding? Take a mendicant who, reflecting rationally, avoids a wild elephant, a wild horse, a wild ox, a wild dog, a snake, a stump, thorny ground, a pit, a cliff, a swamp, and a sewer. Reflecting rationally, they avoid sitting on inappropriate seats, walking in inappropriate neighborhoods, and mixing with bad friends—whatever sensible spiritual companions would believe to be a bad setting. For the distressing and feverish defilements that might arise in someone who lives without avoiding these things do not arise when they are avoided. These are called the defilements that should be given up by avoiding.

> Pali: Katame ca, bhikkhave, āsavā parivajjanā pahātabbā ye parivajjanāya pahīnā honti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso caṇḍaṁ hatthiṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ assaṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ goṇaṁ parivajjeti, caṇḍaṁ kukkuraṁ parivajjeti, ahiṁ khāṇuṁ kaṇṭakaṭṭhānaṁ sobbhaṁ papātaṁ candanikaṁ oḷigallaṁ, yathārūpe anāsane nisinnaṁ, yathārūpe agocare carantaṁ, yathārūpe pāpake mitte bhajantaṁ viññū sabrahmacārī pāpakesu ṭhānesu okappeyyuṁ, so tañca anāsanaṁ tañca agocaraṁ te ca pāpake mitte paṭisaṅkhā yoniso parivajjeti. Yaṁ hissa, bhikkhave, aparivajjayato uppajjeyyuṁ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, parivajjayato evaṁsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, āsavā parivajjanā pahātabbā ye parivajjanāya pahīnā honti.

[¶7] And what are the defilements that should be given up by dispelling? Take a mendicant who, reflecting rationally, doesn’t tolerate a sensual, malicious, or cruel thought that has arisen, but gives it up, dispels it, eliminates it, and obliterates it. They don’t tolerate any bad, unskillful qualities that have arisen, but give them up, dispel them, eliminate them, and obliterate them. For the distressing and feverish defilements that might arise in someone who lives without dispelling these things do not arise when they are dispelled. These are called the defilements that should be given up by dispelling.

> Pali: Katame ca, bhikkhave, āsavā vinodanā pahātabbā ye vinodanāya pahīnā honti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso uppannaṁ kāmavitakkaṁ nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṁ gameti, paṭisaṅkhā yoniso uppannaṁ byāpādavitakkaṁ … uppannaṁ vihiṁsāvitakkaṁ … uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṁ gameti. Yaṁ hissa, bhikkhave, avinodayato uppajjeyyuṁ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, vinodayato evaṁsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, āsavā vinodanā pahātabbā ye vinodanāya pahīnā honti.

[¶8] And what are the defilements that should be given up by developing? Take a mendicant who, reflecting rationally, develops the awakening factors of mindfulness, investigation of principles, energy, rapture, tranquility, immersion, and equanimity, which rely on seclusion, fading away, and cessation, and ripen as letting go. For the distressing and feverish defilements that might arise in someone who lives without developing these things do not arise when they are developed. These are called the defilements that should be given up by developing.

> Pali: Katame ca, bhikkhave, āsavā bhāvanā pahātabbā ye bhāvanāya pahīnā honti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso satisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāveti vivekanissitaṁ virāganissitaṁ nirodhanissitaṁ vosaggapariṇāmiṁ, paṭisaṅkhā yoniso dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāveti … vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāveti … pītisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāveti … passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāveti … samādhisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāveti … upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāveti vivekanissitaṁ virāganissitaṁ nirodhanissitaṁ vosaggapariṇāmiṁ. Yaṁ hissa, bhikkhave, abhāvayato uppajjeyyuṁ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, bhāvayato evaṁsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, āsavā bhāvanā pahātabbā ye bhāvanāya pahīnā honti.

[¶9] A mendicant with these six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.”

> Pali: Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.

[¶10] > Pali: Catutthaṁ.

[¶11] AN 6.59 · With Dārukammika

> Pali: AN 6.59 · Dārukammikasutta

[¶12] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house.

> Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe.

[¶13] Then the householder Dārukammika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him, “Householder, I wonder whether your family gives gifts?”

> Pali: Atha kho dārukammiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho dārukammikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca: “api nu te, gahapati, kule dānaṁ dīyatī”ti?

[¶14] “It does, sir. Gifts are given to those mendicants who are perfected or on the path to perfection; they live in the wilderness, eat only almsfood, and wear rag robes.”

> Pali: “Dīyati me, bhante, kule dānaṁ. Tañca kho ye te bhikkhū āraññikā piṇḍapātikā paṁsukūlikā arahanto vā arahattamaggaṁ vā samāpannā, tathārūpesu me, bhante, bhikkhūsu dānaṁ dīyatī”ti.

[¶15] “Householder, as a layman enjoying sensual pleasures, living at home with your children, using sandalwood imported from Kāsi, wearing garlands, fragrance, and makeup, and accepting gold and currency, it’s hard for you to know who is perfected or on the path to perfection.

> Pali: “Dujjānaṁ kho etaṁ, gahapati, tayā gihinā kāmabhoginā puttasambādhasayanaṁ ajjhāvasantena, kāsikacandanaṁ paccanubhontena, mālāgandhavilepanaṁ dhārayantena, jātarūparajataṁ sādiyantena ime vā arahanto ime vā arahattamaggaṁ samāpannāti.

[¶16] If a mendicant living in the wilderness is haughty, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, loose-tongued, unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with straying mind and undisciplined faculties, then in this respect they’re reprehensible. If a mendicant living in the wilderness is not haughty, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, or loose-tongued, but has established mindfulness, situational awareness and immersion, with unified mind and restrained faculties, then in this respect they’re praiseworthy.

> Pali: Āraññiko cepi, gahapati, bhikkhu hoti uddhato unnaḷo capalo mukharo vikiṇṇavāco muṭṭhassati asampajāno asamāhito vibbhantacitto pākatindriyo. Evaṁ so tenaṅgena gārayho. Āraññiko cepi, gahapati, bhikkhu hoti anuddhato anunnaḷo acapalo amukharo avikiṇṇavāco upaṭṭhitassati sampajāno samāhito ekaggacitto saṁvutindriyo. Evaṁ so tenaṅgena pāsaṁso.

[¶17] If a mendicant who lives within a village is restless … then in this respect they’re reprehensible. If a mendicant who lives within a village is not restless … then in this respect they’re praiseworthy.

> Pali: Gāmantavihārī cepi, gahapati, bhikkhu hoti uddhato …pe… evaṁ so tenaṅgena gārayho. Gāmantavihārī cepi, gahapati, bhikkhu hoti anuddhato …pe… evaṁ so tenaṅgena pāsaṁso.

[¶18] If a mendicant who eats only almsfood is restless … then in this respect they’re reprehensible. If a mendicant who eats only almsfood is not restless … then in this respect they’re praiseworthy.

> Pali: Piṇḍapātiko cepi, gahapati, bhikkhu hoti uddhato …pe… evaṁ so tenaṅgena gārayho. Piṇḍapātiko cepi, gahapati, bhikkhu hoti anuddhato …pe… evaṁ so tenaṅgena pāsaṁso.

[¶19] If a mendicant who accepts invitations is restless … then in this respect they’re reprehensible. If a mendicant who accepts invitations is not restless … then in this respect they’re praiseworthy.

> Pali: Nemantaniko cepi, gahapati, bhikkhu hoti uddhato …pe… evaṁ so tenaṅgena gārayho. Nemantaniko cepi, gahapati, bhikkhu hoti anuddhato …pe… evaṁ so tenaṅgena pāsaṁso.

[¶20] If a mendicant who wears rag robes is restless … then in this respect they’re reprehensible. If a mendicant who wears rag robes is not restless … then in this respect they’re praiseworthy.

> Pali: Paṁsukūliko cepi, gahapati, bhikkhu hoti uddhato …pe… evaṁ so tenaṅgena gārayho. Paṁsukūliko cepi, gahapati, bhikkhu hoti anuddhato …pe… evaṁ so tenaṅgena pāsaṁso.

[¶21] If a mendicant who wears robes offered by householders is haughty, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, loose-tongued, unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with straying mind and undisciplined faculties, then in this respect they’re reprehensible. If a mendicant who wears robes offered by householders is not haughty, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, or loose-tongued, but has established mindfulness, situational awareness and immersion, with unified mind and restrained faculties, then in this respect they’re praiseworthy.

> Pali: Gahapaticīvaradharo cepi, gahapati, bhikkhu hoti uddhato unnaḷo capalo mukharo vikiṇṇavāco muṭṭhassati asampajāno asamāhito vibbhantacitto pākatindriyo. Evaṁ so tenaṅgena gārayho. Gahapaticīvaradharo cepi, gahapati, bhikkhu hoti anuddhato anunnaḷo acapalo amukharo avikiṇṇavāco upaṭṭhitassati sampajāno samāhito ekaggacitto saṁvutindriyo. Evaṁ so tenaṅgena pāsaṁso.

[¶22] Go ahead, householder, give gifts to the Saṅgha. Your mind will become bright and clear, and when your body breaks up, after death, you’ll be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”

> Pali: Iṅgha tvaṁ, gahapati, saṅghe dānaṁ dehi. Saṅghe te dānaṁ dadato cittaṁ pasīdissati. So tvaṁ pasannacitto kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissasī”ti.

[¶23] “Sir, from this day forth I will give gifts to the Saṅgha.”

> Pali: “Esāhaṁ, bhante, ajjatagge saṅghe dānaṁ dassāmī”ti.

[¶24] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ.

[¶25] AN 6.60 · With Hatthisāriputta

> Pali: AN 6.60 · Hatthisāriputtasutta

[¶26] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Varanasi in the deer park at Isipatana.

> Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye.

[¶27] Now at that time several senior mendicants, after the meal, on their return from almsround, sat together in the pavilion talking about the teachings. Venerable Citta Hatthisāriputta interrupted them while they were talking.

> Pali: Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā therā bhikkhū pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā maṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnā sannipatitā abhidhammakathaṁ kathenti. Tatra sudaṁ āyasmā citto hatthisāriputto therānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ abhidhammakathaṁ kathentānaṁ antarantarā kathaṁ opāteti.

[¶28] Then Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita said to Venerable Citta Hatthisāriputta, “Venerable, please don’t interrupt the senior mendicants while they’re talking about the teachings. Wait until the end of the discussion.”

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ cittaṁ hatthisāriputtaṁ etadavoca: “māyasmā citto hatthisāriputto therānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ abhidhammakathaṁ kathentānaṁ antarantarā kathaṁ opātesi, yāva kathāpariyosānaṁ āyasmā citto āgametū”ti.

[¶29] When he said this, Citta Hatthisāriputta’s companions said to Mahākoṭṭhita, “Venerable, please don’t rebuke Citta Hatthisāriputta. He is astute, and quite capable of talking about the teachings with the senior mendicants.”

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, āyasmato cittassa hatthisāriputtassa sahāyakā bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ mahākoṭṭhikaṁ etadavocuṁ: “māyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ cittaṁ hatthisāriputtaṁ apasādesi, paṇḍito āyasmā citto hatthisāriputto. Pahoti cāyasmā citto hatthisāriputto therānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ abhidhammakathaṁ kathetun”ti.

[¶30] “It’s not easy to know this, reverends, for those who don’t encompass another’s mind.

> Pali: “Dujjānaṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso, parassa cetopariyāyaṁ ajānantehi.

[¶31] Take an individual who is the gentlest of the gentle, the most placid of the placid, the calmest of the calm, so long as they live relying on the Teacher or a spiritual companion in a teacher’s role. But when they’re separated from the Teacher or a spiritual companion in a teacher’s role, they mix closely with monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen; with rulers and their chief ministers, and with monastics of other religions and their disciples. As they mix closely, they become familiar and loose, spending time chatting, and so lust infects their mind. They resign the training and return to a lesser life.

> Pali: Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo tāvadeva soratasorato hoti, nivātanivāto hoti, upasantupasanto hoti, yāva satthāraṁ upanissāya viharati aññataraṁ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ. Yato ca kho so vapakassateva satthārā, vapakassati garuṭṭhāniyehi sabrahmacārīhi, so saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi raññā rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi. Tassa saṁsaṭṭhassa vissatthassa pākatassa bhassamanuyuttassa viharato rāgo cittaṁ anuddhaṁseti. So rāgānuddhaṁsitena cittena sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati.

[¶32] Suppose an ox fond of crops was tied up or shut in a pen. Would it be right to say that that ox will never again invade the crops?”

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, āvuso, goṇo kiṭṭhādo dāmena vā baddho vaje vā oruddho. Yo nu kho, āvuso, evaṁ vadeyya: ‘na dānāyaṁ goṇo kiṭṭhādo punadeva kiṭṭhaṁ otarissatī’ti, sammā nu kho so, āvuso, vadamāno vadeyyā”ti?

[¶33] “No it would not, reverend. For it’s quite possible that that ox will snap the ropes or break out of the pen, and then invade the crops.”

> Pali: “No hidaṁ, āvuso”. “Ṭhānañhetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati, yaṁ so goṇo kiṭṭhādo dāmaṁ vā chetvā vajaṁ vā bhinditvā, atha punadeva kiṭṭhaṁ otareyyāti.

[¶34] “In the same way, take an individual who is the gentlest of the gentle … As they mix closely, they become familiar and loose, spending time chatting, and so lust infects their mind. They resign the training and return to a lesser life.

> Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo tāvadeva soratasorato hoti, nivātanivāto hoti, upasantupasanto hoti yāva satthāraṁ upanissāya viharati aññataraṁ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ. Yato ca kho so vapakassateva satthārā, vapakassati garuṭṭhāniyehi sabrahmacārīhi, so saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi raññā rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi. Tassa saṁsaṭṭhassa vissatthassa pākatassa bhassamanuyuttassa viharato rāgo cittaṁ anuddhaṁseti. So rāgānuddhaṁsitena cittena sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati.

[¶35] And take an individual who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. Thinking, ‘I get the first absorption!’ they mix closely with monks … They resign the training and return to a lesser life.

> Pali: Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. So ‘lābhimhi paṭhamassa jhānassā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi …pe… sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati.

[¶36] Suppose the heavens were raining heavily at the crossroads so that the dust vanished and mud appeared. Would it be right to say that now dust will never appear at this crossroad again?”

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, āvuso, cātumahāpathe thullaphusitako devo vassanto rajaṁ antaradhāpeyya, cikkhallaṁ pātukareyya. Yo nu kho, āvuso, evaṁ vadeyya: ‘na dāni amusmiṁ cātumahāpathe punadeva rajo pātubhavissatī’ti, sammā nu kho so, āvuso, vadamāno vadeyyā”ti?

[¶37] “No it would not, reverend. For it is quite possible that people or cattle and so on will cross over the crossroad, or that the wind and sun will evaporate the moisture so that the dust appears again.”

> Pali: “No hidaṁ, āvuso”. “Ṭhānañhetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati, yaṁ amusmiṁ cātumahāpathe manussā vā atikkameyyuṁ, gopasū vā atikkameyyuṁ, vātātapo vā snehagataṁ pariyādiyeyya, atha punadeva rajo pātubhaveyyāti.

[¶38] “In the same way, take an individual who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures … enters and remains in the first absorption. Thinking, ‘I get the first absorption!’ they mix closely with monks … They resign the training and return to a lesser life.

> Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. So ‘lābhimhi paṭhamassa jhānassā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi …pe… sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati.

[¶39] And take an individual who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled … enters and remains in the second absorption. Thinking, ‘I get the second absorption!’ they mix closely with monks … They resign the training and return to a lesser life.

> Pali: Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. So ‘lābhimhi dutiyassa jhānassā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi …pe… sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati.

[¶40] Suppose there was a large pond not far from a town or village. After the heavens have rained heavily there, the clams and mussels, and pebbles and gravel would vanish. Would it be right to say that now the clams and mussels, and pebbles and gravel will never appear here again?”

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, āvuso, gāmassa vā nigamassa vā avidūre mahantaṁ taḷākaṁ. Tattha thullaphusitako devo vuṭṭho sippisambukampi sakkharakaṭhalampi antaradhāpeyya. Yo nu kho, āvuso, evaṁ vadeyya: ‘na dāni amusmiṁ taḷāke punadeva sippisambukā vā sakkharakaṭhalā vā pātubhavissantī’ti, sammā nu kho so, āvuso, vadamāno vadeyyā”ti?

[¶41] “No it would not, reverend. For it’s quite possible that people or cattle and so on will drink from the pond, or that the wind and sun will evaporate it so that the clams and mussels, and pebbles and gravel appear again.”

> Pali: “No hidaṁ, āvuso”. “Ṭhānañhetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati, yaṁ amusmiṁ taḷāke manussā vā piveyyuṁ, gopasū vā piveyyuṁ, vātātapo vā snehagataṁ pariyādiyeyya, atha punadeva sippisambukāpi sakkharakaṭhalāpi pātubhaveyyunti.

[¶42] “In the same way, take an individual who, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled … enters and remains in the second absorption. Thinking, ‘I get the second absorption!’ they mix closely with monks … They resign the training and return to a lesser life.

> Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. So ‘lābhimhi dutiyassa jhānassā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi …pe… sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati.

[¶43] And take an individual who, with the fading away of rapture … enters and remains in the third absorption. Thinking, ‘I get the third absorption!’ they mix closely with monks … They resign the training and return to a lesser life.

> Pali: Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. So ‘lābhimhi tatiyassa jhānassā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi …pe… sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati.

[¶44] Suppose a person had finished a delicious meal. They’d have no appetite for leftovers. Would it be right to say that now food will never appeal to this person again?”

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, āvuso, purisaṁ paṇītabhojanaṁ bhuttāviṁ ābhidosikaṁ bhojanaṁ nacchādeyya. Yo nu kho, āvuso, evaṁ vadeyya: ‘na dāni amuṁ purisaṁ punadeva bhojanaṁ chādessatī’ti, sammā nu kho so, āvuso, vadamāno vadeyyā”ti?

[¶45] “No it would not, reverend. For it’s quite possible that other food won’t appeal to that person as long as the nourishment is still present. But when the nourishment vanishes food will appeal again.”

> Pali: “No hidaṁ, āvuso”. “Ṭhānañhetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati, amuṁ purisaṁ paṇītabhojanaṁ bhuttāviṁ yāvassa sā ojā kāye ṭhassati tāva na aññaṁ bhojanaṁ chādessati. Yato ca khvassa sā ojā antaradhāyissati, atha punadeva taṁ bhojanaṁ chādeyyāti.

[¶46] “In the same way, take an individual who, with the fading away of rapture … enters and remains in the third absorption. Thinking, ‘I get the third absorption!’ they mix closely with monks … They resign the training and return to a lesser life.

> Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. So ‘lābhimhi tatiyassa jhānassā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi …pe… sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati.

[¶47] And take an individual who, giving up pleasure and pain … enters and remains in the fourth absorption. Thinking, ‘I get the fourth absorption!’ they mix closely with monks … They resign the training and return to a lesser life.

> Pali: Idha, panāvuso, ekacco puggalo sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. So ‘lābhimhi catutthassa jhānassā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi …pe… sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati.

[¶48] Suppose that in a mountain glen there was a lake, placid and free of waves. Would it be right to say that now waves will never appear in this lake again?”

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, āvuso, pabbatasaṅkhepe udakarahado nivāto vigataūmiko. Yo nu kho, āvuso, evaṁ vadeyya: ‘na dāni amusmiṁ udakarahade punadeva ūmi pātubhavissatī’ti, sammā nu kho so, āvuso, vadamāno vadeyyā”ti?

[¶49] “No it would not, reverend. For it is quite possible that a violent storm could blow up out of the east, west, north, or south, and stir up waves in that lake.”

> Pali: “No hidaṁ, āvuso”. “Ṭhānañhetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati, yā puratthimāya disāya āgaccheyya bhusā vātavuṭṭhi. Sā tasmiṁ udakarahade ūmiṁ janeyya. Yā pacchimāya disāya āgaccheyya …pe… yā uttarāya disāya āgaccheyya … yā dakkhiṇāya disāya āgaccheyya bhusā vātavuṭṭhi. Sā tasmiṁ udakarahade ūmiṁ janeyyāti.

[¶50] “In the same way, take an individual who, giving up pleasure and pain … enters and remains in the fourth absorption. Thinking, ‘I get the fourth absorption!’ they mix closely with monks … They resign the training and return to a lesser life.

> Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. So ‘lābhimhi catutthassa jhānassā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi …pe… sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati.

[¶51] And take an individual who, not focusing on any signs, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart. Thinking, ‘I get the signless immersion of the heart!’ they mix closely with monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen; with rulers and their chief ministers, and with monastics of other religions and their disciples. As they mix closely, they become familiar and loose, spending time chatting, and so lust infects their mind. They resign the training and return to a lesser life.

> Pali: Idha, panāvuso, ekacco puggalo sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati. So ‘lābhimhi animittassa cetosamādhissā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi raññā rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi. Tassa saṁsaṭṭhassa vissatthassa pākatassa bhassamanuyuttassa viharato rāgo cittaṁ anuddhaṁseti. So rāgānuddhaṁsitena cittena sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati.

[¶52] Suppose a ruler or their chief minister, while walking along the road with an army of four divisions, was to arrive at a forest grove where they set up camp for the night. There, because of the noise of the elephants, horses, chariots, soldiers, and the drums, kettledrums, horns, and cymbals, the chirping of crickets would vanish. Would it be right to say that now the chirping of crickets will never be heard in this woodland grove again?”

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rājā vā rājamahāmatto vā caturaṅginiyā senāya addhānamaggappaṭipanno aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe ekarattiṁ vāsaṁ upagaccheyya. Tatra hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena pattisaddena bheripaṇavasaṅkhatiṇavaninnādasaddena cīrikasaddo antaradhāyeyya. Yo nu kho, āvuso, evaṁ vadeyya: ‘na dāni amusmiṁ vanasaṇḍe punadeva cīrikasaddo pātubhavissatī’ti, sammā nu kho so, āvuso, vadamāno vadeyyā”ti?

[¶53] “No it would not, reverend. For it is quite possible that the ruler or their chief minister will leave that woodland grove so that the chirping of crickets will be heard there again.”

> Pali: “No hidaṁ, āvuso”. “Ṭhānañhetaṁ, āvuso, vijjati, yaṁ so rājā vā rājamahāmatto vā tamhā vanasaṇḍā pakkameyya, atha punadeva cīrikasaddo pātubhaveyyāti.

[¶54] “In the same way, take an individual who, not focusing on any signs, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart … They resign the training and return to a lesser life.”

> Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, āvuso, idhekacco puggalo sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati. So ‘lābhimhi animittassa cetosamādhissā’ti saṁsaṭṭho viharati bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi raññā rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi. Tassa saṁsaṭṭhassa vissatthassa pākatassa bhassamanuyuttassa viharato rāgo cittaṁ anuddhaṁseti. So rāgānuddhaṁsitena cittena sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattatī”ti.

[¶55] Then after some time Venerable Citta Hatthisāriputta resigned the training and returned to a lesser life. Then the mendicants who were his companions went up to Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita and said, “Did Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita encompass Citta Hatthisāriputta’s mind and know that he had gained this and that meditative attainments, yet he would still resign the training and return to a lesser life? Or did deities tell you about it?”

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā citto hatthisāriputto aparena samayena sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati. Atha kho cittassa hatthisāriputtassa sahāyakā bhikkhū yenāyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākoṭṭhikaṁ etadavocuṁ: “kiṁ nu kho āyasmatā mahākoṭṭhikena citto hatthisāriputto cetasā ceto paricca vidito: ‘imāsañca imāsañca vihārasamāpattīnaṁ citto hatthisāriputto lābhī, atha ca pana sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissatī’ti; udāhu devatā etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ: ‘citto, bhante, hatthisāriputto imāsañca imāsañca vihārasamāpattīnaṁ lābhī, atha ca pana sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissatī’”ti?

[¶56] “Reverends, I encompassed his mind and knew this. And deities also told me.”

> Pali: “Cetasā ceto paricca vidito me, āvuso: ‘citto hatthisāriputto imāsañca imāsañca vihārasamāpattīnaṁ lābhī, atha ca pana sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissatī’ti. Devatāpi me etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ: ‘citto, bhante, hatthisāriputto imāsañca imāsañca vihārasamāpattīnaṁ lābhī, atha ca pana sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissatī’”ti.

[¶57] Then the mendicants who were Citta Hatthisāriputta’s companions went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, “Sir, Citta Hatthisāriputta, who had gained this and that meditative attainments, has still resigned the training and returned to a lesser life.”

> Pali: Atha kho cittassa hatthisāriputtassa sahāyakā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ: “citto, bhante, hatthisāriputto imāsañca imāsañca vihārasamāpattīnaṁ lābhī, atha ca pana sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattatī”ti.

[¶58] “Mendicants, soon Citta will remember renunciation.”

> Pali: “Na, bhikkhave, citto ciraṁ sarissati nekkhammassā”ti.

[¶59] And not long after Citta Hatthisāriputta shaved off his hair and beard, dressed in ocher robes, and went forth from the lay life to homelessness. Then Citta Hatthisāriputta, living alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute, soon realized the supreme culmination of the spiritual path in this very life. He lived having achieved with his own insight the goal for which gentlemen rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness.

> Pali: Atha kho citto hatthisāriputto nacirasseva kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbaji. Atha kho āyasmā citto hatthisāriputto eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva—yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi.

[¶60] He understood: “Rebirth is ended; the spiritual journey has been completed; what had to be done has been done; there is nothing further for this place.” And Venerable Citta Hatthisāriputta became one of the perfected.

> Pali: “Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyā”ti abbhaññāsi. Aññataro ca panāyasmā citto hatthisāriputto arahataṁ ahosīti.

[¶61] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ.

[¶62] AN 6.61 · In the Middle

> Pali: AN 6.61 · Majjhesutta

[¶63] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Varanasi in the deer park at Isipatana.

> Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye.

[¶64] Now at that time, after the meal, on return from almsround, several senior mendicants sat together in the pavilion and this discussion came up among them, “Reverends, this was said by the Buddha in ‘The Way to the Far Shore’, in ‘The Questions of Metteyya’:

> Pali: Tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṁ therānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṁ maṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnānaṁ sannipatitānaṁ ayamantarākathā udapādi: “vuttamidaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā pārāyane metteyyapañhe:

[¶65] ‘The thoughtful one, knowing both ends,
is not stuck in the middle.
He is a great man, I declare;
he has escaped the seamstress here.’

> Pali: ‘Yo ubhonte viditvāna,
majjhe mantā na lippati;
Taṁ brūmi mahāpurisoti,
sodha sibbinimaccagā’”ti.

[¶66] But what is one end? What’s the second end? What’s the middle? And who is the seamstress?” When this was said, one of the mendicants said to the senior mendicants:

> Pali: “Katamo nu kho, āvuso, eko anto, katamo dutiyo anto, kiṁ majjhe, kā sibbinī”ti? Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etadavoca:

[¶67] “Contact, reverends, is one end. The origin of contact is the second end. The cessation of contact is the middle. And craving is the seamstress, for craving weaves one to being regenerated in one state of existence or another. That’s how a mendicant directly knows what should be directly known and completely understands what should be completely understood. Knowing and understanding thus they make an end of suffering in this very life.”

> Pali: “phasso kho, āvuso, eko anto, phassasamudayo dutiyo anto, phassanirodho majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī; taṇhā hi naṁ sibbati tassa tasseva bhavassa abhinibbattiyā. Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṁ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānanto pariññeyyaṁ parijānanto diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hotī”ti.

[¶68] When this was said, one of the mendicants said to the senior mendicants:

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etadavoca:

[¶69] “The past, reverends, is one end. The future is the second end. The present is the middle. And craving is the seamstress … That’s how a mendicant directly knows … an end of suffering in this very life.”

> Pali: “atītaṁ kho, āvuso, eko anto, anāgataṁ dutiyo anto, paccuppannaṁ majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī; taṇhā hi naṁ sibbati tassa tasseva bhavassa abhinibbattiyā. Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṁ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānanto, pariññeyyaṁ parijānanto diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hotī”ti.

[¶70] When this was said, one of the mendicants said to the senior mendicants:

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etadavoca:

[¶71] “Pleasant feeling, reverends, is one end. Painful feeling is the second end. Neutral feeling is the middle. And craving is the seamstress … That’s how a mendicant directly knows … an end of suffering in this very life.”

> Pali: “sukhā, āvuso, vedanā eko anto, dukkhā vedanā dutiyo anto, adukkhamasukhā vedanā majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī; taṇhā hi naṁ sibbati tassa tasseva bhavassa abhinibbattiyā. Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṁ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānanto, pariññeyyaṁ parijānanto diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hotī”ti.

[¶72] When this was said, one of the mendicants said to the senior mendicants:

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etadavoca:

[¶73] “Name, reverends, is one end. Form is the second end. Consciousness is the middle. And craving is the seamstress … That’s how a mendicant directly knows … an end of suffering in this very life.”

> Pali: “nāmaṁ kho, āvuso, eko anto, rūpaṁ dutiyo anto, viññāṇaṁ majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī; taṇhā hi naṁ sibbati tassa tasseva bhavassa abhinibbattiyā. Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṁ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānanto pariññeyyaṁ parijānanto diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hotī”ti.

[¶74] When this was said, one of the mendicants said to the senior mendicants:

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etadavoca:

[¶75] “The six interior sense fields, reverends, are one end. The six exterior sense fields are the second end. Consciousness is the middle. And craving is the seamstress … That’s how a mendicant directly knows … an end of suffering in this very life.”

> Pali: “cha kho, āvuso, ajjhattikāni āyatanāni eko anto, cha bāhirāni āyatanāni dutiyo anto, viññāṇaṁ majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī; taṇhā hi naṁ sibbati tassa tasseva bhavassa abhinibbattiyā. Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṁ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānanto pariññeyyaṁ parijānanto diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hotī”ti.

[¶76] When this was said, one of the mendicants said to the senior mendicants:

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etadavoca:

[¶77] “Substantial reality, reverends, is one end. The origin of substantial reality is the second end. The cessation of substantial reality is the middle. And craving is the seamstress, for craving weaves one to being regenerated in one state of existence or another. That’s how a mendicant directly knows what should be directly known and completely understands what should be completely understood. Knowing and understanding thus they make an end of suffering in this very life.”

> Pali: “sakkāyo kho, āvuso, eko anto, sakkāyasamudayo dutiyo anto, sakkāyanirodho majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī; taṇhā hi naṁ sibbati tassa tasseva bhavassa abhinibbattiyā. Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṁ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānanto pariññeyyaṁ parijānanto diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hotī”ti.

[¶78] When this was said, one of the mendicants said to the senior mendicants:

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etadavoca:

[¶79] “Each of us has spoken from the heart. Come, reverends, let’s go to the Buddha, and inform him about this. As he answers, so we’ll remember it.”

> Pali: “byākataṁ kho, āvuso, amhehi sabbeheva yathāsakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ. Āyāmāvuso, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocessāma. Yathā no bhagavā byākarissati tathā naṁ dhāressāmā”ti.

[¶80] “Yes, reverend,” those senior mendicants replied. Then those senior mendicants went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and informed the Buddha of all they had discussed. They asked, “Sir, who has spoken well?”

> Pali: “Evamāvuso”ti kho therā bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno paccassosuṁ. Atha kho therā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho therā bhikkhū yāvatako ahosi sabbeheva saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesuṁ. “Kassa nu kho, bhante, subhāsitan”ti?

[¶81] “Mendicants, you’ve all spoken well in a way. However, this is what I was referring to in ‘The Way to the Far Shore’, in ‘The Questions of Metteyya’ when I said:

> Pali: “Sabbesaṁ vo, bhikkhave, subhāsitaṁ pariyāyena, api ca yaṁ mayā sandhāya bhāsitaṁ pārāyane metteyyapañhe:

[¶82] ‘The thoughtful one, knowing both ends,
is not stuck in the middle.
He is a great man, I declare;
he has escaped the seamstress here.’

> Pali: ‘Yo ubhonte viditvāna,
majjhe mantā na lippati;
Taṁ brūmi mahāpurisoti,
sodha sibbinimaccagā’ti.

[¶83] Listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”

> Pali: Taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.

[¶84] “Yes, sir,” they replied. The Buddha said this:

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho therā bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca:

[¶85] “Contact, mendicants, is one end. The origin of contact is the second end. The cessation of contact is the middle. And craving is the seamstress, for craving weaves one to being regenerated in one state of existence or another. That’s how a mendicant directly knows what should be directly known and completely understands what should be completely understood. Knowing and understanding thus they make an end of suffering in this very life.”

> Pali: “phasso kho, bhikkhave, eko anto, phassasamudayo dutiyo anto, phassanirodho majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī; taṇhā hi naṁ sibbati tassa tasseva bhavassa abhinibbattiyā. Ettāvatā kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṁ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṁ abhijānanto pariññeyyaṁ parijānanto diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hotī”ti.

[¶86] > Pali: Sattamaṁ.

## 11. The Great Chapter · AN 6.62–6.63

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/11/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/11/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.62 · Knowledge of the Faculties of Persons

> Pali: AN 6.62 · Purisindriyañāṇasutta

[¶1] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a town of the Kosalans named Daṇḍakappaka. The Buddha left the road and sat at the root of a tree on the seat spread out. The mendicants entered Daṇḍakappaka to look for a guest house.

> Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena daṇḍakappakaṁ nāma kosalānaṁ nigamo tadavasari. Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle paññatte āsane nisīdi. Te ca bhikkhū daṇḍakappakaṁ pavisiṁsu āvasathaṁ pariyesituṁ.

[¶2] Then Venerable Ānanda together with several mendicants went to the Aciravatī River to bathe. When he had bathed and emerged from the water he stood in one robe drying his limbs.

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā ānando sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ yena aciravatī nadī tenupasaṅkami gattāni parisiñcituṁ. Aciravatiyā nadiyā gattāni parisiñcitvā paccuttaritvā ekacīvaro aṭṭhāsi gattāni pubbāpayamāno.

[¶3] Then a certain mendicant went up to Venerable Ānanda, and said to him, “Reverend Ānanda, when the Buddha declared that Devadatta was going to a place of loss, to hell, there to remain for an eon, irredeemable, did he do so after wholeheartedly deliberating, or was this just a way of speaking?”

> Pali: Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca: “kiṁ nu kho, āvuso ānanda, sabbaṁ cetaso samannāharitvā nu kho devadatto bhagavatā byākato: ‘āpāyiko devadatto nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho’ti, udāhu kenacideva pariyāyenāti?

[¶4] “You’re right, reverend, that’s how the Buddha declared it.”

> Pali: Evaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā byākatan”ti.

[¶5] Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.

> Pali: Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “idhāhaṁ, bhante, sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ yena aciravatī nadī tenupasaṅkamiṁ gattāni parisiñcituṁ. Aciravatiyā nadiyā gattāni parisiñcitvā paccuttaritvā ekacīvaro aṭṭhāsiṁ gattāni pubbāpayamāno. Atha kho, bhante, aññataro bhikkhu yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ etadavoca: ‘kiṁ nu kho, āvuso ānanda, sabbaṁ cetaso samannāharitvā nu kho devadatto bhagavatā byākato— āpāyiko devadatto nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekicchoti, udāhu kenacideva pariyāyenā’ti? Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavocaṁ: ‘evaṁ kho panetaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā byākatan’”ti.

[¶6] “Ānanda, that mendicant must be junior, recently gone forth, or else a foolish, incompetent senior mendicant. How on earth can he take something that I have declared categorically to be ambiguous? I do not see a single other individual about whom I have given such whole-hearted deliberation before making a declaration as I did in the case of Devadatta.

> Pali: “So vā kho, ānanda, bhikkhu navo bhavissati acirapabbajito, thero vā pana bālo abyatto. Kathañhi nāma yaṁ mayā ekaṁsena byākataṁ tattha dvejjhaṁ āpajjissati. Nāhaṁ, ānanda, aññaṁ ekapuggalampi samanupassāmi, yo evaṁ mayā sabbaṁ cetaso samannāharitvā byākato, yathayidaṁ devadatto.

[¶7] As long as I saw even a fraction of a hair’s tip of goodness in Devadatta I did not declare that he was going to a place of loss, to hell, there to remain for an eon, irredeemable. But when I saw that there was not even a fraction of a hair’s tip of goodness in Devadatta I declared that he was going to a place of loss, to hell, there to remain for an eon, irredeemable.

> Pali: Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, ānanda, devadattassa vālaggakoṭinittudanamattampi sukkadhammaṁ addasaṁ; neva tāvāhaṁ devadattaṁ byākāsiṁ: ‘āpāyiko devadatto nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho’ti. Yato ca kho ahaṁ, ānanda, devadattassa vālaggakoṭinittudanamattampi sukkadhammaṁ na addasaṁ; athāhaṁ devadattaṁ byākāsiṁ: ‘āpāyiko devadatto nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho’ti.

[¶8] Suppose there was a sewer deeper than a man’s height, full to the brim with feces, and someone was sunk into it over their head. Then along comes a person who wants to help make them safe, who wants to lift them out of that sewer. But circling all around the sewer they couldn’t see even a fraction of a hair’s tip of that person that was not smeared with feces.

> Pali: Seyyathāpi, ānanda, gūthakūpo sādhikaporiso pūro gūthassa samatittiko. Tatra puriso sasīsako nimuggo assa. Tassa kocideva puriso uppajjeyya atthakāmo hitakāmo yogakkhemakāmo tamhā gūthakūpā uddharitukāmo. So taṁ gūthakūpaṁ samantānuparigacchanto neva passeyya tassa purisassa vālaggakoṭinittudanamattampi gūthena amakkhitaṁ, yattha taṁ gahetvā uddhareyya.

[¶9] In the same way, when I saw that there was not even a fraction of a hair’s tip of goodness in Devadatta I declared that he was going to a place of loss, to hell, there to remain for an eon, irredeemable. If you would all listen, Ānanda, I will analyze the Realized One’s knowledges of the faculties of persons.”

> Pali: Evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, ānanda, yato devadattassa vālaggakoṭinittudanamattampi sukkadhammaṁ na addasaṁ; athāhaṁ devadattaṁ byākāsiṁ: ‘āpāyiko devadatto nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho’ti. Sace tumhe, ānanda, suṇeyyātha tathāgatassa purisindriyañāṇāni vibhajissāmī”ti?

[¶10] “Now is the time, Blessed One! Now is the time, Holy One! Let the Buddha analyze the faculties of persons. The mendicants will listen and remember it.”

> Pali: “Etassa, bhagavā, kālo; etassa, sugata, kālo yaṁ bhagavā purisindriyañāṇāni vibhajeyya. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.

[¶11] “Well then, Ānanda, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”

> Pali: “Tenahānanda, suṇāhi, sādhukaṁ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī”ti.

[¶12] “Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied. The Buddha said this:

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca:

[¶13] “Ānanda, when I’ve comprehended the mind of an individual, I understand: ‘Both skillful and unskillful qualities are found in this individual.’ After some time I encompass their mind and understand: ‘The skillful qualities of this individual have vanished, but the unskillful qualities are still present. Nevertheless, their skillful root is unbroken, and from that the skillful will appear. So this individual is not liable to decline in the future.’ Suppose some seeds were intact, unspoiled, not weather-damaged, fertile, and well-kept. And they were sown in a well-prepared, productive field. Wouldn’t you know that those seeds would grow, increase, and mature?”

> Pali: “Idhāhaṁ, ānanda, ekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa vijjamānā kusalāpi dhammā akusalāpi dhammā’ti. Tamenaṁ aparena samayena evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa kusalā dhammā antarahitā, akusalā dhammā sammukhībhūtā. Atthi ca khvassa kusalamūlaṁ asamucchinnaṁ, tamhā tassa kusalā kusalaṁ pātubhavissati. Evamayaṁ puggalo āyatiṁ aparihānadhammo bhavissatī’ti. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, bījāni akhaṇḍāni apūtīni avātātapahatāni sāradāni sukhasayitāni sukhette suparikammakatāya bhūmiyā nikkhittāni. Jāneyyāsi tvaṁ, ānanda, imāni bījāni vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjissantī”ti?

[¶14] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶15] “In the same way, when I’ve comprehended the mind of an individual, I understand … This individual is not liable to decline in the future … This is how another individual is known to the Realized One by encompassing their mind. And this is how the Realized One knows a person’s faculties by encompassing their mind. And this is how the Realized One knows the future origination of a person’s qualities by encompassing their mind.

> Pali: “Evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, ānanda, idhekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa vijjamānā kusalāpi dhammā akusalāpi dhammā’ti. Tamenaṁ aparena samayena evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa kusalā dhammā antarahitā, akusalā dhammā sammukhībhūtā. Atthi ca khvassa kusalamūlaṁ asamucchinnaṁ, tamhā tassa kusalā kusalaṁ pātubhavissati. Evamayaṁ puggalo āyatiṁ aparihānadhammo bhavissatī’ti. Evampi kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa purisapuggalo cetasā ceto paricca vidito hoti. Evampi kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa purisindriyañāṇaṁ cetasā ceto paricca viditaṁ hoti. Evampi kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa āyatiṁ dhammasamuppādo cetasā ceto paricca vidito hoti.

[¶16] When I’ve comprehended the mind of an individual, I understand: ‘Both skillful and unskillful qualities are found in this individual.’ After some time I encompass their mind and understand: ‘The unskillful qualities of this individual have vanished, but the skillful qualities are still present. Nevertheless, their unskillful root is unbroken, and from that the unskillful will appear. So this individual is still liable to decline in the future.’ Suppose some seeds were intact, unspoiled, not weather-damaged, fertile, and well-kept. And they were sown on a broad rock. Wouldn’t you know that those seeds would not grow, increase, and mature?”

> Pali: Idha panāhaṁ, ānanda, ekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa vijjamānā kusalāpi dhammā akusalāpi dhammā’ti. Tamenaṁ aparena samayena evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa akusalā dhammā antarahitā, kusalā dhammā sammukhībhūtā. Atthi ca khvassa akusalamūlaṁ asamucchinnaṁ, tamhā tassa akusalā akusalaṁ pātubhavissati. Evamayaṁ puggalo āyatiṁ parihānadhammo bhavissatī’ti. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, bījāni akhaṇḍāni apūtīni avātātapahatāni sāradāni sukhasayitāni puthusilāya nikkhittāni. Jāneyyāsi tvaṁ, ānanda, nayimāni bījāni vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjissantī”ti?

[¶17] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶18] “In the same way, when I’ve comprehended the mind of an individual, I understand … This individual is still liable to decline in the future … This is how another individual is known to the Realized One …

> Pali: “Evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, ānanda, idhekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa vijjamānā kusalāpi dhammā akusalāpi dhammā’ti. Tamenaṁ aparena samayena evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa akusalā dhammā antarahitā, kusalā dhammā sammukhībhūtā. Atthi ca khvassa akusalamūlaṁ asamucchinnaṁ, tamhā tassa akusalā akusalaṁ pātubhavissati. Evamayaṁ puggalo āyatiṁ parihānadhammo bhavissatī’ti. Evampi kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa purisapuggalo cetasā ceto paricca vidito hoti. Evampi kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa purisindriyañāṇaṁ cetasā ceto paricca viditaṁ hoti. Evampi kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa āyatiṁ dhammasamuppādo cetasā ceto paricca vidito hoti.

[¶19] When I’ve comprehended the mind of an individual, I understand: ‘Both skillful and unskillful qualities are found in this individual.’ After some time I encompass their mind and understand: ‘This individual has not even a fraction of a hair’s tip of goodness. They have absolutely dark, unskillful qualities. When their body breaks up, after death, they will be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.’ Suppose some seeds were broken, spoiled, weather-damaged. And they were sown in a well-prepared, productive field. Wouldn’t you know that those seeds would not grow, increase, and mature?”

> Pali: Idha panāhaṁ, ānanda, ekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa vijjamānā kusalāpi dhammā akusalāpi dhammā’ti. Tamenaṁ aparena samayena evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘natthi imassa puggalassa vālaggakoṭinittudanamattopi sukko dhammo, samannāgatoyaṁ puggalo ekantakāḷakehi akusalehi dhammehi, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjissatī’ti. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, bījāni khaṇḍāni pūtīni vātātapahatāni sukhette suparikammakatāya bhūmiyā nikkhittāni. Jāneyyāsi tvaṁ, ānanda, nayimāni bījāni vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjissantī”ti?

[¶20] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶21] “In the same way, when I’ve comprehended the mind of an individual, I understand … ‘This individual has not even a fraction of a hair’s tip of goodness. They have absolutely dark, unskillful qualities. When their body breaks up, after death, they will be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.’ …”

> Pali: “Evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, ānanda, idhekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa vijjamānā kusalāpi dhammā akusalāpi dhammā’ti. Tamenaṁ aparena samayena evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘natthi imassa puggalassa vālaggakoṭinittudanamattopi sukko dhammo, samannāgatoyaṁ puggalo ekantakāḷakehi akusalehi dhammehi, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjissatī’ti. Evampi kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa purisapuggalo cetasā ceto paricca vidito hoti. Evampi kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa purisindriyañāṇaṁ cetasā ceto paricca viditaṁ hoti. Evampi kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa āyatiṁ dhammasamuppādo cetasā ceto paricca vidito hotī”ti.

[¶22] When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha, “Sir, can you describe three other individuals who share a portion of these three?”

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “sakkā nu kho, bhante, imesaṁ tiṇṇaṁ puggalānaṁ aparepi tayo puggalā sappaṭibhāgā paññāpetun”ti?

[¶23] “I can, Ānanda,” said the Buddha. “Ānanda, when I’ve comprehended the mind of an individual, I understand: ‘Both skillful and unskillful qualities are found in this individual.’ After some time I encompass their mind and understand: ‘The skillful qualities of this individual have vanished, but the unskillful qualities are still present. Nevertheless, their skillful root is unbroken, but it’s about to be totally destroyed. So this individual is still liable to decline in the future.’ Suppose there were some burning coals, blazing and glowing, placed on a broad rock. Wouldn’t you know that those coals would not grow, increase, and spread?”

> Pali: “Sakkā, ānandā”ti bhagavā avoca: “idhāhaṁ, ānanda, ekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa vijjamānā kusalāpi dhammā akusalāpi dhammā’ti. Tamenaṁ aparena samayena evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa kusalā dhammā antarahitā, akusalā dhammā sammukhībhūtā. Atthi ca khvassa kusalamūlaṁ asamucchinnaṁ, tampi sabbena sabbaṁ samugghātaṁ gacchati. Evamayaṁ puggalo āyatiṁ parihānadhammo bhavissatī’ti. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, aṅgārāni ādittāni sampajjalitāni sajotibhūtāni puthusilāya nikkhittāni. Jāneyyāsi tvaṁ, ānanda, nayimāni aṅgārāni vuddhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjissantī”ti?

[¶24] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶25] “Or suppose it’s the late afternoon and the sun was going down. Wouldn’t you know that the light was about to vanish and darkness appear?”

> Pali: “Seyyathāpi vā pana, ānanda, sāyanhasamayaṁ sūriye ogacchante, jāneyyāsi tvaṁ, ānanda, āloko antaradhāyissati andhakāro pātubhavissatī”ti?

[¶26] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶27] “Or suppose that it’s nearly time for the midnight meal. Wouldn’t you know that the light had vanished and the darkness appeared?”

> Pali: “Seyyathāpi vā, panānanda, abhido addharattaṁ bhattakālasamaye, jāneyyāsi tvaṁ, ānanda, āloko antarahito andhakāro pātubhūto”ti?

[¶28] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶29] “In the same way, when I’ve comprehended the mind of an individual, I understand … This individual is still liable to decline in the future …

> Pali: “Evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, ānanda, idhekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa vijjamānā kusalāpi dhammā akusalāpi dhammā’ti. Tamenaṁ aparena samayena evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa kusalā dhammā antarahitā, akusalā dhammā sammukhībhūtā. Atthi ca khvassa kusalamūlaṁ asamucchinnaṁ, tampi sabbena sabbaṁ samugghātaṁ gacchati. Evamayaṁ puggalo āyatiṁ parihānadhammo bhavissatī’ti. Evampi kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa purisapuggalo cetasā ceto paricca vidito hoti. Evampi kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa purisindriyañāṇaṁ cetasā ceto paricca viditaṁ hoti. Evampi kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa āyatiṁ dhammasamuppādo cetasā ceto paricca vidito hoti.

[¶30] When I’ve comprehended the mind of an individual, I understand: ‘Both skillful and unskillful qualities are found in this individual.’ After some time I encompass their mind and understand: ‘The unskillful qualities of this individual have vanished, but the skillful qualities are still present. Nevertheless, their unskillful root is unbroken, but it’s about to be totally destroyed. So this individual is not liable to decline in the future.’ Suppose there were some burning coals, blazing and glowing, placed on a pile of grass or timber. Wouldn’t you know that those coals would grow, increase, and spread?”

> Pali: Idha panāhaṁ, ānanda, ekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa vijjamānā kusalāpi dhammā akusalāpi dhammā’ti. Tamenaṁ aparena samayena evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa akusalā dhammā antarahitā, kusalā dhammā sammukhībhūtā. Atthi ca khvassa akusalamūlaṁ asamucchinnaṁ, tampi sabbena sabbaṁ samugghātaṁ gacchati. Evamayaṁ puggalo āyatiṁ aparihānadhammo bhavissatī’ti. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, aṅgārāni ādittāni sampajjalitāni sajotibhūtāni sukkhe tiṇapuñje vā kaṭṭhapuñje vā nikkhittāni. Jāneyyāsi tvaṁ, ānanda, imāni aṅgārāni vuḍḍhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjissantī”ti?

[¶31] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶32] “Or suppose it’s the crack of dawn and the sun is rising. Wouldn’t you know that the dark will vanish and the light appear?”

> Pali: “Seyyathāpi vā panānanda, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ sūriye uggacchante, jāneyyāsi tvaṁ, ānanda, andhakāro antaradhāyissati, āloko pātubhavissatī”ti?

[¶33] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶34] “Or suppose that it’s nearly time for the midday meal. Wouldn’t you know that the dark had vanished and the light appeared?”

> Pali: “Seyyathāpi vā panānanda, abhido majjhanhike bhattakālasamaye, jāneyyāsi tvaṁ, ānanda, andhakāro antarahito āloko pātubhūto”ti?

[¶35] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶36] “In the same way, when I’ve comprehended the mind of an individual, I understand … This individual is not liable to decline in the future …

> Pali: “Evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, ānanda, idhekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa vijjamānā kusalāpi dhammā akusalāpi dhammā’ti. Tamenaṁ aparena samayena evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa akusalā dhammā antarahitā, kusalā dhammā sammukhībhūtā. Atthi ca khvassa akusalamūlaṁ asamucchinnaṁ, tampi sabbena sabbaṁ samugghātaṁ gacchati. Evamayaṁ puggalo āyatiṁ aparihānadhammo bhavissatī’ti. Evampi kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa purisapuggalo cetasā ceto paricca vidito hoti. Evampi kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa purisindriyañāṇaṁ cetasā ceto paricca viditaṁ hoti. Evampi kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa āyatiṁ dhammasamuppādo cetasā ceto paricca vidito hoti.

[¶37] When I’ve comprehended the mind of an individual, I understand: ‘Both skillful and unskillful qualities are found in this individual.’ After some time I encompass their mind and understand: ‘This individual has not even a fraction of a hair’s tip of unskillful qualities. They have absolutely bright, blameless qualities. They will become extinguished in this very life.’ Suppose there were some cool, quenched coals, placed on a pile of grass or timber. Wouldn’t you know that those coals would not grow, increase, and spread?”

> Pali: Idha panāhaṁ, ānanda, ekaccaṁ puggalaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa vijjamānā kusalāpi dhammā akusalāpi dhammā’ti. Tamenaṁ aparena samayena evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘natthi imassa puggalassa vālaggakoṭinittudanamattopi akusalo dhammo, samannāgatoyaṁ puggalo ekantasukkehi anavajjehi dhammehi, diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyissatī’ti. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, aṅgārāni sītāni nibbutāni sukkhe tiṇapuñje vā kaṭṭhapuñje vā nikkhittāni. Jāneyyāsi tvaṁ, ānanda, nayimāni aṅgārāni vuḍḍhiṁ virūḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjissantī”ti?

[¶38] “Yes, sir.”

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”.

[¶39] “In the same way, when I’ve comprehended the mind of an individual, I understand … ‘This individual has not even a fraction of a hair’s tip of unskillful qualities. They have absolutely bright, blameless qualities. They will become extinguished in this very life.’ This is how another individual is known to the Realized One by encompassing their mind. And this is how the Realized One knows a person’s faculties by encompassing their mind. And this is how the Realized One knows the future origination of a person’s qualities by encompassing their mind.

> Pali: “Evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, ānanda, idhekaccaṁ puggalaṁ evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘imassa kho puggalassa vijjamānā kusalāpi dhammā akusalāpi dhammā’ti. Tamenaṁ aparena samayena evaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi: ‘natthi imassa puggalassa vālaggakoṭinittudanamattopi akusalo dhammo, samannāgatoyaṁ puggalo ekantasukkehi anavajjehi dhammehi, diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyissatī’ti. Evampi kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa purisapuggalo cetasā ceto paricca vidito hoti. Evampi kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa purisindriyañāṇaṁ cetasā ceto paricca viditaṁ hoti. Evampi kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa āyatiṁ dhammasamuppādo cetasā ceto paricca vidito hoti.

[¶40] And so, Ānanda, of the first three individuals one is not liable to decline, one is liable to decline, and one is bound for a place of loss, hell. And of the second three individuals, one is liable to decline, one is not liable to decline, and one is bound to become extinguished.”

> Pali: Tatrānanda, ye te purimā tayo puggalā tesaṁ tiṇṇaṁ puggalānaṁ eko aparihānadhammo, eko parihānadhammo, eko āpāyiko nerayiko. Tatrānanda, yeme pacchimā tayo puggalā imesaṁ tiṇṇaṁ puggalānaṁ eko parihānadhammo, eko aparihānadhammo, eko parinibbānadhammo”ti.

[¶41] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ.

[¶42] AN 6.63 · Penetrative

> Pali: AN 6.63 · Nibbedhikasutta

[¶43] “Mendicants, I will teach you a penetrative exposition of the teaching. Listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.”

> Pali: “Nibbedhikapariyāyaṁ vo, bhikkhave, dhammapariyāyaṁ desessāmi. Taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.

[¶44] “Yes, sir,” they replied. The Buddha said this:

> Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca:

[¶45] “Mendicants, what is the penetrative exposition of the teaching? Sensual pleasures should be known. And their source, diversity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation should be known.

> Pali: “Katamo ca so, bhikkhave, nibbedhikapariyāyo dhammapariyāyo? Kāmā, bhikkhave, veditabbā, kāmānaṁ nidānasambhavo veditabbo, kāmānaṁ vemattatā veditabbā, kāmānaṁ vipāko veditabbo, kāmanirodho veditabbo, kāmanirodhagāminī paṭipadā veditabbā.

[¶46] Feelings should be known. And their source, diversity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation should be known.

> Pali: Vedanā, bhikkhave, veditabbā, vedanānaṁ nidānasambhavo veditabbo, vedanānaṁ vemattatā veditabbā, vedanānaṁ vipāko veditabbo, vedanānirodho veditabbo, vedanānirodhagāminī paṭipadā veditabbā.

[¶47] Perceptions should be known. And their source, diversity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation should be known.

> Pali: Saññā, bhikkhave, veditabbā, saññānaṁ nidānasambhavo veditabbo, saññānaṁ vemattatā veditabbā, saññānaṁ vipāko veditabbo, saññānirodho veditabbo, saññānirodhagāminī paṭipadā veditabbā.

[¶48] Defilements should be known. And their source, diversity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation should be known.

> Pali: Āsavā, bhikkhave, veditabbā, āsavānaṁ nidānasambhavo veditabbo, āsavānaṁ vemattatā veditabbā, āsavānaṁ vipāko veditabbo, āsavanirodho veditabbo, āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā veditabbā.

[¶49] Deeds should be known. And their source, diversity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation should be known.

> Pali: Kammaṁ, bhikkhave, veditabbaṁ, kammānaṁ nidānasambhavo veditabbo, kammānaṁ vemattatā veditabbā, kammānaṁ vipāko veditabbo, kammanirodho veditabbo, kammanirodhagāminī paṭipadā veditabbā.

[¶50] Suffering should be known. And its source, diversity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation should be known.

> Pali: Dukkhaṁ, bhikkhave, veditabbaṁ, dukkhassa nidānasambhavo veditabbo, dukkhassa vemattatā veditabbā, dukkhassa vipāko veditabbo, dukkhanirodho veditabbo, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā veditabbā.

[¶51] ‘Sensual pleasures should be known. And their source, diversity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation should be known.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? There are these five kinds of sensual stimulation. Sights known by the eye, which are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing. Sounds known by the ear … Smells known by the nose … Tastes known by the tongue … Touches known by the body, which are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing. However, these are not sensual pleasures. In the training of the Noble One they’re called ‘kinds of sensual stimulation’.

> Pali: ‘Kāmā, bhikkhave, veditabbā, kāmānaṁ nidānasambhavo veditabbo, kāmānaṁ vemattatā veditabbā, kāmānaṁ vipāko veditabbo, kāmanirodho veditabbo, kāmanirodhagāminī paṭipadā veditabbā’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Pañcime, bhikkhave, kāmaguṇā— cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā, sotaviññeyyā saddā … ghānaviññeyyā gandhā … jivhāviññeyyā rasā … kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā. Api ca kho, bhikkhave, nete kāmā kāmaguṇā nāmete ariyassa vinaye vuccanti—

[¶52] Greedy intention is a person’s sensual pleasure.
The world’s pretty things aren’t sensual pleasures.
Greedy intention is a person’s sensual pleasure.
The world’s pretty things stay just as they are,
but the attentive remove desire for them.

> Pali: Saṅkapparāgo purisassa kāmo,
Nete kāmā yāni citrāni loke;
Saṅkapparāgo purisassa kāmo,
Tiṭṭhanti citrāni tatheva loke;
Athettha dhīrā vinayanti chandanti.

[¶53] And what is the source of sensual pleasures? Contact is their source.

> Pali: Katamo ca, bhikkhave, kāmānaṁ nidānasambhavo? Phasso, bhikkhave, kāmānaṁ nidānasambhavo.

[¶54] And what is the diversity of sensual pleasures? The sensual desire for sights, sounds, smells, tastes, and touches are all different. This is called the diversity of sensual pleasures.

> Pali: Katamā ca, bhikkhave, kāmānaṁ vemattatā? Añño, bhikkhave, kāmo rūpesu, añño kāmo saddesu, añño kāmo gandhesu, añño kāmo rasesu, añño kāmo phoṭṭhabbesu. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, kāmānaṁ vemattatā.

[¶55] And what is the result of sensual pleasures? When one who desires sensual pleasures generates a corresponding incarnation, partaking of either good or bad deeds—this is called the result of sensual pleasures.

> Pali: Katamo ca, bhikkhave, kāmānaṁ vipāko? Yaṁ kho, bhikkhave, kāmayamāno tajjaṁ tajjaṁ attabhāvaṁ abhinibbatteti puññabhāgiyaṁ vā apuññabhāgiyaṁ vā, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, kāmānaṁ vipāko.

[¶56] And what is the cessation of sensual pleasures? When contact ceases, sensual pleasures cease. The practice that leads to the cessation of sensual pleasures is simply this noble eightfold path, that is: right view, right purpose, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right immersion.

> Pali: Katamo ca, bhikkhave, kāmanirodho? Phassanirodho, bhikkhave, kāmanirodho. Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo kāmanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, seyyathidaṁ— sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi.

[¶57] When a noble disciple understands sensual pleasures in this way—and understands their source, diversity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation—they understand that this penetrative spiritual life is the cessation of sensual pleasures. ‘Sensual pleasures should be known. And their source, diversity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation should be known.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

> Pali: Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako evaṁ kāme pajānāti, evaṁ kāmānaṁ nidānasambhavaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ kāmānaṁ vemattataṁ pajānāti, evaṁ kāmānaṁ vipākaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ kāmanirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ kāmanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so imaṁ nibbedhikaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pajānāti kāmanirodhaṁ. Kāmā, bhikkhave, veditabbā …pe… kāmanirodhagāminī paṭipadā veditabbāti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.

[¶58] ‘Feelings should be known. And their source, diversity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation should be known.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? There are these three feelings: pleasant, painful, and neutral.

> Pali: Vedanā, bhikkhave, veditabbā …pe… vedanānirodhagāminī paṭipadā veditabbāti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Tisso imā, bhikkhave, vedanā— sukhā vedanā, dukkhā vedanā, adukkhamasukhā vedanā.

[¶59] And what is the source of feelings? Contact is their source.

> Pali: Katamo ca, bhikkhave, vedanānaṁ nidānasambhavo? Phasso, bhikkhave, vedanānaṁ nidānasambhavo.

[¶60] And what is the diversity of feelings? There are pleasant feelings of the flesh, pleasant feelings not of the flesh, painful feelings of the flesh, painful feelings not of the flesh, neutral feelings of the flesh, and neutral feelings not of the flesh. This is called the disparity of feelings.

> Pali: Katamā ca, bhikkhave, vedanānaṁ vemattatā? Atthi, bhikkhave, sāmisā sukhā vedanā, atthi nirāmisā sukhā vedanā, atthi sāmisā dukkhā vedanā, atthi nirāmisā dukkhā vedanā, atthi sāmisā adukkhamasukhā vedanā, atthi nirāmisā adukkhamasukhā vedanā. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, vedanānaṁ vemattatā.

[¶61] And what is the result of feelings? When one who feels generates a corresponding incarnation, partaking of either good or bad deeds— this is called the result of feelings.

> Pali: Katamo ca, bhikkhave, vedanānaṁ vipāko? Yaṁ kho, bhikkhave, vediyamāno tajjaṁ tajjaṁ attabhāvaṁ abhinibbatteti puññabhāgiyaṁ vā apuññabhāgiyaṁ vā, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, vedanānaṁ vipāko.

[¶62] And what is the cessation of feelings? When contact ceases, feelings cease. The practice that leads to the cessation of feelings is simply this noble eightfold path, that is: right view, right purpose, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right immersion.

> Pali: Katamo ca, bhikkhave, vedanānirodho? Phassanirodho, bhikkhave, vedanānirodho. Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo vedanānirodhagāminī paṭipadā, seyyathidaṁ— sammādiṭṭhi …pe… sammāsamādhi.

[¶63] When a noble disciple understands feelings in this way … they understand that this penetrative spiritual life is the cessation of feelings. ‘Feelings should be known. And their source, diversity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation should be known.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

> Pali: Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako evaṁ vedanaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ vedanānaṁ nidānasambhavaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ vedanānaṁ vemattataṁ pajānāti, evaṁ vedanānaṁ vipākaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ vedanānirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ vedanānirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti. So imaṁ nibbedhikaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pajānāti vedanānirodhaṁ. Vedanā, bhikkhave, veditabbā …pe… vedanānirodhagāminī paṭipadā veditabbāti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.

[¶64] ‘Perceptions should be known. And their source, diversity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation should be known.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? There are these six perceptions: perceptions of sights, sounds, smells, tastes, touches, and ideas.

> Pali: Saññā, bhikkhave, veditabbā …pe… saññānirodhagāminī paṭipadā veditabbāti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Chayimā, bhikkhave, saññā— rūpasaññā, saddasaññā, gandhasaññā, rasasaññā, phoṭṭhabbasaññā, dhammasaññā.

[¶65] And what is the source of perceptions? Contact is their source.

> Pali: Katamo ca, bhikkhave, saññānaṁ nidānasambhavo? Phasso, bhikkhave, saññānaṁ nidānasambhavo.

[¶66] And what is the diversity of perceptions? The perceptions of sights, sounds, smells, tastes, touches, and ideas are all different. This is called the diversity of perceptions.

> Pali: Katamā ca, bhikkhave, saññānaṁ vemattatā? Aññā, bhikkhave, saññā rūpesu, aññā saññā saddesu, aññā saññā gandhesu, aññā saññā rasesu, aññā saññā phoṭṭhabbesu, aññā saññā dhammesu. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, saññānaṁ vemattatā.

[¶67] And what is the result of perceptions? Communication is the result of perception, I say. You communicate something in whatever manner you perceive it, saying ‘That’s what I perceived.’ This is called the result of perceptions.

> Pali: Katamo ca, bhikkhave, saññānaṁ vipāko? Vohāravepakkaṁ, bhikkhave, saññaṁ vadāmi. Yathā yathā naṁ sañjānāti tathā tathā voharati, evaṁ saññī ahosinti. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, saññānaṁ vipāko.

[¶68] And what is the cessation of perception? When contact ceases, perception ceases. The practice that leads to the cessation of perceptions is simply this noble eightfold path, that is: right view, right purpose, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right immersion.

> Pali: Katamo ca, bhikkhave, saññānirodho? Phassanirodho, bhikkhave, saññānirodho. Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo saññānirodhagāminī paṭipadā, seyyathidaṁ— sammādiṭṭhi …pe… sammāsamādhi.

[¶69] When a noble disciple understands perception in this way … they understand that this penetrative spiritual life is the cessation of perception. ‘Perceptions should be known. And their source, diversity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation should be known.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

> Pali: Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako evaṁ saññaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ saññānaṁ nidānasambhavaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ saññānaṁ vemattataṁ pajānāti, evaṁ saññānaṁ vipākaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ saññānirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ saññānirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so imaṁ nibbedhikaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pajānāti saññānirodhaṁ. Saññā, bhikkhave, veditabbā …pe… saññānirodhagāminī paṭipadā veditabbāti. Iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.

[¶70] ‘Defilements should be known. And their source, diversity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation should be known.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? There are these three defilements: the defilements of sensuality, desire to be reborn, and ignorance.

> Pali: Āsavā, bhikkhave, veditabbā …pe… āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā veditabbāti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Tayome, bhikkhave, āsavā— kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, avijjāsavo.

[¶71] And what is the source of defilements? Ignorance is the source of defilements.

> Pali: Katamo ca, bhikkhave, āsavānaṁ nidānasambhavo? Avijjā, bhikkhave, āsavānaṁ nidānasambhavo.

[¶72] And what is the disparity of defilements? There are defilements that lead to rebirth in hell, the animal realm, the ghost realm, the human world, and the world of the gods. This is called the disparity of defilements.

> Pali: Katamā ca, bhikkhave, āsavānaṁ vemattatā? Atthi, bhikkhave, āsavā nirayagamanīyā, atthi āsavā tiracchānayonigamanīyā, atthi āsavā pettivisayagamanīyā, atthi āsavā manussalokagamanīyā, atthi āsavā devalokagamanīyā. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, āsavānaṁ vemattatā.

[¶73] And what is the result of defilements? When one who is ignorant generates a corresponding incarnation, partaking of either good or bad deeds—this is called the result of defilements.

> Pali: Katamo ca, bhikkhave, āsavānaṁ vipāko? Yaṁ kho, bhikkhave, avijjāgato tajjaṁ tajjaṁ attabhāvaṁ abhinibbatteti puññabhāgiyaṁ vā apuññabhāgiyaṁ vā, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, āsavānaṁ vipāko.

[¶74] And what is the cessation of defilements? When ignorance ceases, defilements cease. The practice that leads to the cessation of defilements is simply this noble eightfold path, that is: right view, right purpose, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right immersion.

> Pali: Katamo ca, bhikkhave, āsavanirodho? Avijjānirodho, bhikkhave, āsavanirodho. Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, seyyathidaṁ— sammādiṭṭhi …pe… sammāsamādhi.

[¶75] When a noble disciple understands defilements in this way … they understand that this penetrative spiritual life is the cessation of defilements. ‘Defilements should be known. And their source, diversity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation should be known.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

> Pali: Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako evaṁ āsave pajānāti, evaṁ āsavānaṁ nidānasambhavaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ āsavānaṁ vemattataṁ pajānāti, evaṁ āsavānaṁ vipākaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ āsavānaṁ nirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ āsavānaṁ nirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so imaṁ nibbedhikaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pajānāti āsavanirodhaṁ. Āsavā, bhikkhave, veditabbā …pe… āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā veditabbāti. Iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.

[¶76] ‘Deeds should be known. And their source, diversity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation should be known.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? It is intention that I call deeds. For after making a choice one acts by way of body, speech, and mind.

> Pali: Kammaṁ, bhikkhave, veditabbaṁ …pe… kammanirodhagāminī paṭipadā veditabbāti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Cetanāhaṁ, bhikkhave, kammaṁ vadāmi. Cetayitvā kammaṁ karoti— kāyena vācāya manasā.

[¶77] And what is the source of deeds? Contact is their source.

> Pali: Katamo ca, bhikkhave, kammānaṁ nidānasambhavo? Phasso, bhikkhave, kammānaṁ nidānasambhavo.

[¶78] And what is the disparity of deeds? There are deeds that lead to rebirth in hell, the animal realm, the ghost realm, the human world, and the world of the gods. This is called the disparity of deeds.

> Pali: Katamā ca, bhikkhave, kammānaṁ vemattatā? Atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṁ nirayavedanīyaṁ, atthi kammaṁ tiracchānayonivedanīyaṁ, atthi kammaṁ pettivisayavedanīyaṁ, atthi kammaṁ manussalokavedanīyaṁ, atthi kammaṁ devalokavedanīyaṁ. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammānaṁ vemattatā.

[¶79] And what is the result of deeds? The result of deeds is threefold, I say: in this very life, on rebirth in the next life, or at some later time. This is called the result of deeds.

> Pali: Katamo ca, bhikkhave, kammānaṁ vipāko? Tividhāhaṁ, bhikkhave, kammānaṁ vipākaṁ vadāmi— diṭṭheva dhamme, upapajje vā, apare vā pariyāye. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammānaṁ vipāko.

[¶80] And what is the cessation of deeds? When contact ceases, deeds cease. The practice that leads to the cessation of deeds is simply this noble eightfold path, that is: right view, right purpose, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right immersion.

> Pali: Katamo ca, bhikkhave, kammanirodho? Phassanirodho, bhikkhave, kammanirodho. Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo kammanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, seyyathidaṁ— sammādiṭṭhi …pe… sammāsamādhi.

[¶81] When a noble disciple understands deeds in this way … they understand that this penetrative spiritual life is the cessation of deeds. ‘Deeds should be known. And their source, diversity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation should be known.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

> Pali: Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako evaṁ kammaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ kammānaṁ nidānasambhavaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ kammānaṁ vemattataṁ pajānāti, evaṁ kammānaṁ vipākaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ kammanirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ kammanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so imaṁ nibbedhikaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pajānāti kammanirodhaṁ. Kammaṁ, bhikkhave, veditabbaṁ …pe… kammanirodhagāminī paṭipadā veditabbāti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.

[¶82] ‘Suffering should be known. And its source, disparity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation should be known.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? Rebirth is suffering; old age is suffering; illness is suffering; death is suffering; sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress are suffering; not getting what you wish for is suffering. In brief, the five grasping aggregates are suffering.

> Pali: Dukkhaṁ, bhikkhave, veditabbaṁ, dukkhassa nidānasambhavo veditabbo, dukkhassa vemattatā veditabbā, dukkhassa vipāko veditabbo, dukkhanirodho veditabbo, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā veditabbāti. Iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ, kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Jātipi dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā, byādhipi dukkho, maraṇampi dukkhaṁ, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāpi dukkhā, yampicchaṁ na labhati tampi dukkhaṁ, saṅkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā.

[¶83] And what is the source of suffering? Craving is the source of suffering.

> Pali: Katamo ca, bhikkhave, dukkhassa nidānasambhavo? Taṇhā, bhikkhave, dukkhassa nidānasambhavo.

[¶84] And what is the disparity of suffering? There is suffering that is severe, mild, slow to fade, and quick to fade. This is called the disparity of suffering.

> Pali: Katamā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhassa vemattatā? Atthi, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ adhimattaṁ, atthi parittaṁ, atthi dandhavirāgi, atthi khippavirāgi. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhassa vemattatā.

[¶85] And what is the result of suffering? It’s when someone who is overcome and overwhelmed by suffering sorrows and wails and laments, beating their breast and falling into confusion. Or else, overcome by that suffering, they begin an external search, wondering: ‘Who knows one or two phrases to stop this suffering?’ The result of suffering is either confusion or a search, I say. This is called the result of suffering.

> Pali: Katamo ca, bhikkhave, dukkhassa vipāko? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco yena dukkhena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṁ kandati, sammohaṁ āpajjati, yena vā pana dukkhena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto bahiddhā pariyeṭṭhiṁ āpajjati: ‘ko ekapadaṁ dvipadaṁ jānāti imassa dukkhassa nirodhāyā’ti? Sammohavepakkaṁ vāhaṁ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ vadāmi pariyeṭṭhivepakkaṁ vā. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhassa vipāko.

[¶86] And what is the cessation of suffering? When craving ceases, suffering ceases. The practice that leads to the cessation of suffering is simply this noble eightfold path, that is: right view, right purpose, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right immersion.

> Pali: Katamo ca, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodho? Taṇhānirodho, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodho. Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo dukkhassa nirodhagāminī paṭipadā, seyyathidaṁ— sammādiṭṭhi …pe… sammāsamādhi.

[¶87] When a noble disciple understands suffering in this way … they understand that this penetrative spiritual life is the cessation of suffering. ‘Suffering should be known. And its source, diversity, result, cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation should be known.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

> Pali: Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako evaṁ dukkhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ dukkhassa nidānasambhavaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ dukkhassa vemattataṁ pajānāti, evaṁ dukkhassa vipākaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ dukkhanirodhaṁ pajānāti, evaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti, so imaṁ nibbedhikaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pajānāti dukkhanirodhaṁ. Dukkhaṁ, bhikkhave, veditabbaṁ, dukkhassa nidānasambhavo veditabbo, dukkhassa vemattatā veditabbā, dukkhassa vipāko veditabbo, dukkhanirodho veditabbo, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā veditabbāti. Iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ.

[¶88] This is the penetrative exposition of the teaching.”

> Pali: Ayaṁ kho so, bhikkhave, nibbedhikapariyāyo dhammapariyāyo”ti.

[¶89] > Pali: Navamaṁ.

## 12. The Great Chapter · AN 6.64

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/12/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/12/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.64 · The Lion’s Roar

> Pali: AN 6.64 · Sīhanādasutta

[¶1] “Mendicants, the Realized One possesses six powers of a Realized One. With these he claims the bull’s place, roars his lion’s roar in the assemblies, and turns the divine wheel. What six?

> Pali: “Chayimāni, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalāni, yehi balehi samannāgato tathāgato āsabhaṁ ṭhānaṁ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṁ nadati, brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti. Katamāni cha?

[¶2] Firstly, the Realized One truly understands the possible as possible and the impossible as impossible. Since he truly understands this, this is a power of the Realized One. Relying on this he claims the bull’s place, roars his lion’s roar in the assemblies, and turns the divine wheel.

> Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato ṭhānañca ṭhānato aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato ṭhānañca ṭhānato aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, idampi, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṁ hoti, yaṁ balaṁ āgamma tathāgato āsabhaṁ ṭhānaṁ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṁ nadati, brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti.

[¶3] Furthermore, the Realized One truly understands the result of deeds undertaken in the past, future, and present in terms of grounds and causes. Since he truly understands this, this is a power of the Realized One. …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṁ kammasamādānānaṁ ṭhānaso hetuso vipākaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṁ kammasamādānānaṁ ṭhānaso hetuso vipākaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, idampi, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṁ hoti, yaṁ balaṁ āgamma tathāgato āsabhaṁ ṭhānaṁ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṁ nadati, brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti.

[¶4] Furthermore, the Realized One truly understands corruption, cleansing, and emergence regarding the absorptions, liberations, immersions, and attainments. Since he truly understands this, this is a power of the Realized One. …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnaṁ saṅkilesaṁ vodānaṁ vuṭṭhānaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato …pe… idampi, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṁ hoti, yaṁ balaṁ āgamma tathāgato āsabhaṁ ṭhānaṁ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṁ nadati, brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti.

[¶5] Furthermore, the Realized One recollects many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. He remembers: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so he recollects his many kinds of past lives, with features and details. Since he truly understands this, this is a power of the Realized One. …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ, dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ, dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, idampi, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṁ hoti, yaṁ balaṁ āgamma tathāgato āsabhaṁ ṭhānaṁ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṁ nadati, brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti.

[¶6] Furthermore, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, the Realized One sees sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. He understands how sentient beings pass on according to their deeds. Since he truly understands this, this is a power of the Realized One. …

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena …pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānāti. Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena …pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānāti, idampi, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṁ hoti, yaṁ balaṁ āgamma tathāgato āsabhaṁ ṭhānaṁ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṁ nadati, brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti.

[¶7] Furthermore, the Realized One has realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom. And he lives having realized it with his own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. Since he truly understands this, this is a power of the Realized One. Relying on this he claims the bull’s place, roars his lion’s roar in the assemblies, and turns the divine wheel. These are the six powers of a Realized One that the Realized One possesses. With these he claims the bull’s place, roars his lion’s roar in the assemblies, and turns the divine wheel.

> Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, idampi, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṁ hoti, yaṁ balaṁ āgamma tathāgato āsabhaṁ ṭhānaṁ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṁ nadati, brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cha tathāgatassa tathāgatabalāni, yehi balehi samannāgato tathāgato āsabhaṁ ṭhānaṁ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṁ nadati, brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti.

[¶8] If others come to the Realized One and ask questions about his true knowledge of the possible as possible and the impossible as impossible, the Realized One answers them in whatever manner he has truly known it.

> Pali: Tatra ce, bhikkhave, pare tathāgataṁ ṭhānañca ṭhānato aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇena upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṁ pucchanti. Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa ṭhānañca ṭhānato aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇaṁ viditaṁ tathā tathā tesaṁ tathāgato ṭhānañca ṭhānato aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇena pañhaṁ puṭṭho byākaroti.

[¶9] If others come to the Realized One and ask questions about his true knowledge of the result of deeds undertaken in the past, future, and present in terms of grounds and causes, the Realized One answers them in whatever manner he has truly known it.

> Pali: Tatra ce, bhikkhave, pare tathāgataṁ atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṁ kammasamādānānaṁ ṭhānaso hetuso vipākaṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇena upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṁ pucchanti. Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṁ kammasamādānānaṁ ṭhānaso hetuso vipākaṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇaṁ viditaṁ tathā tathā tesaṁ tathāgato atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṁ kammasamādānānaṁ ṭhānaso hetuso vipākaṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇena pañhaṁ puṭṭho byākaroti.

[¶10] If others come to the Realized One and ask questions about his true knowledge of corruption, cleansing, and emergence regarding the absorptions, liberations, immersions, and attainments, the Realized One answers them in whatever manner he has truly known it.

> Pali: Tatra ce, bhikkhave, pare tathāgataṁ jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnaṁ saṅkilesaṁ vodānaṁ vuṭṭhānaṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇena upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṁ pucchanti. Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnaṁ saṅkilesaṁ vodānaṁ vuṭṭhānaṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇaṁ viditaṁ tathā tathā tesaṁ tathāgato jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnaṁ saṅkilesaṁ vodānaṁ vuṭṭhānaṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇena pañhaṁ puṭṭho byākaroti.

[¶11] If others come to the Realized One and ask questions about his true knowledge of recollection of past lives, the Realized One answers them in whatever manner he has truly known it.

> Pali: Tatra ce, bhikkhave, pare tathāgataṁ pubbenivāsānussatiṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇena upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṁ pucchanti. Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa pubbenivāsānussatiṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇaṁ viditaṁ tathā tathā tesaṁ tathāgato pubbenivāsānussatiṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇena pañhaṁ puṭṭho byākaroti.

[¶12] If others come to the Realized One and ask questions about his true knowledge of passing away and rebirth of sentient beings, the Realized One answers them in whatever manner he has truly known it.

> Pali: Tatra ce, bhikkhave, pare tathāgataṁ sattānaṁ cutūpapātaṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇena upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṁ pucchanti. Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa sattānaṁ cutūpapātaṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇaṁ viditaṁ tathā tathā tesaṁ tathāgato sattānaṁ cutūpapātaṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇena pañhaṁ puṭṭho byākaroti.

[¶13] If others come to the Realized One and ask questions about his true knowledge of the ending of defilements, the Realized One answers them in whatever manner he has truly known it.

> Pali: Tatra ce, bhikkhave, pare tathāgataṁ āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇena upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṁ pucchanti. Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇaṁ viditaṁ tathā tathā tesaṁ tathāgato āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇena pañhaṁ puṭṭho byākaroti.

[¶14] And I say that true knowledge of the possible as possible and the impossible as impossible is for those with immersion, not for those without immersion. And true knowledge of the result of deeds undertaken in the past, future, and present in terms of grounds and causes is for those with immersion, not for those without immersion. And true knowledge of corruption, cleansing, and emergence regarding the absorptions, liberations, immersions, and attainments is for those with immersion, not for those without immersion. And true knowledge of the recollection of past lives is for those with immersion, not for those without immersion. And true knowledge of the passing away and rebirth of sentient beings is for those with immersion, not for those without immersion. And true knowledge of the ending of defilements is for those with immersion, not for those without immersion.

> Pali: Tatra, bhikkhave, yampidaṁ ṭhānañca ṭhānato aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇaṁ tampi samāhitassa vadāmi no asamāhitassa. Yampidaṁ atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṁ kammasamādānānaṁ ṭhānaso hetuso vipākaṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇaṁ tampi samāhitassa vadāmi no asamāhitassa. Yampidaṁ jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnaṁ saṅkilesaṁ vodānaṁ vuṭṭhānaṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇaṁ tampi samāhitassa vadāmi no asamāhitassa. Yampidaṁ pubbenivāsānussatiṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇaṁ tampi samāhitassa vadāmi no asamāhitassa. Yampidaṁ sattānaṁ cutūpapātaṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇaṁ tampi samāhitassa vadāmi no asamāhitassa. Yampidaṁ āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇaṁ tampi samāhitassa vadāmi no asamāhitassa.

[¶15] And so, mendicants, immersion is the path. No immersion is the wrong path.”

> Pali: Iti kho, bhikkhave, samādhi maggo, asamādhi kummaggo”ti.

[¶16] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶17] > Pali: Mahāvaggo chaṭṭho.

[¶18] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ

[¶19] > Pali: Soṇo phagguno bhijāti,
āsavā dāruhatthi ca;
Majjhe ñāṇaṁ nibbedhikaṁ,
sīhanādoti te dasāti.

## 13. A God · AN 6.65–6.74

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/13/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/13/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.65 · The Fruit of Non-Return

> Pali: AN 6.65 · Anāgāmiphalasutta

[¶1] “Mendicants, without giving up six things you can’t realize the fruit of non-return. What six? Lack of faith, conscience, and prudence; laziness, unmindfulness, and witlessness. Without giving up these six things you can’t realize the fruit of non-return.

> Pali: “Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo anāgāmiphalaṁ sacchikātuṁ. Katame cha? Assaddhiyaṁ, ahirikaṁ, anottappaṁ, kosajjaṁ, muṭṭhassaccaṁ, duppaññataṁ— ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhamme appahāya abhabbo anāgāmiphalaṁ sacchikātuṁ.

[¶2] After giving up six things you can realize the fruit of non-return. What six? Lack of faith, conscience, and prudence; laziness, unmindfulness, and witlessness. After giving up these six things you can realize the fruit of non-return.”

> Pali: Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme pahāya bhabbo anāgāmiphalaṁ sacchikātuṁ. Katame cha? Assaddhiyaṁ, ahirikaṁ, anottappaṁ, kosajjaṁ, muṭṭhassaccaṁ, duppaññataṁ— ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhamme pahāya bhabbo anāgāmiphalaṁ sacchikātun”ti.

[¶3] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶4] AN 6.66 · Perfection

> Pali: AN 6.66 · Arahattasutta

[¶5] “Mendicants, without giving up six things you can’t realize perfection. What six? Dullness, drowsiness, restlessness, remorse, lack of faith, and negligence. Without giving up these six things you can’t realize perfection.

> Pali: “Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo arahattaṁ sacchikātuṁ. Katame cha? Thinaṁ, middhaṁ, uddhaccaṁ, kukkuccaṁ, assaddhiyaṁ, pamādaṁ— ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhamme appahāya abhabbo arahattaṁ sacchikātuṁ.

[¶6] After giving up six things you can realize perfection. What six? Dullness, drowsiness, restlessness, remorse, lack of faith, and negligence. After giving up these six things you can realize perfection.”

> Pali: Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme pahāya bhabbo arahattaṁ sacchikātuṁ. Katame cha? Thinaṁ, middhaṁ, uddhaccaṁ, kukkuccaṁ, assaddhiyaṁ, pamādaṁ— ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhamme pahāya bhabbo arahattaṁ sacchikātun”ti.

[¶7] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶8] AN 6.67 · Friends

> Pali: AN 6.67 · Mittasutta

[¶9] “Mendicants, it is quite impossible that a mendicant with bad friends, companions, and associates, while frequenting, accompanying, and attending, and following their example, will fulfill the practice dealing with the supplementary regulations. Without fulfilling the practice dealing with supplementary regulations, it’s impossible to fulfill the practice of a trainee. Without fulfilling the practice of a trainee, it’s impossible to fulfill ethics. Without fulfilling ethics, it’s impossible to give up sensual desire, or desire to be reborn in the realm of luminous form or in the formless realm.

> Pali: “‘So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pāpamitto pāpasahāyo pāpasampavaṅko, pāpamitte sevamāno bhajamāno payirupāsamāno, tesañca diṭṭhānugatiṁ āpajjamāno ābhisamācārikaṁ dhammaṁ paripūressatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. ‘Ābhisamācārikaṁ dhammaṁ aparipūretvā sekhaṁ dhammaṁ paripūressatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. ‘Sekhaṁ dhammaṁ aparipūretvā sīlāni paripūressatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. ‘Sīlāni aparipūretvā kāmarāgaṁ vā rūparāgaṁ vā arūparāgaṁ vā pajahissatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.

[¶10] It’s quite possible that a mendicant with good friends, companions, and associates, while frequenting, accompanying, and attending, and following their example, will fulfill the practice dealing with the supplementary regulations. Having fulfilled the practice dealing with supplementary regulations, it’s possible to fulfill the practice of a trainee. Having fulfilled the practice of a trainee, it’s possible to fulfill ethics. Having fulfilled ethics, it’s possible to give up sensual desire, and desire to be reborn in the realm of luminous form and in the formless realm.”

> Pali: ‘So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko, kalyāṇamitte sevamāno bhajamāno payirupāsamāno, tesañca diṭṭhānugatiṁ āpajjamāno ābhisamācārikaṁ dhammaṁ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati. ‘Ābhisamācārikaṁ dhammaṁ paripūretvā sekhaṁ dhammaṁ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati. ‘Sekhaṁ dhammaṁ paripūretvā sīlāni paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati. ‘Sīlāni paripūretvā kāmarāgaṁ vā rūparāgaṁ vā arūparāgaṁ vā pajahissatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī”ti.

[¶11] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

[¶12] AN 6.68 · Enjoying Company

> Pali: AN 6.68 · Saṅgaṇikārāmasutta

[¶13] “Mendicants, it is quite impossible that a mendicant who enjoys company and groups, who loves them and likes to enjoy them, should take pleasure in being alone in seclusion. Without taking pleasure in being alone in seclusion, it’s impossible to learn the patterns of the mind. Without learning the mind’s character, it’s impossible to fulfill right view. Without fulfilling right view, it’s impossible to fulfill right immersion. Without fulfilling right immersion, it’s impossible to give up the fetters. Without giving up the fetters, it’s impossible to realize extinguishment.

> Pali: “‘So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅgaṇikārāmo saṅgaṇikarato saṅgaṇikārāmataṁ anuyutto, gaṇārāmo gaṇarato gaṇārāmataṁ anuyutto, eko paviveke abhiramissatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. ‘Eko paviveke anabhiramanto cittassa nimittaṁ gahessatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. ‘Cittassa nimittaṁ agaṇhanto sammādiṭṭhiṁ paripūressatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. ‘Sammādiṭṭhiṁ aparipūretvā sammāsamādhiṁ paripūressatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. ‘Sammāsamādhiṁ aparipūretvā saṁyojanāni pajahissatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. ‘Saṁyojanāni appahāya nibbānaṁ sacchikarissatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.

[¶14] It’s quite possible that a mendicant who doesn’t enjoy company and groups, who doesn’t love them and like to enjoy them, should take pleasure in being alone in seclusion. For someone who takes pleasure in being alone in seclusion, it’s possible to learn the mind’s character. For someone who learns the mind’s character, it’s possible to fulfill right view. Having fulfilled right view, it’s possible to fulfill right immersion. Having fulfilled right immersion, it’s possible to give up the fetters. Having given up the fetters, it’s possible to realize extinguishment.”

> Pali: ‘So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na saṅgaṇikārāmo na saṅgaṇikarato na saṅgaṇikārāmataṁ anuyutto, na gaṇārāmo na gaṇarato na gaṇārāmataṁ anuyutto, eko paviveke abhiramissatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati. ‘Eko paviveke abhiramanto cittassa nimittaṁ gahessatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati. ‘Cittassa nimittaṁ gaṇhanto sammādiṭṭhiṁ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati. ‘Sammādiṭṭhiṁ paripūretvā sammāsamādhiṁ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati. ‘Sammāsamādhiṁ paripūretvā saṁyojanāni pajahissatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati. ‘Saṁyojanāni pahāya nibbānaṁ sacchikarissatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī”ti.

[¶15] > Pali: Catutthaṁ.

[¶16] AN 6.69 · A God

> Pali: AN 6.69 · Devatāsutta

[¶17] Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:

> Pali: Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:

[¶18] “Sir, these six things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant. What six? Respect for the Teacher, for the teaching, for the Saṅgha, for the training; being easy to admonish, and good friendship. These six things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant.”

> Pali: “chayime, bhante, dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame cha? Satthugāravatā, dhammagāravatā, saṅghagāravatā, sikkhāgāravatā, sovacassatā, kalyāṇamittatā— ime kho, bhante, cha dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattantī”ti.

[¶19] That is what that deity said, and the Teacher concurred. Then that deity, knowing that the Teacher concurred, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there.

> Pali: Idamavoca sā devatā. Samanuñño satthā ahosi. Atha kho sā devatā “samanuñño me satthā”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.

[¶20] Then, when the night had passed, the Buddha addressed the mendicants:

> Pali: Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhū āmantesi:

[¶21] “Tonight, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, came to me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me: ‘Sir, these six things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant. What six? Respect for the Teacher, for the teaching, for the Saṅgha, for the training; being easy to admonish, and good friendship. These six things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant.’

> Pali: “imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, sā devatā maṁ etadavoca: ‘chayime, bhante, dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame cha? Satthugāravatā, dhammagāravatā, saṅghagāravatā, sikkhāgāravatā, sovacassatā, kalyāṇamittatā— ime kho, bhante, cha dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattantī’ti.

[¶22] That is what that deity said. Then he bowed and respectfully circled me, keeping me on his right side, before vanishing right there.”

> Pali: Idamavoca, bhikkhave, sā devatā. Idaṁ vatvā maṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyī”ti.

[¶23] When he said this, Venerable Sāriputta said to the Buddha:

> Pali: Evaṁ vutte āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā etadavoca:

[¶24] “Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement. It’s when a mendicant personally respects the Teacher and praises such respect. And they encourage other mendicants who lack such respect to respect the Teacher. And they praise other mendicants who respect the Teacher at the right time, truthfully and correctly. They personally respect the teaching … They personally respect the Saṅgha … They personally respect the training … They are personally easy to admonish … They personally have good friends, and praise such friendship. And they encourage other mendicants who lack good friends to develop good friendship. And they praise other mendicants who have good friends at the right time, truthfully and correctly. That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.”

> Pali: “imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi. Idha, bhante, bhikkhu attanā ca satthugāravo hoti satthugāravatāya ca vaṇṇavādī. Ye caññe bhikkhū na satthugāravā te ca satthugāravatāya samādapeti. Ye caññe bhikkhū satthugāravā tesañca vaṇṇaṁ bhaṇati bhūtaṁ tacchaṁ kālena. Attanā ca dhammagāravo hoti … saṅghagāravo hoti … sikkhāgāravo hoti … suvaco hoti … kalyāṇamitto hoti kalyāṇamittatāya ca vaṇṇavādī. Ye caññe bhikkhū na kalyāṇamittā te ca kalyāṇamittatāya samādapeti. Ye caññe bhikkhū kalyāṇamittā tesañca vaṇṇaṁ bhaṇati bhūtaṁ tacchaṁ kālena. Imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti.

[¶25] “Good, good, Sāriputta! It’s good that you understand the detailed meaning of what I’ve said in brief like this.

> Pali: “Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta. Sādhu kho tvaṁ, sāriputta, imassa mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāsi.

[¶26] It’s when a mendicant personally respects the Teacher … They personally respect the teaching … They personally respect the Saṅgha … They personally respect the training … They are personally easy to admonish … They personally have good friends, and praise such friendship. And they encourage other mendicants who lack good friends to develop good friendship. And they praise other mendicants who have good friends at the right time, truthfully and correctly. This is how to see the detailed meaning of what I said in brief.”

> Pali: Idha, sāriputta, bhikkhu attanā ca satthugāravo hoti satthugāravatāya ca vaṇṇavādī. Ye caññe bhikkhū na satthugāravā te ca satthugāravatāya samādapeti. Ye caññe bhikkhū satthugāravā tesañca vaṇṇaṁ bhaṇati bhūtaṁ tacchaṁ kālena. Attanā ca dhammagāravo hoti … saṅghagāravo hoti … sikkhāgāravo hoti … suvaco hoti … kalyāṇamitto hoti kalyāṇamittatāya ca vaṇṇavādī. Ye caññe bhikkhū na kalyāṇamittā te ca kalyāṇamittatāya samādapeti. Ye caññe bhikkhū kalyāṇamittā tesañca vaṇṇaṁ bhaṇati bhūtaṁ tacchaṁ kālena. Imassa kho, sāriputta, mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo”ti.

[¶27] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ.

[¶28] AN 6.70 · Immersion

> Pali: AN 6.70 · Samādhisutta

[¶29] “Mendicants, it is quite impossible that a mendicant without immersion that is peaceful, refined, tranquil, and unified will wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying themselves and becoming one again; materializing and dematerializing; going unobstructed through a wall, a rampart, or a mountain as if through space; diving in and out of the earth as if it were water; walking on water as if it were earth; flying cross-legged through the sky like a bird; touching and stroking with the hand the sun and moon, so mighty and powerful. They control the body as far as the realm of divinity.

> Pali: “‘So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na santena samādhinā na paṇītena na paṭippassaddhiladdhena na ekodibhāvādhigatena anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhavissati—ekopi hutvā bahudhā bhavissati, bahudhāpi hutvā eko bhavissati …pe… yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattessatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.

[¶30] It’s impossible that with clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, they’ll hear both kinds of sounds, human and heavenly, whether near or far.

> Pali: ‘Dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya ubho sadde suṇissati—dibbe ca mānuse ca ye dūre santike cā’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.

[¶31] It’s impossible that they’ll understand the minds of other beings and individuals, having encompassed them with their own mind, understanding mind with greed as ‘mind with greed’ … and freed mind as ‘freed mind’.

> Pali: ‘Parasattānaṁ parapuggalānaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānissati— sarāgaṁ vā cittaṁ sarāgaṁ cittanti pajānissati …pe… vimuttaṁ vā cittaṁ vimuttaṁ cittanti pajānissatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.

[¶32] It’s impossible that they’ll recollect many kinds of past lives, with features and details.

> Pali: ‘Anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarissati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ, dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarissatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.

[¶33] It’s impossible that with clairvoyance that is purified and surpasses the human, they’ll understand how sentient beings pass on according to their deeds.

> Pali: ‘Dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passissati …pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānissatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.

[¶34] It’s impossible that they’ll realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements.

> Pali: ‘Āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.

[¶35] But it’s quite possible that a mendicant who has immersion that is peaceful, refined, tranquil, and unified will wield the many kinds of psychic power …

> Pali: ‘So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santena samādhinā paṇītena paṭippassaddhiladdhena ekodibhāvādhigatena anekavihitaṁ iddhividhaṁ paccanubhavissati …pe… yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṁ vattessatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati.

[¶36] It’s possible that with clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, they’ll hear both kinds of sounds …

> Pali: ‘Dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya ubho sadde suṇissati—dibbe ca mānuse ca ye dūre santike cā’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati.

[¶37] It’s possible that they’ll understand the minds of other beings …

> Pali: ‘Parasattānaṁ parapuggalānaṁ cetasā ceto paricca pajānissati— sarāgaṁ vā cittaṁ sarāgaṁ cittanti pajānissati …pe… vimuttaṁ vā cittaṁ vimuttaṁ cittanti pajānissatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati.

[¶38] It’s possible that they’ll recollect many kinds of past lives, with features and details.

> Pali: ‘Anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarissati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ, dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarissatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati.

[¶39] It’s possible that with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they’ll understand how sentient beings pass on according to their deeds.

> Pali: ‘Dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passissati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānissatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati.

[¶40] It’s possible that they’ll realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements.”

> Pali: ‘Āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī”ti.

[¶41] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ.

[¶42] AN 6.71 · Capable of Realizing

> Pali: AN 6.71 · Sakkhibhabbasutta

[¶43] “Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities is incapable of realizing anything that can be realized, since each and every one is within range. What six? It’s when a mendicant doesn’t truly understand which qualities make things worse, which keep things steady, which lead to distinction, and which lead to penetration. And they don’t practice carefully or do what’s suitable. A mendicant with these six qualities is incapable of realizing anything that can be realized, since each and every one is within range.

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṁ pāpuṇituṁ sati sati āyatane. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘ime hānabhāgiyā dhammā’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, ‘ime ṭhitibhāgiyā dhammā’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, ‘ime visesabhāgiyā dhammā’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, ‘ime nibbedhabhāgiyā dhammā’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, asakkaccakārī ca hoti, asappāyakārī ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṁ pāpuṇituṁ sati sati āyatane.

[¶44] A mendicant with six qualities is capable of realizing anything that can be realized, since each and every one is within range. What six? It’s when a mendicant truly understands which qualities make things worse, which keep things steady, which lead to distinction, and which lead to penetration. And they practice carefully and do what’s suitable. A mendicant with these six qualities is capable of realizing anything that can be realized, since each and every one is within range.”

> Pali: Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṁ pāpuṇituṁ sati sati āyatane. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘ime hānabhāgiyā dhammā’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ‘ime ṭhitibhāgiyā dhammā’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ‘ime visesabhāgiyā dhammā’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ‘ime nibbedhabhāgiyā dhammā’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, sakkaccakārī ca hoti, sappāyakārī ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṁ pāpuṇituṁ sati sati āyatane”ti.

[¶45] > Pali: Sattamaṁ.

[¶46] AN 6.72 · Strength

> Pali: AN 6.72 · Balasutta

[¶47] “Mendicants, a mendicant who has six qualities can’t attain strength in immersion. What six? It’s when a mendicant is not skilled in entering immersion, skilled in remaining in immersion, or skilled in emerging from immersion. And they don’t practice carefully and persistently, and they don’t do what’s suitable. A mendicant who possesses these six qualities can’t attain strength in immersion.

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo samādhismiṁ balataṁ pāpuṇituṁ. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na samādhissa samāpattikusalo hoti, na samādhissa ṭhitikusalo hoti, na samādhissa vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti, asakkaccakārī ca hoti, asātaccakārī ca, asappāyakārī ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo samādhismiṁ balataṁ pāpuṇituṁ.

[¶48] A mendicant who has six qualities can attain strength in immersion. What six? It’s when a mendicant is skilled in entering immersion, skilled in remaining in immersion, and skilled in emerging from immersion. And they practice carefully and persistently, and do what’s suitable. A mendicant who possesses these six qualities can attain strength in immersion.”

> Pali: Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo samādhismiṁ balataṁ pāpuṇituṁ. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu samādhissa samāpattikusalo hoti, samādhissa ṭhitikusalo hoti, samādhissa vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti, sakkaccakārī ca hoti, sātaccakārī ca, sappāyakārī ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo samādhismiṁ balataṁ pāpuṇitun”ti.

[¶49] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ.

[¶50] AN 6.73 · First Absorption (1st)

> Pali: AN 6.73 · Paṭhamatajjhānasutta

[¶51] “Mendicants, without giving up these six qualities you can’t enter and remain in the first absorption. What six? Desire for sensual pleasures, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt. And the drawbacks of sensual pleasures have not been truly seen clearly with right wisdom. Without giving up these six qualities you can’t enter and remain in the first absorption.

> Pali: “Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharituṁ. Katame cha? Kāmacchandaṁ, byāpādaṁ, thinamiddhaṁ, uddhaccakukkuccaṁ, vicikicchaṁ. Kāmesu kho panassa ādīnavo na yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭho hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhamme appahāya abhabbo paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharituṁ.

[¶52] But after giving up these six qualities you can enter and remain in the first absorption. What six? Desire for sensual pleasures, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt. And the drawbacks of sensual pleasures have been truly seen clearly with right wisdom. After giving up these six qualities you can enter and remain in the first absorption.”

> Pali: Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme pahāya bhabbo paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharituṁ. Katame cha? Kāmacchandaṁ, byāpādaṁ, thinamiddhaṁ, uddhaccakukkuccaṁ, vicikicchaṁ, kāmesu kho panassa ādīnavo na yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭho hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhamme pahāya bhabbo paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharitun”ti.

[¶53] > Pali: Navamaṁ.

[¶54] AN 6.74 · First Absorption (2nd)

> Pali: AN 6.74 · Dutiyatajjhānasutta

[¶55] “Mendicants, without giving up these six qualities you can’t enter and remain in the first absorption. What six? Sensual, malicious, and cruel thoughts; and sensual, malicious, and cruel perceptions. Without giving up these six qualities you can’t enter and remain in the first absorption.

> Pali: “Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharituṁ. Katame cha? Kāmavitakkaṁ, byāpādavitakkaṁ, vihiṁsāvitakkaṁ, kāmasaññaṁ, byāpādasaññaṁ, vihiṁsāsaññaṁ— ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhamme appahāya abhabbo paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharituṁ.

[¶56] But after giving up these six qualities you can enter and remain in the first absorption. What six? Sensual, malicious, and cruel thoughts; and sensual, malicious, and cruel perceptions. After giving up these six qualities you can enter and remain in the first absorption.”

> Pali: Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme pahāya bhabbo paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharituṁ. Katame cha? Kāmavitakkaṁ, byāpādavitakkaṁ, vihiṁsāvitakkaṁ, kāmasaññaṁ, byāpādasaññaṁ, vihiṁsāsaññaṁ— ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhamme pahāya bhabbo paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharitun”ti.

[¶57] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶58] > Pali: Devatāvaggo sattamo.

[¶59] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ

[¶60] > Pali: Anāgāmi arahaṁ mittā,
saṅgaṇikārāmadevatā;
Samādhisakkhibhabbaṁ balaṁ,
tajjhānā apare duveti.

## 14. Perfection · AN 6.75–6.84

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/14/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/14/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.75 · Suffering

> Pali: AN 6.75 · Dukkhasutta

[¶1] “Mendicants, when a mendicant has six qualities they live unhappily in this very life—with distress, anguish, and fever—and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a bad rebirth. What six? Sensual, malicious, and cruel thoughts; and sensual, malicious, and cruel perceptions. When a mendicant possesses these six qualities they live unhappily in this very life—with distress, anguish, and fever—and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a bad rebirth.

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṁ viharati savighātaṁ saupāyāsaṁ sapariḷāhaṁ, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā. Katamehi chahi? Kāmavitakkena, byāpādavitakkena, vihiṁsāvitakkena, kāmasaññāya, byāpādasaññāya, vihiṁsāsaññāya— imehi, kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṁ viharati savighātaṁ saupāyāsaṁ sapariḷāhaṁ, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā.

[¶2] When a mendicant has six qualities they live happily in this very life—without distress, anguish, or fever—and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a good rebirth. What six? Thoughts of renunciation, good will, and harmlessness. And perceptions of renunciation, good will, and harmlessness. When a mendicant possesses these six qualities they live happily in this very life—without distress, anguish, or fever—and when the body breaks up, after death, they can expect a good rebirth.”

> Pali: Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṁ viharati avighātaṁ anupāyāsaṁ apariḷāhaṁ, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā. Katamehi chahi? Nekkhammavitakkena, abyāpādavitakkena, avihiṁsāvitakkena, nekkhammasaññāya, abyāpādasaññāya, avihiṁsāsaññāya— imehi, kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṁ viharati avighātaṁ anupāyāsaṁ apariḷāhaṁ, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā”ti.

[¶3] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶4] AN 6.76 · Perfection

> Pali: AN 6.76 · Arahattasutta

[¶5] “Mendicants, without giving up six things you can’t realize perfection. What six? Conceit, inferiority complex, superiority complex, overestimation, obstinacy, and groveling. Without giving up these six qualities you can’t realize perfection.

> Pali: “Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo arahattaṁ sacchikātuṁ. Katame cha? Mānaṁ, omānaṁ, atimānaṁ, adhimānaṁ, thambhaṁ, atinipātaṁ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhamme appahāya abhabbo arahattaṁ sacchikātuṁ.

[¶6] After giving up six things you can realize perfection. What six? Conceit, inferiority complex, superiority complex, overestimation, obstinacy, and groveling. After giving up these six things you can realize perfection.”

> Pali: Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme pahāya bhabbo arahattaṁ sacchikātuṁ. Katame cha? Mānaṁ, omānaṁ, atimānaṁ, adhimānaṁ, thambhaṁ, atinipātaṁ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhamme pahāya bhabbo arahattaṁ sacchikātun”ti.

[¶7] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶8] AN 6.77 · Superhuman States

> Pali: AN 6.77 · Uttarimanussadhammasutta

[¶9] “Mendicants, without giving up six qualities you can’t realize a superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones. What six? Lack of mindfulness and situational awareness, not guarding the sense doors, eating too much, fawning, and flattery. Without giving up these six qualities you can’t realize a superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones.

> Pali: “Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo uttari manussadhammaṁ alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ sacchikātuṁ. Katame cha? Muṭṭhassaccaṁ, asampajaññaṁ, indriyesu aguttadvārataṁ, bhojane amattaññutaṁ, kuhanaṁ, lapanaṁ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhamme appahāya abhabbo uttari manussadhammaṁ alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ sacchikātuṁ.

[¶10] But after giving up six qualities you can realize a superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones. What six? Lack of mindfulness and situational awareness, not guarding the sense doors, eating too much, fawning, and flattery. After giving up these six qualities you can realize a superhuman distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of the noble ones.”

> Pali: Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme pahāya bhabbo uttari manussadhammaṁ alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ sacchikātuṁ. Katame cha? Muṭṭhassaccaṁ, asampajaññaṁ, indriyesu aguttadvārataṁ, bhojane amattaññutaṁ, kuhanaṁ, lapanaṁ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhamme pahāya bhabbo uttari manussadhammaṁ alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ sacchikātun”ti.

[¶11] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

[¶12] AN 6.78 · Joy and Happiness

> Pali: AN 6.78 · Sukhasomanassasutta

[¶13] “Mendicants, when a mendicant has six things they’re full of joy and happiness in this very life, and they have laid the groundwork for ending the defilements. What six? It’s when a mendicant enjoys the teaching, meditation, giving up, seclusion, kindness, and non-proliferation. When a mendicant possesses these six things they’re full of joy and happiness in this very life, and they have laid the groundwork for ending the defilements.”

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhasomanassabahulo viharati, yoni cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānaṁ khayāya. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammārāmo hoti, bhāvanārāmo hoti, pahānārāmo hoti, pavivekārāmo hoti, abyāpajjhārāmo hoti, nippapañcārāmo hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhasomanassabahulo viharati, yoni cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānaṁ khayāyā”ti.

[¶14] > Pali: Catutthaṁ.

[¶15] AN 6.79 · Achievement

> Pali: AN 6.79 · Adhigamasutta

[¶16] “Mendicants, a mendicant who has six qualities is unable to acquire more skillful qualities or to increase the skillful qualities they’ve already acquired. What six? It’s when a mendicant is not skilled in progress, skilled in regress, or skilled in means. They don’t generate enthusiasm to achieve skillful qualities not yet achieved. They don’t protect skillful qualities they have achieved. And they don’t try to persist in the task. A mendicant who possesses these six qualities is unable to acquire more skillful qualities or to increase the skillful qualities they’ve already acquired.

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo anadhigataṁ vā kusalaṁ dhammaṁ adhigantuṁ, adhigataṁ vā kusalaṁ dhammaṁ phātiṁ kātuṁ. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na āyakusalo ca hoti, na apāyakusalo ca hoti, na upāyakusalo ca hoti, anadhigatānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ adhigamāya na chandaṁ janeti, adhigate kusale dhamme na ārakkhati, sātaccakiriyāya na sampādeti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo anadhigataṁ vā kusalaṁ dhammaṁ adhigantuṁ, adhigataṁ vā kusalaṁ dhammaṁ phātiṁ kātuṁ.

[¶17] A mendicant who has six qualities is able to acquire more skillful qualities or to increase the skillful qualities they’ve already acquired. What six? It’s when a mendicant is skilled in progress, skilled in regress, and skilled in means. They generate enthusiasm to achieve skillful qualities not yet achieved. They protect skillful qualities they have achieved. And they try to persist in the task. A mendicant who possesses these six qualities is able to acquire more skillful qualities or to increase the skillful qualities they’ve already acquired.”

> Pali: Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo anadhigataṁ vā kusalaṁ dhammaṁ adhigantuṁ, adhigataṁ vā kusalaṁ dhammaṁ phātiṁ kātuṁ. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āyakusalo ca hoti, apāyakusalo ca hoti, upāyakusalo ca hoti, anadhigatānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ adhigamāya chandaṁ janeti, adhigate kusale dhamme ārakkhati, sātaccakiriyāya sampādeti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo anadhigataṁ vā kusalaṁ dhammaṁ adhigantuṁ, adhigataṁ vā kusalaṁ dhammaṁ phātiṁ kātun”ti.

[¶18] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ.

[¶19] AN 6.80 · Greatness

> Pali: AN 6.80 · Mahantattasutta

[¶20] “Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities soon acquires great and abundant good qualities. What six? It’s when a mendicant is full of light, full of practice, full of inspiration, and full of eagerness. They don’t slack off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. They reach further. A mendicant who possesses these six qualities soon acquires great and abundant good qualities.”

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva mahantattaṁ vepullattaṁ pāpuṇāti dhammesu. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ālokabahulo ca hoti yogabahulo ca vedabahulo ca asantuṭṭhibahulo ca anikkhittadhuro ca kusalesu dhammesu uttari ca patāreti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva mahantattaṁ vepullattaṁ pāpuṇāti dhammesū”ti.

[¶21] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ.

[¶22] AN 6.81 · Hell (1st)

> Pali: AN 6.81 · Paṭhamanirayasutta

[¶23] “Mendicants, someone with six qualities is placed in hell as if delivered there. What six? They kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, and lie. And they have corrupt wishes and wrong view. Someone with these six qualities is placed in hell as if delivered there.

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ niraye. Katamehi chahi? Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, pāpiccho ca, micchādiṭṭhi ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ niraye.

[¶24] Someone with six qualities is placed in heaven as if delivered there. What six? They don’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, or lie. And they have few desires and right view. Someone with these six qualities is placed in heaven as if delivered there.”

> Pali: Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ sagge. Katamehi chahi? Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, appiccho ca, sammādiṭṭhi ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ sagge”ti.

[¶25] > Pali: Sattamaṁ.

[¶26] AN 6.82 · Hell (2nd)

> Pali: AN 6.82 · Dutiyanirayasutta

[¶27] “Mendicants, someone with six qualities is placed in hell as if delivered there. What six? They kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, and lie. And they’re greedy and rude. Someone with these six qualities is placed in hell as if delivered there.

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ niraye. Katamehi chahi? Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, luddho ca, pagabbho ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ niraye.

[¶28] Someone with six qualities is placed in heaven as if delivered there. What six? They don’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, or lie. And they’re not greedy or rude. Someone with these six qualities is placed in heaven as if delivered there.”

> Pali: Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ sagge. Katamehi chahi? Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, aluddho ca, appagabbho ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṁ nikkhitto evaṁ sagge”ti.

[¶29] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ.

[¶30] AN 6.83 · The Best Thing

> Pali: AN 6.83 · Aggadhammasutta

[¶31] “Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities can’t realize the best thing, perfection. What six? It’s when a mendicant is faithless, shameless, imprudent, lazy, and witless. And they’re concerned with their body and their life. A mendicant with these six qualities can’t realize the best thing, perfection.

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo aggaṁ dhammaṁ arahattaṁ sacchikātuṁ. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, duppañño hoti, kāye ca jīvite ca sāpekkho hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo aggaṁ dhammaṁ arahattaṁ sacchikātuṁ.

[¶32] A mendicant with six qualities can realize the best thing, perfection. What six? It’s when a mendicant is faithful, conscientious, prudent, energetic, and wise. And they have no concern for their body and their life. A mendicant with these six qualities can realize the best thing, perfection.”

> Pali: Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo aggaṁ dhammaṁ arahattaṁ sacchikātuṁ. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho hoti, hirīmā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, paññavā hoti, kāye ca jīvite ca anapekkho hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo aggaṁ dhammaṁ arahattaṁ sacchikātun”ti.

[¶33] > Pali: Navamaṁ.

[¶34] AN 6.84 · Day and Night

> Pali: AN 6.84 · Rattidivasasutta

[¶35] “Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities can expect decline, not growth, in skillful qualities, whether by day or by night. What six? It’s when a mendicant has many desires—they’re frustrated and not content with any kind of robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. And they’re faithless, unethical, unmindful, and witless. A mendicant with these six qualities can expect decline, not growth, in skillful qualities, whether by day or by night.

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati hāniyeva pāṭikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu, no vuddhi. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahiccho hoti, vighātavā, asantuṭṭho, itarītaracīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, assaddho hoti, dussīlo hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, duppañño hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati hāniyeva pāṭikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu, no vuddhi.

[¶36] A mendicant with six qualities can expect growth, not decline, in skillful qualities, whether by day or by night. What six? It’s when a mendicant doesn’t have many desires—they’re not frustrated but content with any kind of robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. And they’re faithful, ethical, mindful, and wise. A mendicant with these six qualities can expect growth, not decline, in skillful qualities, whether by day or by night.”

> Pali: Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu, no parihāni. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na mahiccho hoti, avighātavā, santuṭṭho, itarītaracīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, saddho hoti, sīlavā hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, satimā hoti, paññavā hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, kusalesu dhammesu no parihānī”ti.

[¶37] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶38] > Pali: Arahattavaggo aṭṭhamo.

[¶39] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ

[¶40] > Pali: Dukkhaṁ arahattaṁ uttari ca,
Sukhaṁ adhigamena ca;
Mahantattaṁ dvayaṁ niraye,
Aggadhammañca rattiyoti.

## 15. Coolness · AN 6.85–6.95

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/15/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/15/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.85 · Coolness

> Pali: AN 6.85 · Sītibhāvasutta

[¶1] “Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities can’t realize supreme coolness. What six? It’s when a mendicant doesn’t keep their mind in check when they should. They don’t exert their mind when they should. They don’t encourage the mind when they should. They don’t watch over the mind with equanimity when they should. They have inferior convictions. They delight in substantial reality. A mendicant with these six qualities can’t realize supreme coolness.

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo anuttaraṁ sītibhāvaṁ sacchikātuṁ. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ niggahetabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ na niggaṇhāti, yasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ paggahetabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ na paggaṇhāti, yasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ sampahaṁsitabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ na sampahaṁseti, yasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ ajjhupekkhitabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ na ajjhupekkhati, hīnādhimuttiko ca hoti, sakkāyābhirato ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo anuttaraṁ sītibhāvaṁ sacchikātuṁ.

[¶2] A mendicant with six qualities can realize supreme coolness. What six? It’s when a mendicant keeps their mind in check when they should. They exert their mind when they should. They encourage the mind when they should. They watch over the mind with equanimity when they should. They have excellent convictions. They delight in extinguishment. A mendicant with these six qualities can realize supreme coolness.”

> Pali: Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo anuttaraṁ sītibhāvaṁ sacchikātuṁ. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ niggahetabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ niggaṇhāti, yasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ paggahetabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ paggaṇhāti, yasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ sampahaṁsitabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ sampahaṁseti, yasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ ajjhupekkhitabbaṁ tasmiṁ samaye cittaṁ ajjhupekkhati, paṇītādhimuttiko ca hoti nibbānābhirato ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo anuttaraṁ sītibhāvaṁ sacchikātun”ti.

[¶3] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶4] AN 6.86 · Obstacles

> Pali: AN 6.86 · Āvaraṇasutta

[¶5] “Mendicants, someone with six qualities is unable to step into the sure path with regard to skillful qualities even when listening to the true teaching. What six? They’re obstructed by deeds, defilements, or results. And they’re faithless, unenthusiastic, and witless. Someone with these six qualities is unable to step into the sure path with regard to skillful qualities, even when listening to the true teaching.

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇantopi saddhammaṁ abhabbo niyāmaṁ okkamituṁ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṁ. Katamehi chahi? Kammāvaraṇatāya samannāgato hoti, kilesāvaraṇatāya samannāgato hoti, vipākāvaraṇatāya samannāgato hoti, assaddho ca hoti, acchandiko ca, duppañño ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato suṇantopi saddhammaṁ abhabbo niyāmaṁ okkamituṁ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṁ.

[¶6] Someone with six qualities is able to step into the sure path with regard to skillful qualities when listening to the true teaching. What six? They’re not obstructed by deeds, defilements, or results. And they’re faithful, enthusiastic, and wise. Someone with these six qualities is able to step into the sure path with regard to skillful qualities when listening to the true teaching.”

> Pali: Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṁ bhabbo niyāmaṁ okkamituṁ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṁ. Katamehi chahi? Na kammāvaraṇatāya samannāgato hoti, na kilesāvaraṇatāya samannāgato hoti, na vipākāvaraṇatāya samannāgato hoti, saddho ca hoti, chandiko ca, paññavā ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṁ bhabbo niyāmaṁ okkamituṁ kusalesu dhammesu sammattan”ti.

[¶7] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶8] AN 6.87 · A Murderer

> Pali: AN 6.87 · Voropitasutta

[¶9] “Mendicants, someone with six qualities is unable to step into the sure path with regard to skillful qualities even when listening to the true teaching. What six? They murder their mother or father or a perfected one. They maliciously shed the blood of a Realized One. They cause a schism in the Saṅgha. They’re witless, dull, and idiotic. Someone with these six qualities is unable to step into the sure path with regard to skillful qualities, even when listening to the true teaching.

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇantopi saddhammaṁ abhabbo niyāmaṁ okkamituṁ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṁ. Katamehi chahi? Mātā jīvitā voropitā hoti, pitā jīvitā voropito hoti, arahaṁ jīvitā voropito hoti, tathāgatassa duṭṭhena cittena lohitaṁ uppāditaṁ hoti, saṅgho bhinno hoti, duppañño hoti jaḷo eḷamūgo. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato suṇantopi saddhammaṁ abhabbo niyāmaṁ okkamituṁ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṁ.

[¶10] Someone with six qualities is able to step into the sure path with regard to skillful qualities when listening to the true teaching. What six? They don’t murder their mother or father or a perfected one. They don’t maliciously shed the blood of a Realized One. They don’t cause a schism in the Saṅgha. They’re wise, bright, and clever. Someone with these six qualities is able to step into the sure path with regard to skillful qualities when listening to the true teaching.”

> Pali: Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṁ bhabbo niyāmaṁ okkamituṁ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṁ. Katamehi chahi? Na mātā jīvitā voropitā hoti, na pitā jīvitā voropito hoti, na arahaṁ jīvitā voropito hoti, na tathāgatassa duṭṭhena cittena lohitaṁ uppāditaṁ hoti, na saṅgho bhinno hoti, paññavā hoti ajaḷo aneḷamūgo. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṁ bhabbo niyāmaṁ okkamituṁ kusalesu dhammesu sammattan”ti.

[¶11] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

[¶12] AN 6.88 · Wanting to Listen

> Pali: AN 6.88 · Sussūsatisutta

[¶13] “Mendicants, someone with six qualities is unable to step into the sure path with regard to skillful qualities even when listening to the true teaching. What six? When the teaching and practice proclaimed by the Realized One is being taught they don’t want to listen. They don’t actively listen or try to understand. They learn the incorrect meaning and neglect the correct meaning. They accept views that contradict the teaching. Someone with these six qualities is unable to step into the sure path with regard to skillful qualities, even when listening to the true teaching.

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇantopi saddhammaṁ abhabbo niyāmaṁ okkamituṁ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṁ. Katamehi chahi? Tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye desiyamāne na sussūsati, na sotaṁ odahati, na aññā cittaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, anatthaṁ gaṇhāti, atthaṁ riñcati, ananulomikāya khantiyā samannāgato hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato suṇantopi saddhammaṁ abhabbo niyāmaṁ okkamituṁ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṁ.

[¶14] Someone with six qualities is able to step into the sure path with regard to skillful qualities when listening to the true teaching. What six? When the teaching and practice proclaimed by the Realized One is being taught they want to listen. They actively listen and try to understand. They learn the correct meaning and neglect the incorrect meaning. They accept views that conform with the teaching. Someone with these six qualities is able to step into the sure path with regard to skillful qualities when listening to the true teaching.”

> Pali: Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṁ bhabbo niyāmaṁ okkamituṁ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṁ. Katamehi chahi? Tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye desiyamāne sussūsati, sotaṁ odahati, aññā cittaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, atthaṁ gaṇhāti, anatthaṁ riñcati, anulomikāya khantiyā samannāgato hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṁ bhabbo niyāmaṁ okkamituṁ kusalesu dhammesu sammattan”ti.

[¶15] > Pali: Catutthaṁ.

[¶16] AN 6.89 · Not Giving Up

> Pali: AN 6.89 · Appahāyasutta

[¶17] “Mendicants, without giving up six things you can’t become accomplished in view. What six? Substantialist view, doubt, misapprehension of precepts and observances, and forms of greed, hate, and delusion that lead to rebirth in places of loss. Without giving up these six things you can’t become accomplished in view.

> Pali: “Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo diṭṭhisampadaṁ sacchikātuṁ. Katame cha? Sakkāyadiṭṭhiṁ, vicikicchaṁ, sīlabbataparāmāsaṁ, apāyagamanīyaṁ rāgaṁ, apāyagamanīyaṁ dosaṁ, apāyagamanīyaṁ mohaṁ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhamme appahāya abhabbo diṭṭhisampadaṁ sacchikātuṁ.

[¶18] After giving up six things you can become accomplished in view. What six? Substantialist view, doubt, misapprehension of precepts and observances, and forms of greed, hate, and delusion that lead to rebirth in places of loss. After giving up these six things you can become accomplished in view.”

> Pali: Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme pahāya bhabbo diṭṭhisampadaṁ sacchikātuṁ. Katame cha? Sakkāyadiṭṭhiṁ, vicikicchaṁ, sīlabbataparāmāsaṁ, apāyagamanīyaṁ rāgaṁ, apāyagamanīyaṁ dosaṁ, apāyagamanīyaṁ mohaṁ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhamme pahāya bhabbo diṭṭhisampadaṁ sacchikātun”ti.

[¶19] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ.

[¶20] AN 6.90 · Given Up

> Pali: AN 6.90 · Pahīnasutta

[¶21] “Mendicants, an individual accomplished in view has given up these six things. What six? Substantialist view, doubt, misapprehension of precepts and observances, and forms of greed, hate, and delusion that lead to rebirth in places of loss. An individual accomplished in view has given up these six things.”

> Pali: “Chayime, bhikkhave, dhammā diṭṭhisampannassa puggalassa pahīnā. Katame cha? Sakkāyadiṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāso, apāyagamanīyo rāgo, apāyagamanīyo doso, apāyagamanīyo moho. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhammā diṭṭhisampannassa puggalassa pahīnā”ti.

[¶22] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ.

[¶23] AN 6.91 · Can’t Give Rise

> Pali: AN 6.91 · Abhabbasutta

[¶24] “Mendicants, an individual accomplished in view can’t give rise to six things. What six? Substantialist view, doubt, misapprehension of precepts and observances, and forms of greed, hate, and delusion that lead to rebirth in places of loss. An individual accomplished in view can’t give rise to these six things.”

> Pali: “Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo uppādetuṁ. Katame cha? Sakkāyadiṭṭhiṁ, vicikicchaṁ, sīlabbataparāmāsaṁ, apāyagamanīyaṁ rāgaṁ, apāyagamanīyaṁ dosaṁ, apāyagamanīyaṁ mohaṁ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhamme abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo uppādetun”ti.

[¶25] > Pali: Sattamaṁ.

[¶26] AN 6.92 · Things That Can’t Be Done (1st)

> Pali: AN 6.92 · Paṭhamaabhabbaṭṭhānasutta

[¶27] “Mendicants, these six things can’t be done. What six? An individual accomplished in view can’t live disrespectful and irreverent toward the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, or the training. They can’t establish their belief on unreliable grounds. And they can’t generate an eighth rebirth. These are the six things that can’t be done.”

> Pali: “Chayimāni, bhikkhave, abhabbaṭṭhānāni. Katamāni cha? Abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo satthari agāravo viharituṁ appatisso, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo dhamme agāravo viharituṁ appatisso, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo saṅghe agāravo viharituṁ appatisso, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo sikkhāya agāravo viharituṁ appatisso, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo anāgamanīyaṁ vatthuṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo aṭṭhamaṁ bhavaṁ nibbattetuṁ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cha abhabbaṭṭhānānī”ti.

[¶28] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ.

[¶29] AN 6.93 · Things That Can’t Be Done (2nd)

> Pali: AN 6.93 · Dutiyaabhabbaṭṭhānasutta

[¶30] “Mendicants, these six things can’t be done. What six? An individual accomplished in view can’t take conditions to be permanent. They cannot take conditions to be happiness. They cannot take anything to be the self. They can’t do deeds with fixed result in the next life. They can’t fall back on purification through boisterous, superstitious rites. They can’t seek outside of the Buddhist community for those worthy of religious donations. These are the six things that can’t be done.”

> Pali: “Chayimāni, bhikkhave, abhabbaṭṭhānāni. Katamāni cha? Abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci saṅkhāraṁ niccato upagantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci saṅkhāraṁ sukhato upagantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci dhammaṁ attato upagantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo ānantariyaṁ kammaṁ kātuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kotūhalamaṅgalena suddhiṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo ito bahiddhā dakkhiṇeyyaṁ gavesituṁ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cha abhabbaṭṭhānānī”ti.

[¶31] > Pali: Navamaṁ.

[¶32] AN 6.94 · Things That Can’t Be Done (3rd)

> Pali: AN 6.94 · Tatiyaabhabbaṭṭhānasutta

[¶33] “Mendicants, these six things can’t be done. What six? An individual accomplished in view can’t murder their mother or father or a perfected one. They can’t maliciously shed the blood of the Realized One. They can’t cause a schism in the Saṅgha. They can’t dedicate themselves to another teacher. These are the six things that can’t be done.”

> Pali: “Chayimāni, bhikkhave, abhabbaṭṭhānāni. Katamāni cha? Abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo mātaraṁ jīvitā voropetuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo pitaraṁ jīvitā voropetuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo arahantaṁ jīvitā voropetuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo tathāgatassa duṭṭhena cittena lohitaṁ uppādetuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo saṅghaṁ bhindituṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo aññaṁ satthāraṁ uddisituṁ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cha abhabbaṭṭhānānī”ti.

[¶34] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶35] AN 6.95 · Things That Can’t Be Done (4th)

> Pali: AN 6.95 · Catutthaabhabbaṭṭhānasutta

[¶36] “Mendicants, these six things can’t be done. What six? An individual accomplished in view can’t fall back on the idea that pleasure and pain are made by oneself, or that they’re made by another, or that they’re made by both. Nor can they fall back on the idea that pleasure and pain arise anomalously, not made by oneself, by another, or by both. Why is that? It is because an individual accomplished in view has clearly seen causes and the phenomena that arise from causes. These are the six things that can’t be done.”

> Pali: “Chayimāni, bhikkhave, abhabbaṭṭhānāni. Katamāni cha? Abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo sayaṅkataṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo paraṅkataṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo sayaṅkatañca paraṅkatañca sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo asayaṅkāraṁ adhiccasamuppannaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo aparaṅkāraṁ adhiccasamuppannaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ, abhabbo diṭṭhisampanno puggalo asayaṅkārañca aparaṅkārañca adhiccasamuppannaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ paccāgantuṁ. Taṁ kissa hetu? Tathā hissa, bhikkhave, diṭṭhisampannassa puggalassa hetu ca sudiṭṭho hetusamuppannā ca dhammā. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cha abhabbaṭṭhānānī”ti.

[¶37] > Pali: Ekādasamaṁ.

[¶38] > Pali: Sītivaggo navamo.

[¶39] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ

[¶40] > Pali: Sītibhāvaṁ āvaraṇaṁ,
voropitā sussūsati;
Appahāya pahīnābhabbo,
taṭṭhānā caturopi cāti.

## 16. Benefit · AN 6.96–6.106

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/16/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/16/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.96 · Appearance

> Pali: AN 6.96 · Pātubhāvasutta

[¶1] “Mendicants, the appearance of six things is rare in the world. What six? A Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha. A teacher of the teaching and training proclaimed by a Realized One. Rebirth in a civilized region. Unimpaired sense faculties. Being bright and clever. Enthusiasm for skillful qualities. The appearance of these six things is rare in the world.”

> Pali: “Channaṁ, bhikkhave, pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ. Katamesaṁ channaṁ? Tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ, tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desetā puggalo dullabho lokasmiṁ, ariyāyatane paccājāti dullabhā lokasmiṁ, indriyānaṁ avekallatā dullabhā lokasmiṁ, ajaḷatā aneḷamūgatā dullabhā lokasmiṁ, kusale dhamme chando dullabho lokasmiṁ. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, channaṁ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmin”ti.

[¶2] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶3] AN 6.97 · Benefit

> Pali: AN 6.97 · Ānisaṁsasutta

[¶4] “Mendicants, these are the six benefits of realizing the fruit of stream-entry. What six? You’re bound for the true teaching. You’re not liable to decline. You suffer only for a limited period. You have distinct knowledge. You’ve clearly seen causes and the phenomena that arise from causes. These are the six benefits of realizing the fruit of stream-entry.”

> Pali: “Chayime, bhikkhave, ānisaṁsā sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya. Katame cha? Saddhammaniyato hoti, aparihānadhammo hoti, pariyantakatassa dukkhaṁ hoti, asādhāraṇena ñāṇena samannāgato hoti, hetu cassa sudiṭṭho, hetusamuppannā ca dhammā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha ānisaṁsā sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāyā”ti.

[¶5] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶6] AN 6.98 · Impermanence

> Pali: AN 6.98 · Aniccasutta

[¶7] “Mendicants, it is quite impossible for a mendicant who regards any condition as permanent to accept views that conform with the teaching. Without accepting views that conform with the teaching, it’s impossible to step into the sure path. Without stepping into the sure path, it’s impossible to realize the fruit of stream-entry, once-return, non-return, or perfection.

> Pali: “‘So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kañci saṅkhāraṁ niccato samanupassanto anulomikāya khantiyā samannāgato bhavissatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. ‘Anulomikāya khantiyā asamannāgato sammattaniyāmaṁ okkamissatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. ‘Sammattaniyāmaṁ anokkamamāno sotāpattiphalaṁ vā sakadāgāmiphalaṁ vā anāgāmiphalaṁ vā arahattaṁ vā sacchikarissatī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.

[¶8] It’s quite possible for a mendicant who regards all conditions as impermanent to accept views that conform with the teaching. Having accepted views that conform with the teaching, it’s possible to step into the sure path. Having stepped into the sure path, it’s possible to realize the fruit of stream-entry, once-return, non-return, or perfection.”

> Pali: ‘So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbasaṅkhāre aniccato samanupassanto anulomikāya khantiyā samannāgato bhavissatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati. ‘Anulomikāya khantiyā samannāgato sammattaniyāmaṁ okkamissatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati. ‘Sammattaniyāmaṁ okkamamāno sotāpattiphalaṁ vā sakadāgāmiphalaṁ vā anāgāmiphalaṁ vā arahattaṁ vā sacchikarissatī’ti ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī”ti.

[¶9] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

[¶10] AN 6.99 · Suffering

> Pali: AN 6.99 · Dukkhasutta

[¶11] “Mendicants, it is quite impossible for a mendicant who regards any condition as pleasurable to accept views that agree with the teaching. … It’s quite possible for a mendicant who regards all conditions as suffering to accept views that agree with the teaching. …”

> Pali: “So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kañci saṅkhāraṁ sukhato samanupassanto …pe… sabbasaṅkhāre dukkhato samanupassanto …pe… ṭhānametaṁ vijjati”.

[¶12] > Pali: Catutthaṁ.

[¶13] AN 6.100 · Not-Self

> Pali: AN 6.100 · Anattasutta

[¶14] “Mendicants, it is quite impossible for a mendicant who regards any thing as self to accept views that agree with the teaching. … It’s quite possible for a mendicant who regards all things as not-self to accept views that agree with the teaching. …”

> Pali: “So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kañci dhammaṁ attato samanupassanto …pe… sabbadhamme anattato samanupassanto …pe… ṭhānametaṁ vijjati”.

[¶15] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ.

[¶16] AN 6.102 · Transience

> Pali: AN 6.102 · Anavatthitasutta

[¶17] “Mendicants, seeing six benefits is quite enough to establish the perception of impermanence in all conditions without qualification. What six? ‘All conditions will appear to me as transient.’ ‘My mind will not delight anywhere in the world.’ ‘My mind will rise above the whole world.’ ‘My heart will incline to extinguishment.’ ‘My fetters will be given up.’ ‘I will achieve the ultimate goal of the ascetic life.’ Seeing these six benefits is quite enough to establish the perception of impermanence in all conditions without qualification.”

> Pali: “Cha, bhikkhave, ānisaṁse sampassamānena alameva bhikkhunā sabbasaṅkhāresu anodhiṁ karitvā aniccasaññaṁ upaṭṭhāpetuṁ. Katame cha? ‘Sabbasaṅkhārā ca me anavatthitā khāyissanti, sabbaloke ca me mano nābhiramissati, sabbalokā ca me mano vuṭṭhahissati, nibbānapoṇañca me mānasaṁ bhavissati, saṁyojanā ca me pahānaṁ gacchissanti, paramena ca sāmaññena samannāgato bhavissāmī’ti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha ānisaṁse sampassamānena alameva bhikkhunā sabbasaṅkhāresu anodhiṁ karitvā aniccasaññaṁ upaṭṭhāpetun”ti.

[¶18] > Pali: Sattamaṁ.

[¶19] AN 6.103 · With a Drawn Sword

> Pali: AN 6.103 · Ukkhittāsikasutta

[¶20] “Mendicants, seeing six benefits is quite enough to establish the perception of suffering in all conditions without qualification. What six? ‘Perception of disillusionment will be established in me for all conditions, like a killer with a drawn sword.’ ‘My mind will rise above the whole world.’ ‘I will see extinguishment as peaceful.’ ‘My underlying tendencies will be uprooted.’ ‘I will fulfill my duty.’ ‘I will have served my Teacher with love.’ Seeing these six benefits is quite enough to establish the perception of suffering in all conditions without qualification.”

> Pali: “Cha, bhikkhave, ānisaṁse sampassamānena alameva bhikkhunā sabbasaṅkhāresu anodhiṁ karitvā dukkhasaññaṁ upaṭṭhāpetuṁ. Katame cha? ‘Sabbasaṅkhāresu ca me nibbidasaññā paccupaṭṭhitā bhavissati, seyyathāpi ukkhittāsike vadhake. Sabbalokā ca me mano vuṭṭhahissati, nibbāne ca santadassāvī bhavissāmi, anusayā ca me samugghātaṁ gacchissanti, kiccakārī ca bhavissāmi, satthā ca me pariciṇṇo bhavissati mettāvatāyā’ti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha ānisaṁse sampassamānena alameva bhikkhunā sabbasaṅkhāresu anodhiṁ karitvā dukkhasaññaṁ upaṭṭhāpetun”ti.

[¶21] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ.

[¶22] AN 6.104 · Not Determined by Anything

> Pali: AN 6.104 · Atammayasutta

[¶23] “Mendicants, seeing six benefits is quite enough to establish the perception of not-self in all things without qualification. What six? ‘I will not be determined by anything in the world.’ ‘My I-making will stop.’ ‘My mine-making will stop.’ ‘I will have distinct knowledge.’ ‘I will clearly see causes and the phenomena that arise from causes.’ Seeing these six benefits is quite enough to establish the perception of not-self in all things without qualification.”

> Pali: “Cha, bhikkhave, ānisaṁse sampassamānena alameva bhikkhunā sabbadhammesu anodhiṁ karitvā anattasaññaṁ upaṭṭhāpetuṁ. Katame cha? Sabbaloke ca atammayo bhavissāmi, ahaṅkārā ca me uparujjhissanti, mamaṅkārā ca me uparujjhissanti, asādhāraṇena ca ñāṇena samannāgato bhavissāmi, hetu ca me sudiṭṭho bhavissati, hetusamuppannā ca dhammā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha ānisaṁse sampassamānena alameva bhikkhunā sabbadhammesu anodhiṁ karitvā anattasaññaṁ upaṭṭhāpetun”ti.

[¶24] > Pali: Navamaṁ.

[¶25] AN 6.105 · States of Existence

> Pali: AN 6.105 · Bhavasutta

[¶26] “Mendicants, you should give up these three states of existence. And you should train in three trainings. What are the three states of existence you should give up? Existence in the sensual realm, the realm of luminous form, and the formless realm. These are the three states of existence you should give up. What are the three trainings you should train in? The training in the higher ethics, the higher mind, and the higher wisdom. These are the three trainings you should train in. When a mendicant has given up these three states of existence and has trained in these three trainings they’re called a mendicant who has cut off craving, cast off the fetters, and by rightly comprehending conceit has made an end of suffering.”

> Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, bhavā pahātabbā, tīsu sikkhāsu sikkhitabbaṁ. Katame tayo bhavā pahātabbā? Kāmabhavo, rūpabhavo, arūpabhavo— ime tayo bhavā pahātabbā. Katamāsu tīsu sikkhāsu sikkhitabbaṁ? Adhisīlasikkhāya, adhicittasikkhāya, adhipaññāsikkhāya— imāsu tīsu sikkhāsu sikkhitabbaṁ. Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ime tayo bhavā pahīnā honti, imāsu ca tīsu sikkhāsu sikkhitasikkho hoti— ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu acchecchi taṇhaṁ, vivattayi saṁyojanaṁ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassā”ti.

[¶27] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶28] AN 6.106 · Craving

> Pali: AN 6.106 · Taṇhāsutta

[¶29] “Mendicants, you should give up these three cravings and three conceits. What three cravings should you give up? Craving for sensual pleasures, craving for continued existence, and craving for nonexistence. These are the three cravings you should give up. What three conceits should you give up? Conceit, inferiority complex, and superiority complex. These are the three conceits you should give up. When a mendicant has given up these three cravings and these three conceits they’re called a mendicant who has cut off craving, cast off the fetters, and by rightly comprehending conceit has made an end of suffering.”

> Pali: “Tisso imā, bhikkhave, taṇhā pahātabbā, tayo ca mānā. Katamā tisso taṇhā pahātabbā? Kāmataṇhā, bhavataṇhā, vibhavataṇhā— imā tisso taṇhā pahātabbā. Katame tayo mānā pahātabbā? Māno, omāno, atimāno— ime tayo mānā pahātabbā. Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno imā tisso taṇhā pahīnā honti, ime ca tayo mānā; ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu acchecchi taṇhaṁ, vivattayi saṁyojanaṁ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassā”ti.

[¶30] > Pali: Ekādasamaṁ.

[¶31] > Pali: Ānisaṁsavaggo dasamo.

[¶32] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ

[¶33] > Pali: Pātubhāvo ānisaṁso,
aniccadukkhaanattato;
Nibbānaṁ anavatthi,
ukkhittāsi atammayo;
Bhavā taṇhāyekā dasāti.

[¶34] > Pali: Dutiyo paṇṇāsako samatto.

## 17. Triads · AN 6.107–6.116

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/17/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/17/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.107 · Greed

> Pali: AN 6.107 · Rāgasutta

[¶1] “Mendicants, there are these three things. What three? Greed, hate, and delusion. These are the three things. To give up these three things you should develop three things. What three? You should develop the perception of ugliness to give up greed, love to give up hate, and wisdom to give up delusion. These are the three things you should develop to give up those three things.”

> Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, dhammā. Katame tayo? Rāgo, doso, moho. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo dhammā. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame tayo? Rāgassa pahānāya asubhā bhāvetabbā, dosassa pahānāya mettā bhāvetabbā, mohassa pahānāya paññā bhāvetabbā. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya ime tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶2] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶3] AN 6.108 · Bad Conduct

> Pali: AN 6.108 · Duccaritasutta

[¶4] “Mendicants, there are these three things. What three? Bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind. These are the three things. To give up these three things you should develop three things. What three? You should develop good bodily conduct to give up bad bodily conduct, good verbal conduct to give up bad verbal conduct, and good mental conduct to give up bad mental conduct. These are the three things you should develop to give up those three things.”

> Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, dhammā. Katame tayo? Kāyaduccaritaṁ, vacīduccaritaṁ, manoduccaritaṁ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo dhammā. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame tayo? Kāyaduccaritassa pahānāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāvetabbaṁ, vacīduccaritassa pahānāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāvetabbaṁ, manoduccaritassa pahānāya manosucaritaṁ bhāvetabbaṁ. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya ime tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶5] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶6] AN 6.109 · Thoughts

> Pali: AN 6.109 · Vitakkasutta

[¶7] “Mendicants, there are these three things. What three? Sensual, malicious, and cruel thoughts. These are the three things. To give up these three things you should develop three things. What three? You should develop thoughts of renunciation to give up sensual thoughts, thoughts of good will to give up malicious thoughts, and thoughts of harmlessness to give up cruel thoughts. These are the three things you should develop to give up those three things.”

> Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, dhammā. Katame tayo? Kāmavitakko, byāpādavitakko, vihiṁsāvitakko. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo dhammā. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame tayo? Kāmavitakkassa pahānāya nekkhammavitakko bhāvetabbo, byāpādavitakkassa pahānāya abyāpādavitakko bhāvetabbo, vihiṁsāvitakkassa pahānāya avihiṁsāvitakko bhāvetabbo. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya ime tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶8] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

[¶9] AN 6.110 · Perceptions

> Pali: AN 6.110 · Saññāsutta

[¶10] “Mendicants, there are these three things. What three? Sensual, malicious, and cruel perceptions. These are the three things. To give up these three things you should develop three things. What three? You should develop perceptions of renunciation to give up sensual perceptions, perceptions of good will to give up malicious perceptions, and perceptions of harmlessness to give up cruel perceptions. These are the three things you should develop to give up those three things.”

> Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, dhammā. Katame tayo? Kāmasaññā, byāpādasaññā, vihiṁsāsaññā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo dhammā. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame tayo? Kāmasaññāya pahānāya nekkhammasaññā bhāvetabbā, byāpādasaññāya pahānāya abyāpādasaññā bhāvetabbā, vihiṁsāsaññāya pahānāya avihiṁsāsaññā bhāvetabbā. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya ime tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶11] > Pali: Catutthaṁ.

[¶12] AN 6.111 · Elements

> Pali: AN 6.111 · Dhātusutta

[¶13] “Mendicants, there are these three things. What three? The elements of sensuality, malice, and cruelty. These are the three things. To give up these three things you should develop three things. What three? You should develop the element of renunciation to give up the element of sensuality, the element of good will to give up the element of malice, and the element of harmlessness to give up the element of cruelty. These are the three things you should develop to give up those three things.”

> Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, dhammā. Katame tayo? Kāmadhātu, byāpādadhātu, vihiṁsādhātu. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo dhammā. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame tayo? Kāmadhātuyā pahānāya nekkhammadhātu bhāvetabbā, byāpādadhātuyā pahānāya abyāpādadhātu bhāvetabbā, vihiṁsādhātuyā pahānāya avihiṁsādhātu bhāvetabbā. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya ime tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶14] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ.

[¶15] AN 6.112 · Gratification

> Pali: AN 6.112 · Assādasutta

[¶16] “Mendicants, there are these three things. What three? The view that things are gratifying, the theory of self, and wrong view. These are the three things. To give up these three things you should develop three things. What three? You should develop the perception of impermanence to give up the view that things are gratifying; the perception of not-self to give up the theory of self; and right view to give up wrong view. These are the three things you should develop to give up those three things.”

> Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, dhammā. Katame tayo? Assādadiṭṭhi, attānudiṭṭhi, micchādiṭṭhi. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo dhammā. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame tayo? Assādadiṭṭhiyā pahānāya aniccasaññā bhāvetabbā, attānudiṭṭhiyā pahānāya anattasaññā bhāvetabbā, micchādiṭṭhiyā pahānāya sammādiṭṭhi bhāvetabbā. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya ime tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶17] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ.

[¶18] AN 6.113 · Discontent

> Pali: AN 6.113 · Aratisutta

[¶19] “Mendicants, there are these three things. What three? Discontent, cruelty, and unprincipled conduct. These are the three things. To give up these three things you should develop three things. What three? You should develop rejoicing to give up discontent, harmlessness to give up cruelty, and principled conduct to give up unprincipled conduct. These are the three things you should develop to give up those three things.”

> Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, dhammā. Katame tayo? Arati, vihiṁsā, adhammacariyā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo dhammā. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame tayo? Aratiyā pahānāya muditā bhāvetabbā, vihiṁsāya pahānāya avihiṁsā bhāvetabbā, adhammacariyāya pahānāya dhammacariyā bhāvetabbā. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya ime tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶20] > Pali: Sattamaṁ.

[¶21] AN 6.114 · Contentment

> Pali: AN 6.114 · Santuṭṭhitāsutta

[¶22] “Mendicants, there are these three things. What three? Lack of contentment, lack of situational awareness, and having many wishes. These are the three things. To give up these three things you should develop three things. What three? You should develop contentment to give up lack of contentment, situational awareness to give up lack of situational awareness, and having few wishes to give up having many wishes. These are the three things you should develop to give up those three things.”

> Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, dhammā. Katame tayo? Asantuṭṭhitā, asampajaññaṁ, mahicchatā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo dhammā. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame tayo? Asantuṭṭhitāya pahānāya santuṭṭhitā bhāvetabbā, asampajaññassa pahānāya sampajaññaṁ bhāvetabbaṁ, mahicchatāya pahānāya appicchatā bhāvetabbā. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya ime tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶23] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ.

[¶24] AN 6.115 · Hard to Admonish

> Pali: AN 6.115 · Dovacassatāsutta

[¶25] “Mendicants, there are these three things. What three? Being hard to admonish, bad friendship, and a scattered mind. These are the three things. To give up these three things you should develop three things. What three? You should develop being easy to admonish to give up being hard to admonish, good friendship to give up bad friendship, and mindfulness of breathing to give up a scattered mind. These are the three things you should develop to give up those three things.”

> Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, dhammā. Katame tayo? Dovacassatā, pāpamittatā, cetaso vikkhepo. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo dhammā. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame tayo? Dovacassatāya pahānāya sovacassatā bhāvetabbā, pāpamittatāya pahānāya kalyāṇamittatā bhāvetabbā, cetaso vikkhepassa pahānāya ānāpānassati bhāvetabbā. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya ime tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶26] > Pali: Navamaṁ.

[¶27] AN 6.116 · Restlessness

> Pali: AN 6.116 · Uddhaccasutta

[¶28] “Mendicants, there are these three things. What three? Restlessness, lack of restraint, and negligence. These are the three things. To give up these three things you should develop three things. What three? You should develop serenity to give up restlessness, restraint to give up lack of restraint, and diligence to give up negligence. These are the three things you should develop to give up those three things.”

> Pali: “Tayome, bhikkhave, dhammā. Katame tayo? Uddhaccaṁ, asaṁvaro, pamādo. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo dhammā. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame tayo? Uddhaccassa pahānāya samatho bhāvetabbo, asaṁvarassa pahānāya saṁvaro bhāvetabbo, pamādassa pahānāya appamādo bhāvetabbo. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya ime tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶29] > Pali: Dasamaṁ.

[¶30] > Pali: Tikavaggo ekādasamo.

[¶31] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ

[¶32] > Pali: Rāgaduccaritavitakka,
Saññā dhātūti vuccati;
Assādaaratituṭṭhi,
Duve ca uddhaccena vaggoti.

## 18. The Ascetic Life · AN 6.117–6.120–139

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/18/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/18/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.117 · Observing the Body

> Pali: AN 6.117 · Kāyānupassīsutta

[¶1] “Mendicants, without giving up these six qualities you can’t meditate observing an aspect of the body. What six? Relishing work, talk, sleep, and company, not guarding the sense doors, and eating too much. Without giving up these six qualities you can’t meditate observing an aspect of the body.

> Pali: “Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo kāye kāyānupassī viharituṁ. Katame cha? Kammārāmataṁ, bhassārāmataṁ, niddārāmataṁ, saṅgaṇikārāmataṁ, indriyesu aguttadvārataṁ, bhojane amattaññutaṁ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhamme appahāya abhabbo kāye kāyānupassī viharituṁ.

[¶2] But after giving up these six qualities you can meditate observing an aspect of the body. What six? Relishing work, talk, sleep, and company, not guarding the sense doors, and eating too much. After giving up these six qualities you can meditate observing an aspect of the body.”

> Pali: Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme pahāya bhabbo kāye kāyānupassī viharituṁ. Katame cha? Kammārāmataṁ, bhassārāmataṁ, niddārāmataṁ, saṅgaṇikārāmataṁ, indriyesu aguttadvārataṁ, bhojane amattaññutaṁ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhamme pahāya bhabbo kāye kāyānupassī viharitun”ti.

[¶3] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ.

[¶4] AN 6.118 · Observing Principles, Etc.

> Pali: AN 6.118 · Dhammānupassīsutta

[¶5] “Mendicants, without giving up six things you can’t meditate observing an aspect of the body internally … body externally … body internally and externally … feelings internally … feelings externally … feelings internally and externally … mind internally … mind externally … mind internally and externally … principles internally … principles externally … principles internally and externally. What six? Relishing work, talk, sleep, and company, not guarding the sense doors, and eating too much. After giving up these six qualities you can meditate observing an aspect of principles internally and externally.”

> Pali: “Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo ajjhattaṁ kāye …pe… bahiddhā kāye …pe… ajjhattabahiddhā kāye …pe… ajjhattaṁ vedanāsu …pe… bahiddhā vedanāsu …pe… ajjhattabahiddhā vedanāsu …pe… ajjhattaṁ citte …pe… bahiddhā citte …pe… ajjhattabahiddhā citte …pe… ajjhattaṁ dhammesu …pe… bahiddhā dhammesu …pe… ajjhattabahiddhā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharituṁ. Katame cha? Kammārāmataṁ, bhassārāmataṁ, niddārāmataṁ, saṅgaṇikārāmataṁ, indriyesu aguttadvārataṁ, bhojane amattaññutaṁ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha dhamme pahāya bhabbo ajjhattabahiddhā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharitun”ti.

[¶6] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ.

[¶7] AN 6.119 · About Tapussa

> Pali: AN 6.119 · Tapussasutta

[¶8] “Mendicants, having six qualities the householder Tapussa is certain about the Realized One, sees freedom from death and lives having realized freedom from death. What six? Experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and noble ethics, knowledge, and freedom. Having these six qualities the householder Tapussa is certain about the Realized One, sees freedom from death and lives having realized freedom from death.”

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato tapusso gahapati tathāgate niṭṭhaṅgato amataddaso amataṁ sacchikatvā iriyati. Katamehi chahi? Buddhe aveccappasādena, dhamme aveccappasādena, saṅghe aveccappasādena, ariyena sīlena, ariyena ñāṇena, ariyāya vimuttiyā. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato tapusso gahapati tathāgate niṭṭhaṅgato amataddaso amataṁ sacchikatvā iriyatī”ti.

[¶9] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ.

[¶10] AN 6.120–139 · About Bhallika, Etc.

> Pali: AN 6.120–139 · Bhallikādisutta

[¶11] “Mendicants, having six qualities the householders Bhallika … Sudatta Anāthapiṇḍika … Citta of Macchikāsaṇḍa … Hatthaka of Āḷavī … Mahānāma the Sakyan … Ugga of Vesālī … Uggata … Sūrambaṭṭha … Jīvaka Komārabhacca … Nakula’s father … Tavakaṇṇika … Pūraṇa … Isidatta … Sandhāna … Vijaya … Vijayamāhita … Meṇḍaka … the lay followers Vāseṭṭha … Ariṭṭha … and Sāragga are certain about the Realized One, see freedom from death and live having realized freedom from death. What six? Experiential confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and noble ethics, knowledge, and freedom. Having these six qualities the lay follower Sāragga is certain about the Realized One, sees freedom from death and lives having realized freedom from death.”

> Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhalliko gahapati …pe… sudatto gahapati anāthapiṇḍiko … citto gahapati macchikāsaṇḍiko … hatthako āḷavako … mahānāmo sakko … uggo gahapati vesāliko … uggato gahapati … sūrambaṭṭho … jīvako komārabhacco … nakulapitā gahapati … tavakaṇṇiko gahapati … pūraṇo gahapati … isidatto gahapati … sandhāno gahapati … vicayo gahapati … vijayamāhiko gahapati … meṇḍako gahapati … vāseṭṭho upāsako … ariṭṭho upāsako … sāraggo upāsako tathāgate niṭṭhaṅgato amataddaso amataṁ sacchikatvā iriyati. Katamehi chahi? Buddhe aveccappasādena, dhamme aveccappasādena, saṅghe aveccappasādena, ariyena sīlena, ariyena ñāṇena, ariyāya vimuttiyā. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato sāraggo upāsako tathāgate niṭṭhaṅgato amataddaso amataṁ sacchikatvā iriyatī”ti.

[¶12] > Pali: Tevīsatimaṁ.

[¶13] > Pali: Sāmaññavaggo dvādasamo.

## 19. Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Greed · AN 6.140–6.170–649

Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/19/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-6/19/#p-N

[¶0] AN 6.140 · Untitled Discourse on Greed (1st)

> Pali: AN 6.140 · ~

[¶1] “For insight into greed, six things should be developed. What six? The unsurpassable seeing, listening, acquisition, training, service, and recollection. For insight into greed, these six things should be developed.”

> Pali: “Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya cha dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame cha? Dassanānuttariyaṁ, savanānuttariyaṁ, lābhānuttariyaṁ, sikkhānuttariyaṁ, pāricariyānuttariyaṁ, anussatānuttariyaṁ. Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime cha dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶2] AN 6.141 · Untitled Discourse on Greed (2nd)

> Pali: AN 6.141 · ~

[¶3] “For insight into greed, six things should be developed. What six? The recollection of the Buddha, the teaching, the Saṅgha, ethics, generosity, and the deities. For insight into greed, these six things should be developed.”

> Pali: “Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya cha dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame cha? Buddhānussati, dhammānussati, saṅghānussati, sīlānussati, cāgānussati, devatānussati. Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime cha dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶4] AN 6.142 · Untitled Discourse on Greed (3rd)

> Pali: AN 6.142 · ~

[¶5] “For insight into greed, six things should be developed. What six? The perception of impermanence, the perception of suffering in impermanence, the perception of not-self in suffering, the perception of giving up, the perception of fading away, and the perception of cessation. For insight into greed, these six things should be developed.”

> Pali: “Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya cha dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame cha? Aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe anattasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā, nirodhasaññā. Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime cha dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶6] AN 6.143–169 · Untitled Discourses on Greed, Etc.

> Pali: AN 6.143–169 · ~

[¶7] “For the complete understanding of greed … complete ending … giving up … ending … vanishing … fading away … cessation … giving away … letting go of greed these six things should be developed.”

> Pali: “Rāgassa, bhikkhave, pariññāya …pe… parikkhayāya … pahānāya … khayāya … vayāya … virāgāya … nirodhāya … cāgāya … paṭinissaggāya cha dhammā bhāvetabbā”.

[¶8] AN 6.170–649 · Untitled Discourses on Hate, Etc.

> Pali: AN 6.170–649 · ~

[¶9] “For insight into hate … delusion … anger … acrimony … disdain … contempt … jealousy … stinginess … deceitfulness … deviousness … obstinacy … aggression … conceit … arrogance … vanity …

> Pali: “Dosassa …pe… mohassa … kodhassa … upanāhassa … makkhassa … paḷāsassa … issāya … macchariyassa … māyāya … sāṭheyyassa … thambhassa … sārambhassa … mānassa … atimānassa … madassa …

[¶10] For insight into negligence … complete understanding … complete ending … giving up … ending … vanishing … fading away … cessation … giving away … For the letting go of negligence these six things should be developed.”

> Pali: pamādassa abhiññāya …pe… pariññāya … parikkhayāya … pahānāya … khayāya … vayāya … virāgāya … nirodhāya … cāgāya … paṭinissaggāya …pe… ime cha dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.

[¶11] That is what the Buddha said. Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said.

> Pali: Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.

[¶12] > Pali: Rāgapeyyālaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

[¶13] The Book of the Sixes is finished.

> Pali: Chakkanipātapāḷi niṭṭhitā.